Un 34 mi 
 I94T 
 
 ' j 
 
 
 
 U.Sr-Rsderal Housing 
 
 Administration. 
 
 Minimum property 
 
 recjj 
 
 uirements— (Illinois) 
 
Return this book on or before the 
 Latest Date stamped below. 
 
 Theft, mutilation, and underlining of books 
 are reasons for disciplinary action and may 
 result in dismissal from the University. 
 University of Illinois Library 
 
 M«R 3 0 198 
 
 ma 
 
 (Off 
 
 
 
 ■V**' 
 
 ■ 
 
 
 
 L161—0-1096 
 
o 
 
 «• 
 
i 
 
 < 
 
MINIMUM PROPERTY REQUIREMENTS 
 
 FOR PROPERTIES OF 
 
 ONE OR TWO LIVING UNITS 
 
 ft 
 
 LOCATED IN THE 
 
 STATE OF ILLINOIS 
 
 NATIONAL HOUSING AGENCY 
 
 FEDERAL HOUSING ADMINISTRATION 
 
 CHICAGO AND SPRINGFIELD INSURING OFFICES 
 
I 
 
 1 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ROBERT E. TERHUNE 
 District Director 
 
 % 
 
 f 
 
 ' '! 
 
 I 
 
 '> 4 V 
 
 w 
 
 N. 
 
 
 % 
 
 \ 
 
 y 
 \ \ 
 
 \ 
 
 1 
 
 3 
 
 *~3 
 
 CL 
 
 M 
 
 3 
 
 0 
 
 P 
 
 cr 
 
 P 
 
 H 
 
 p 
 
 P 
 
 OS 
 
 CD 
 
 C+ 
 
 H 
 
 o 
 
 P 
 
 JV 
 
 
 0 
 
 H* ! 
 
 p 
 
 0> 
 
 CD 
 
 P 
 
 
 P 
 
 0 
 
 o 
 
 G, 
 
 CD 
 
 H- 
 
 O 
 
 p 
 
 p 
 
 
 <J 
 
 P 
 
 H* 
 
 P- 
 
 0 
 
 <1 
 
 H- 
 
 
 CD 
 
 H- 
 
 CL 
 
 O 
 
 CD 
 
 H 
 
 12 
 
 0 
 
 
 H* 
 
 CD 
 
 O 
 
 
 CD 
 
 P“ 
 
 CL 
 
 CL 
 
 O 
 
 P 
 
 
 0 
 
 v® 
 
 
 CO 
 
 P 
 
 O 
 
 P 
 
 
 CO 
 
 0 
 
 a" 
 
 P 
 
 0 
 
 03 
 
 cr 
 
 
 H 
 
 
 P 
 
 CD 
 
 CD 
 
 H 
 
 H* 
 
 O 
 
 O 
 
 
 CD 
 
 0 
 
 co 
 
 P 
 
 
 o 
 
 c+ 
 
 03 
 
 cr 
 
 0 
 
 P 
 
 o 
 
 CD 
 
 P 
 
 0 
 
 
 H 
 
 3 
 
 
 
 CL 
 
 o 
 
 0 
 
 "d 
 
 CD 
 
 P 
 
 
 p 
 
 P 
 
 t- 1 
 
 p J 
 
 O 
 
 CP 
 
 
 0 
 
 H* 
 
 o 
 
 P 
 
 p 
 
 p 
 
 0 
 
 03 
 
 p 
 
 3 
 
 H 
 
 
 P 
 
 P 
 
 H 
 
 • 
 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 CL 
 
 
 V# 
 
 
 H* 
 
 CD 
 
 
 
 
 P 
 
 P 
 
 
 O" 
 
 
 H 
 
 H- 
 
 CL 
 
 
 CD 
 
 
 \o 
 
 < 
 
 
 P* 
 
 
 
 4T- 
 
 P- 
 
 
 c+- 
 
 H* 
 
 
 -vj 
 
 P 
 
 
 cr 
 
 P 
 
 
 v« 
 
 
 H« 
 
 
 CD 
 
 
 
 
 P 
 
 C+ 
 
 O 
 
 cn 
 
 0 
 
 c+ 
 
 cr 
 
 CD 
 
 p 
 
 c+ 
 
 cr 
 
 CH H- 
 
 P 3 
 H- P 
 c+ 3 
 CO 
 
 o o 
 O P 
 03 CD 
 c+ P 
 CD c 1 * 
 Q- ^ 
 
 H- 
 
 P CD 
 
 >Q 
 c+- pi 
 
 ►-T-* UJ. 
 
 »—' j 
 
 CD P 
 CD 
 
 _ 03 3 
 CD c+ CD 
 03 P 
 c+ c+ c+ 
 O CD CD 
 
 O P 
 P O 
 4 
 
 P 
 
 CD 
 
 <! 
 
 H 
 
 CD 
 
 H 
 
 0 
 
 2 
 
 
 FED ER AL HOUSING ADMINISTR aT ION 
 603 Illinois Building 
 Springfield, Illinois 
 
MINIMUM PROPERTY REQUIREMENTS 
 
 FOR PROPERTIES OF 
 
 ONE OR TWO LIVING UNITS 
 
 * 
 
 LOCATED IN THE 
 
 STATE OF ILLINOIS 
 
 NATIONAL HOUSING AGENCY 
 
 FEDERAL HOUSING ADMINISTRATION 
 
 CHICAGO AND SPRINGFIELD INSURING OFFICES 
 
 FHA Form No. 2250. Revised July 1947 
 
Notice to Holders of This Book 
 
 This book has been bound so that it may be taken apart 
 and placed in a standard loose-leaf binder. It will be 
 revised from time to time by page or paragraph when 
 necessary. Those who are interested in keeping the book 
 up to date may obtain such revisions from the local FHA 
 office. 
 
 These Minimum Property Requirements supersede those 
 contained in: 
 
 1. Property Standards and Minimum Construction Re¬ 
 quirements for dwellings located in the State of Illinois 
 dated April 15, 1942. 
 
 2. Amendments to the Minimum Construction Re¬ 
 quirements for all new dwellings, dated January 21, 
 1943. 
 
L°[ 7 .,^ 
 
 h fi 
 
 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
 
 Foreword 
 
 Application 
 
 Section No. 
 
 General Acceptability Requirements_ 100 
 
 Minimum Planning Requirements 
 
 Plot Planning Requirements_200 
 
 Building Planning Requirements_300 
 
 Minimum Construction Requirements 
 
 Structural Requirements_400 
 
 Heating Requirements_500 
 
 Plumbing and Sanitation Requirements_600 
 
 Electric Requirements_700 
 
 Lot Improvement Requirements_800 
 
 Appendix 
 
 Tables of Maximum Allowable Spans for Wood_ A 
 
 Definitions_ B 
 
 Reference Standards_ G 
 
 Required Drawings and Specifications_ D 
 
 Detailed Heating Requirements- E 
 
 Detailed Domestic Water Heating and Storage 
 
 Requirements- F 
 
 Suggested Construction Details 
 Index 
 
FOREWORD 
 
 These Federal Housing Administration “MinimuYn 
 Property Requirements for Properties of One or Two 
 Living Units” set forth minimum planning and con¬ 
 struction requirements to apply to a residential prop¬ 
 erty, including the land and all improvements thereon, 
 which is offered or proposed to be offered to the 
 Federal Housing Administration as security for an 
 insured mortgage loan. 
 
 They are confined in their application to the individual 
 property within its metes and bounds. They do not 
 include requirements for off-site improvements except a 
 general requirement for the provision of streets and 
 essential utilities at the site at the time the property is 
 accepted as security for an insured mortgage loan. 
 
 The requirements for residential properties containing 
 more than two living units are found in the booklet 
 entitled. “Minimum Property Requirements for Prop¬ 
 erties of Three or More Living Units.” 
 
APPLICATION 
 
 Minimum Property Requirements is the title used to 
 designate the “General Acceptability Requirements”, the 
 “Minimum Planning Requirements” and the “Mini¬ 
 mum Construction Requirements” when referred to 
 collectively. 
 
 These Minimum Property Requirements apply in the 
 following manner to each property consisting of one or 
 two living units and covered by a single mortgage: 
 
 Proposed Construction , including any clearly indicated 
 provisions for future expansion, shall comply with the 
 “Minimum Property Requirements” in their entirety. 
 
 Existing Construction shall comply with the “General 
 Acceptability Requirements”, and with the stated Objec¬ 
 tives of the “Minimum Planning Requirements” and the 
 “Minimum Construction Requirements”. 
 
 Alterations and Additions. New work involved in alter¬ 
 ations and additions to existing construction shall comply 
 with the “Minimum Property Requirements” in their 
 entirety- 
 
REFERENCE TO OTHER 
 REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS 
 
 Multifamily Properties. The requirements contained 
 in the booklet entitled “Minimum Property Require¬ 
 ments for Properties of Three or More Living Units” 
 shall apply to all such multifamily properties regardless 
 of the type of dwelling or dwellings included therein. 
 
 Minimum Street Improvement Requirements. The 
 
 Minimum Street Improvement Requirements relate 
 primarily to the construction of improvements in the 
 street rights-of-way and apply in residential developments 
 in which properties are offered or are to be offered to the 
 Federal Housing Administration as security for insured 
 mortgage loans. The requirements apply in their en¬ 
 tirety to all residential developments under centralized 
 control. For residential developments not under cen¬ 
 tralized control, they apply to the extent determined by 
 the Chief Underwriter. 
 
MINIMUM PROPERTY REQUIREMENTS 
 
 FOR PROPERTIES OF 
 
 ONE OR TWO LIVING UNITS 
 
 GENERAL ACCEPTABILITY REQUIREMENTS 
 
 GENERAL 
 
 100. These General Acceptability Requirements together with the Admin¬ 
 istrative Rules and Regulations are the eligibility rules and apply to all non¬ 
 farm one- and two-family properties whether proposed or existing con¬ 
 struction. 
 
 SITE CONDITIONS 
 
 101. The property shall not be subject to hazards such as objectionable 
 smoke, noxious odors, unusual noise, the possibility of subsidence or the 
 probability of flood or erosion. 
 
 THE PLOT 
 
 102. All land offered as security for an insured mortgage shall comprise a 
 single plot except that a dwelling site with a secondary site for an appur¬ 
 tenant garage or for other use essential to the dwelling will be acceptable 
 provided the two plots are in such proximity as to comprise a readily mar¬ 
 ketable real estate entity. 
 
 ACCESS 
 
 103—A. Access to the Plot. Direct vehicular access to the property shall 
 be provided by means of an abutting improved public street or way or im¬ 
 proved and permanently maintained private street or way which is pro¬ 
 tected by a permanent easement. Sole vehicular access shall not be by an 
 alley. The width and construction of streets or ways shall be suitable for 
 the vehicular traffic requirements of the properties served. Dead-end 
 streets shall include adequate vehicular turning space. 
 
 103—B. Access to the Dwelling. Each dwelling shall be provided with a 
 means of access for the removal of garbage and trash and for the delivery 
 of fuel. Access for these services shall be provided at the rear of a row 
 dwelling by means of an alley, easement or open passage through dwelling, 
 unless provided for by other satisfactory and acceptable means. 
 
 103—C. Access to Living Units. A means of access to each living unit 
 shall be provided without passing through any other living unit. Accept¬ 
 able means of access to the rear yard shall be provided for each living unit 
 without passing through any other living unit. 
 
 100 103—C 
 
TYPES OF ELIGIBLE DWELLINGS 
 
 104-^. The types of dwellings eligible for consideration are: Detached, 
 semidetached, row and end-row dwellings. Each of these types may con¬ 
 tain one or two living units. 
 
 104 — B. A semidetached, row or end-row dwelling shall be separated from 
 an adjoining dwelling or dwellings by a party or lot line wall extending the 
 full height of the building. The party or lot-line walls shall be designed 
 as bearing walls, be constructed of masonry and have no through openings. 
 A party wall shall be so constructed that the dwelling on either side may be 
 razed without impairment of structural stability of the wall. 
 
 104 — C. Each dwelling must be capable of individual use and maintenance 
 without trespassing upon adjoining properties. Utilities and service facili¬ 
 ties must be independent for each property. 
 
 METHOD OF DETERMINING NUMBER OF LIVING UNITS 
 
 105 — A. A dwelling shall provide living facilities for at least one family 
 but not more than two families. If more than two families are involved 
 see Minimum Property Requirements for Properties of Three or More 
 Living Units. 
 
 105 — B. In determining the number of living units, the following rules shall 
 be used in considering properties with living facilities in addition to the 
 required living unit for one family as set forth in 302. These rules shall 
 also be used to determine the number of living units contaned in any prop¬ 
 erty submitted as security for an insured mortgage, since application of 
 the Minimum Property Requirements for properties of one or two living 
 units, or those for properties of three or more living units, will depend on 
 such determination. 
 
 105 — C. A habitable room or group of habitable rooms containing cooking 
 facilities, or provisions for such facilities, shall be counted as a living unit 
 whether or not designed for use of occupants such as janitors, caretakers, 
 servants, or guests, and whether or not they are included in the main build¬ 
 ing. However, disconnected or isolated habitable rooms, without cooking 
 facilities or provisions for such facilities, which are for use of servants or 
 guests, and which are obviously auxiliary to a living unit shall not be 
 counted as a separate living unit. 
 
 105 — D. Other arrangements of habitable rooms, single or grouped, but 
 without cooking facilities or provisions for such facilities, shall be counted 
 as separate living units if such rooms are not designed as, or obviously not 
 auxiliary to, or are not connected with a living unit but, in fact, constitute 
 a separate living unit. 
 
NONRESIDENTIAL USE 
 
 106—A. Any nonresidential use of the property shall be subordinate to the 
 residential use and character of the property. 
 
 106—B. The area of the dwelling and accessory buildings including storage 
 space, designed or used for nonresidential purposes, shall not exceed 25% 
 of the total floor area. The total floor area shall include the area of all 
 floors and such portions of basements and finished attics, designed or used 
 for both residential and nonresidential purposes. The computed non¬ 
 residential floor area shall include all space which is essential to the proper 
 functioning of the nonresidential area. If hallways or similar spaces serve 
 both residential and nonresidential areas, they shall be considered non¬ 
 residential area in determining the above percentage. 
 
 106—C. A property, any portion of which is designed or used for nonresi¬ 
 dential purposes is ineligible if the type or extent of the nonresidential use 
 is inharmonious with the residential character of the property for family 
 occupancy. In addition to most business and commercial enterprises and 
 certain types of professional activities, inharmonious uses include commer¬ 
 cial rooming or boarding houses, tourist houses or cabins, club houses, sani¬ 
 tariums and fraternity houses. 
 
 106—D. A property is ineligible if the nonresidential use adversely affects 
 the desirability of neighboring properties for residential use for family 
 occupancy. 
 
 106—E. A property which is designed or used for the manufacture, han¬ 
 dling or storage of highly combustible or inflammable materials is in¬ 
 eligible. 
 
 106—F. Temporary nonresidential use shall not render a residential 
 property ineligible so long as the design of the dwelling is not changed, 
 and provided that the future use of the dwelling as a residence is not im¬ 
 paired by the nonresidential use. 
 
 SERVICES AND FACILITIES 
 
 107-A. Each living unit shall contain provisions for each of the following: 
 
 1. A continuing supply of safe and palatable water; 
 
 2. Sanitary facilities and a safe method of sewage disposal; 
 
 3. House heating adequate for healthful and comfortable living conditions, 
 
 4. Domestic hot water in quantity adequate to serve appropriate fixtures; 
 
 5. Electricity for artificial lighting and to serve electrical equipment used 
 in the dwelling. 
 
 104—A 107-A 
 
DEFECTIVE CONDITIONS 
 
 108. Unacceptable construction, or evidence of continuing settlement, 
 dampness, leakage, decay, termites, or other conditions impairing the safety 
 or sanitation of the dwelling, shall render the property ineligible as security 
 for an insured mortgage until such defects or conditions have been reme¬ 
 died and the probability of further damage eliminated. 
 
 INFLUENCE ON ADJOINING PROPERTIES 
 
 109. Properties possessing characteristics which tend to produce undesir¬ 
 able community conditions or threaten to influence adversely the values 
 of neighboring properties are not eligible for mortgage insurance. 
 
MINIMUM PLANNING REQUIREMENTS 
 
 PLOT PLANNING REQUIREMENTS 
 
 GENERAL 
 
 200—A. Drawings and Specifications. For required drawings and speci¬ 
 fications, see Appendix D. 
 
 200—B. Compliance with Local Ordinances and Regulations. 
 
 1. The development and use of land shall conform to all applicable laws, 
 ordinances and regulations (including deed restrictions and covenants run¬ 
 ning with the land) which relate to the utilization of land. 
 
 2. Where change in present zoning status is required, evidence of the ac¬ 
 ceptability of such change to local authorities must be submitted prior to 
 the acceptance of an application for processing by this Administration. 
 
 3. The minimum requirements, established herein shall not be construed 
 as lowering the standards established by the local laws, ordinances, or regu¬ 
 lations. Whenever such local requirements contain more stringent pro¬ 
 visions than any of the minimum requirements of the Federal Housing 
 Administration, the more stringent requirement shall govern. 
 
 4. The Federal Housing Administration does not assume responsibility for 
 determining compliance with local requirements. 
 
 200—C. Optional Requirements. These requirements are essentially min¬ 
 imum, consequently the Chief Underwriter may require compliance with 
 higher requirements than those contained herein, to obtain conformance 
 with standards consistent with the type and size of property under con¬ 
 sideration. 
 
 200—D. Changes After Commitment. No changes, except for acceptable 
 minor variations, from the plot plan arrangement upon which a commit¬ 
 ment has been based, will be permitted without first obtaining written 
 approval from the FHA field office. 
 
 108 200—D 
 
MINIMUM LOT AREAS 
 
 201—A. Objective. The objective of lot area requirements is to provide 
 for adequate open area on the property to assure privacy , adequate natural 
 light and ventilation to each living unit, and to provide sufficient area for 
 outdoor uses essential to the type of dwelling under consideration. 
 
 201— B. Lot Areas. Lot areas shall be not less than the following: 
 
 1. Detached dwelling, one-family: 4000 square feet. 
 
 In Cook County: 3000 square feet. 
 
 2. Semidetached dwelling, one-family: 3000 square feet. 
 
 In Cook County: 2500 square feet. 
 
 3. End-row dwelling one-family: 3000 square feet. 
 
 In Cook County: 2500 square feet. 
 
 4. Row dwelling, one-family: 2000 square feet. 
 
 5. When housing for two families is provided on one property, the areas 
 established in 1, 2, 3 and 4 shall be increased 50 percent. 
 
 6. When individual water supply or sewage disposal or both are involved, 
 lot areas shall be adequate to comply with the FHA “Requirements for 
 Individual Water-Supply and Sewage-Disposal Systems”, for the State in 
 which the property is located, but in no case less than the above minimums. 
 
 LOT COVERAGE 
 
 202— A. Objective. The objective of coverage requirements is to assure 
 sufficient open area on the lot in relation to the area covered by buildings 
 to assure privacy , adequate natural light and ventilation to each living 
 unit , and sufficient space for laundry drying , gardening , landscaping , out¬ 
 door living or other uses considered essential to the type of dwelling under 
 consideration. 
 
 202—B. Lot Coverage. Maximum area of plot which may be used for: 
 
 1. Detached dwelling on: 
 
 a. Interior lot, 30 percent. In Cook County, 35 percent. 
 
 b. Corner lot, 35 percent. In Cook County, 40 percent. 
 
 2. Semidetached dwelling, 35 percent. 
 
 / 
 
 3. End-row dwelling, 35 percent. 
 
 4. Row dwelling, 35 percent. 
 
 202—C. Deduction from Building Area. When a one-story attached or 
 detached garage is located on the same plot with the dwelling, the area of 
 the garage not to exceed 200 square feet for a one car garage and 400 
 square feet for a multi-car garage may be deducted from the total building 
 area in computing the lot coverage. No deduction permitted for a built-in 
 garage or for garage having habitable rooms above. 
 
YARDS—General 
 
 203—A. Objective. The objective of yard requirements is to obtain suf¬ 
 ficient distances between the dwelling on the subject property and ob¬ 
 structions on adjoining properties to assure privacy , adequate natural 
 light and air } and convenient access to the dwelling , and to provide for 
 circulation around the dwelling and for such uses of the yard spaces as are 
 considered essential to the type of dwelling under consideration. 
 
 203—B. Determination of Continued Assurance of Open Spaces. Loca¬ 
 tion of future buildings on adjoining unimproved properties shall be con¬ 
 sidered as assured when fixed by codes, laws, restrictions, recorded 
 permanent easements, or by established and accepted practice in the 
 neighborhood in which the property is located. 
 
 203—C. Determination of Compliance When Yard Adjoins an Alley. 
 
 Width of side and rear yard adjoining an alley shall be measured from the 
 building to the near side of the alley. 
 
 203—D. Determination of Yard Requirements on Corner Lot. The 
 
 narrower side of the lot abutting a street shall be considered the front 
 regardless of the location of the principal entrance of the dwelling. 
 
 203—E. Determination of Yards on Irregularly Shaped Lots. When 
 any wall of a dwelling located on an irregularly shaped lot does not parallel 
 the lot line which the wall faces, compliance with the minimum yard re¬ 
 quirements shall be determined as follows: 
 
 1. If the wall contains a required window of a habitable room, the yard 
 width at the required window shall comply \vith the applicable require¬ 
 ments. 
 
 2- In all other cases the yard width at every point shall be at least equal 
 to the minimum required for front, rear or side yards, whichever is 
 applicable. 
 
 The same principle shall apply in determining the width of courts and 
 distance between buildings on the same plot, when walls are not parallel. 
 
 FRONT YARDS 
 
 204. Minimum distance from front line of dwelling to building line on 
 opposite side of street, 60 feet. 
 
 REAR YARDS 
 
 205. Minimum distance from main building to rear lot line, 15 feet. 
 
 201—A 205 
 
SIDE YARDS. Applicable to Both Interior and Corner Lots. 
 
 206—A. Detached Dwellings. 
 
 1. Sum of side yards: Minimum 10 feet. In Cook County only: Minimum 
 6 feet. 
 
 2. Side yards faced by required windows of habitable rooms: Minimum 
 width of each side yard 5 feet, except that a minimum width of 3 feet is 
 permitted in connection with residential developments when established 
 controls provide assurance that the sum of the side yards and the distance 
 between buildings will be a minimum of 10 feet. In Cook County, side 
 yards faced by required windows of habitable rooms, minimum width of each 
 side yard, 3 feet. See 203-B. 
 
 3. All other side yards: Minimum width 3 feet. 
 
 206-B. Semidetached Dwellings. Width of side yards; minimum 8 feet. 
 In Cook County; minimum 4 feet. 
 
 206-C. End-row Dwellings. Width of side yard; minimum 8 feet. In 
 Cook County; minimum 4 feet. 
 
 206—D. Garages. 
 
 1. One-story detached or attached garages: Minimum 3 feet, except that 
 the garage may be built to property line in residential developments where 
 established controls provide that no required windows of habitable rooms 
 will be affected. 
 
 2. One-story attached garages, including those connected to the rriain 
 dwelling by a roofed terrace or porch, may be disregarded in determining 
 the sum of the widths of the side yards provided no required windows of 
 habitable rooms are affected. 
 
 206— E. Driveway. In all cases when a side yard is used for a driveway, 
 that side yard shall be not less than 8 feet wide. 
 
 COURTS 
 
 207— A. Objective. The objective of court requirements is to assure 
 adequate natural light and ventilation to all rooms facing on courts with¬ 
 out impairment of privacy. 
 
 207—B. Outer Courts. 
 
 1. When a required window of a habitable room opens on an outer court 
 and: 
 
 a. Faces an open end of court; minimum court width, 5 feet. 
 
 b. Faces an existing or allowable future side wall of court: less than 
 two stories high, minimum court width, 8 feet; for dwellings two stories 
 high, 10 feet. 
 
2. When nonrequired windows in habitable rooms open on courts: mini¬ 
 mum court width 6 feet. 
 
 3. The requirements in 1 and 2 do not apply when the depth of an outer 
 court is 50 percent or less of the width. 
 
 207—C. Inner Courts. Inner courts are not acceptable as a means of pro¬ 
 viding required natural light and ventilation. 
 
 207-D. Irregularly Shaped Courts. See 203-E. 
 
 DISTANCE BETWEEN BUILDINGS ON SAME PLOT 
 
 208—A. Objective. The objective of requirements for distance between 
 buildings is to provide adequate natural light and ventilation to all rooms 
 with windows facing the opposing buildings without impairment of privacy. 
 
 208—B. Distance between a dwelling wall containing a required window 
 of a habitable room and another dwelling or an accessory building: 10 feet 
 minimum. 
 
 208—C. Distance between building walls in all other cases: Six feet 
 minimum. 
 
 208—D. When opposite walls are not parallel, see 203-E. 
 
 DRIVEWAYS AND WALKS 
 
 209. See Lot Improvement Requirements, Sec. 800. 
 
 206-A 209 
 
BUILDING PLANNING REQUIREMENTS 
 
 GENERAL 
 
 300—A. Drawings and Specifications. For required drawings and speci¬ 
 fications, see Appendix D. 
 
 300—B. Compliance With Local Regulations. 
 
 1. All improvements of the land including buildings and all appurtenances 
 thereto shall conform to all applicable laws, ordinances and regulations 
 (including deed restrictions and covenants running with the land) which 
 relate to the safety and sanitation of the buildings. The minimum require¬ 
 ments established herein shall not be construed as lowering the standards 
 established by the local laws, ordinances, or regulations. Whenever such 
 local requirements contain more stringent provisions than any of the mini¬ 
 mum requirements of the Federal Housing Administration, the more strin¬ 
 gent requirement shall govern. 
 
 2. The Federal Housing Administration does not assume responsibility for 
 determining compliance with local requirements. 
 
 300—C. Optional Requirements. These requirements are essentially min¬ 
 imum, consequently the Chief Underwriter may require compliance with 
 higher requirements than those contained herein, to obtain conformance 
 with standards consistent with the type and size of property under con¬ 
 sideration. 
 
 300— D. Changes After Commitment. No changes, except for acceptable 
 minor variations, from the drawings and specifications of the dwelling upon 
 which a commitment has been based, will be permitted without first obtain¬ 
 ing written approval from the FHA field office. 
 
 LIGHT AND VENTILATION 
 
 301— A. Objective. The objective of light and ventilation requirements is 
 (a) to assure satisfactory and healthful living conditions by providing 
 natural light and ventilation in sufficient volume, proportioned to the size 
 and intended use of the rooms; and ( b) to provide sufficient ventilation to 
 spaces , such as attics and basementless areas 3 to prevent conditions con¬ 
 ducive to decay and deterioration of the structure. 
 
 301— B. General. 
 
 1. Natural light and ventilation shall be provided in all habitable rooms by 
 means of windows or their equivalent located in outside walls. 
 
2. Windows which provide all or part of the natural light and ventilation 
 required herein are considered required windows. All windows in addition 
 to these are considered nonrequired windows. 
 
 3. The area of glazed portions of doors in exterior walls may be included 
 in determining compliance with the following requirements, except that 
 an exterior door in a kitchen will not be acceptable as the only means of 
 providing ventilation. 
 
 4 . Any glazing material, such as glass block, may be used to provide natural 
 light if the area is sufficient to admit an amount of light equivalent to that 
 transmitted by the required area of clear glass; in no case less than the 
 area required for clear glass. 
 
 5. In determining required glass area, measure the actual glass area 
 disregarding muntins. When the sill of a basement window is below the 
 extended line of the finished grade at the window, only half of the glass 
 area of that window shall be included in determining the required glass 
 area. See 308 for areaways. 
 
 6. Row dwellings shall be not more than two habitable rooms deep from 
 outside wall to outside wall except for the condition permitted by 301-D. 
 
 301—C. Habitable Rooms. Required windows in each habitable room: 
 
 1. Total glass area: not less than 10 percent of floor area of room. 
 
 2. Ventilating area: not less than 4 percent of floor area of room. 
 
 3. If windows open on covered porches and terraces, or are in rooms any 
 portion of which is more than 18 feet from a window, the glass area shall 
 be not less than 15 percent of the floor area of the room. 
 
 4. If windows open on a glass enclosed porch, the glass area of required 
 windows shall be not less than 20 percent of the floor area of the room; 
 such windows shall not be included in determining required ventilating 
 area. 
 
 301—D. Alcoves. 
 
 1. Unless separately lighted and ventilated by windows which provide the 
 required glass and ventilating area, include any alcove adjoining a habitable 
 loom as part of that room in computing required glass and ventilating area. 
 
 2. An alcove may receive light and ventilation from the windows of an 
 adjoining habitable room only when the common wall between the alcove 
 and the habitable room contains an opening, the area of which is not 
 less than 80 percent of the area of the entire wall on the alcove side. 
 
 699071 0—47 
 
 2 
 
 300—A 301-D 
 
301—E. Bathroom. Provide light and ventilation by one of the following 
 means: 
 
 1. Window or windows located in an exterior wall facing a street, alley, 
 yard or outer court: 
 
 a. Glass area not less than 10 percent of floor area; minimum 3 square 
 feet. 
 
 b. Ventilating area not less than 4 percent of floor area. 
 
 2. Skylights permitted in row dwellings to serve top floor bathrooms only: 
 shall provide light and ventilation to outside air equal to that required 
 in E-l. 
 
 3. If a compartment containing any one fixture opens directly into the 
 bathroom, it shall be considered a part of the bathroom floor area and 
 may be lighted artificially and ventilated into the bathroom. 
 
 301—F. Water Closet Compartments. A compartment containing a lava¬ 
 tory or water closet or both, which is in addition to a bathroom, shall 
 be ventilated by: 
 
 1. Method as required for bathrooms in 301-E; or 
 
 2. A duct or ducts: area equal to 2 square inches for each square foot of 
 floor area; minimum area, 48 square inches; minimum dimension 3/2 
 inches; located in or close to ceilings; installed continuous to and above the 
 roof; and connected to a louvered vent stack or a mechanical device for 
 exhausting air. If an electrically operated fan is provided, the duct need 
 not project above roof but must discharge to the outside air. 
 
 301—G. Open Basements. Provide light and ventilation by windows or 
 doors in exterior walls with both glazed and ventilating area not less than 
 2 percent of the floor area. 
 
 301—H. Laundries and Recreation Rooms. Provide light and ventila¬ 
 tion by windows or glazed doors in exterior walls: 
 
 1. When located in a separately enclosed space in the basement, glazed 
 and ventilating area not less than 4 percent of floor area. See 301-G above. 
 
 2. When located above basement level, glazed area not less than 10 percent 
 of floor area and ventilating area not less than 4 percent of floor area. 
 
301—1. Utility Rooms. ( If heater is included, see 301—J) Ventilate utility 
 
 rooms by windows or doors in exterior walls having ventilating area not less 
 
 than 2 percent of floor area. 
 
 1. Windows or doors in exterior walls having ventilating area not less 
 than 2 percent of floor area; or 
 
 2. Duct or ducts, minimum total free area, 2 percent of floor area. 
 
 301-J. Heater Rooms. When sufficient air for proper combustion of fuel 
 in the heating equipment cannot be expected to be supplied by infiltration 
 directly or indirectly from outside the dwelling, provide fixed ventilation 
 by means of a duct arranged to supply air from outside. Duct shall be 
 screened and shall have a free area at least equal to the free area of flues 
 or vents to which the fuel burning equipment is connected. 
 
 301— K. Basementless Spaces. 
 
 1. Where the floor construction above is of wood or metal provide at least 
 two foundation wall vents to assure a total ventilating area equivalent to 
 one square foot for each 15 lineal feet of wall enclosing that area. 
 
 2. Locate one vent at or near each corner to provide through ventilation 
 wherever possible. No vents are required for a basementless space adjoining 
 a basement where the common wall below the joists is at least 50 percent 
 open, provided the total area of ventilating openings in the basement space 
 is not less than 2 percent of the combined basement area and basementless 
 space. 
 
 3. In each vent opening install corrosion-resistant screening, mesh not less 
 than 8 per inch. 
 
 301— L. Attics. Provide effective fixed ventilation in all spaces between 
 roofs and top floor ceilings, by screened louvers or by other means accept¬ 
 able to the Chief Underwriter. This applies also to space between ceiling 
 and flat roofs. Net ventilation area for each separate space shall be not 
 less than 1/300 of the horizontal projection of the roof area. Locate vents 
 to provide effective cross-ventilation. Use corrosion-resistant screening 
 over openings, mesh not less than 16 per inch. 
 
 SPACE REQUIREMENTS 
 
 302- A. Objective. The objective of space requirements is to assure (a) 
 that each living unit provides complete living facilities ordinarily consid¬ 
 ered necessary to a permanent home, arranged and equipped to provide 
 suitable and desirable living, sleeping, cooking and dining accommoda¬ 
 tions, and adequate storage and sanitary facilities; and (b) rooms of such 
 size and so planned as to permit the proper placing of adequate furniture 
 and equipment, appropriate to and essential for the use of the occupants. 
 
 301-E 302-A 
 
302—B. General. 
 
 1. Each living unit shall contain not less than one bathroom and three 
 habitable rooms, at least one of which shall be a bedroom. 
 
 2. Measurements are based upon distances between finish floor surface and 
 rough ceiling surface (bottom of joists) and between rough wall or rough 
 partition surfaces. 
 
 3. The area occupied by a stair shall not be considered a part of any 
 habitable room. 
 
 4. Under sloping ceilings, the area with less than 5 feet clear headroom 
 sliall not be included in determining the required floor area. 
 
 302—C. Minimum Size of Spaces. Provide not less than the areas indi¬ 
 cated for each of the following: 
 
 Min. Area 
 
 1. Living-Dining-Cooking. Sq. Ft. 
 
 a. Living room_ 150 
 
 b. Living-dining combination_ 160 
 
 c. Living-dining-kitchen combination 
 
 in living unit of 1-bedroom_210 
 
 in living unit of more than 1-bedroom_220 
 
 d. Kitchen-dining combination_ 90 
 
 e. Kitchen in living unit of 1-bedroom_ 50 
 
 f. Kitchen in living unit of more than 1-bedroom_ 60 
 
 g. Dining room or dining alcove_ 70 
 
 2. Bedrooms. 
 
 a. Major bedroom: minimum floor area_ 100 
 
 b. Second bedroom of living units of over 2-bedrooms_100 
 
 c. Second bedroom of 2-bedroom living units_ 70 
 
 3. All other Habitable Rooms. Minimum floor area_ 70 
 
 4. Bathroom. Adequate for water closet, lavatory, and tub. Arrangement 
 of fixtures shall provide at least 90° door swing and comfortable use of each 
 fixture. 
 
 5. Closets. 
 
 a. General. At least half of the required floor of each required bedroom 
 closet and coat closet shall be not more than 8 inches above the floor level 
 of the room into which it opens. Each bedroom closet and coat closet shall 
 provide at least 5/2 feet clear clothes hanging space above the closet floor. 
 
 b. Bedroom closets. Provide each bedroom with at least one closet 
 having a minimum: 
 
 Depth: 2' 0" 
 
 Floor area: 6 square feet 
 Height: 6 feet above closet floor 
 One shelf, rod and hooks 
 
c. Coat closet. Provide each living unit with a coat closet readily acces¬ 
 sible to the living room, preferably near the front entrance; of same min¬ 
 imum size and equipment as bedroom closets. 
 
 d. Linen closet. Provide each living unit with a linen closet separate 
 from other closets, near bedrooms; minimum size, 14" x 18"; minimum 5 
 shelves, approximately 12" o. c. 
 
 6. Kitchen Storage. 
 
 a. hach kitchen shall be provided with shelf space at least 1 1 inches deep 
 lor dishes and miscellaneous kitchen storage; for one bedroom living units, 
 minimum 18 lineal feet, for two bedroom living units, minimum 24 lineal 
 feet, for three or more bedroom living units, minimum 30 lineal feet. 
 At least half of this shelf space shall be enclosed by cabinet doors. Such 
 required shelving shall bh located not lower than 3 feet and not higher than 
 6 feet 6 inches above finished floor. Shelving higher than 6 feet 6 inches 
 above finished floor may be counted as general storage In addition to the 
 above at least 6 lineal feet of base cabinets with doors and 6 lineal feet 
 of counter top work space shall be provided. Sink drain boards may be 
 included as counter top work space. 
 
 7. General Storage Space. 
 
 a. Minimum total volume for each living unit in addition to 5 and G 
 above; 150 cubic feet plus 50 cubic feet per bedroom. 
 
 b. Height: space less than 4 feet in clear height will not be considered 
 as providing storage space under these requirements. 
 
 c. Location: Closets, utility rooms, basement, or conveniently accessible 
 attic or garage. That portion of storage space which is necessary for 
 equipment, passage and work space shall not be included in determining 
 the required volume. Space in garage or located elsewhere outside the 
 dwelling shall be such that it can be locked. When attic space is to be used 
 for storage, the area required for storage shall be floored and shall have 
 access to floor below by means of a permanent or disappearing stairway. 
 
 8. Fuel Storage. Facilities shall be provided for economical delivery and 
 handling of fuel, and for adequate storage. The storage facilities shall be 
 provided within the dwelling or buried under ground or provision shall be 
 made for concealment satisfactory to the Chief Underwriter. 
 
 9. Space for heating. 
 
 a. Provide space within the dwelling for heating unit or system. 
 
 b. Provide clearances for maintenance and repair. 
 
 c. Provide clearances for safety, determined by insulation of heater and 
 combustibility of walls, floor and ceiling. Heat generated shall not raise 
 the surface temperature of combustible walls, floor or ceiling above 160 
 degrees F. 
 
 10. Utility Booms in basementless dwellings. Utility room 
 shall have an area with sufficient space to accommodate the 
 equipment proposed for the utility room, with sufficient, 
 space around the equipment for safety, access, maintenance 
 and repair. If general storage is contemplated in the util¬ 
 ity room there should be an unobstructed volume equal to that 
 required by 302-C-7. 
 
 Above portion in this style type revised januaryjQj.g 302—C 
 
 1948 - MPRs, 1 or 2 L« U* for State of Illinois. 
 
 7 9 3f>4 
 
c. Goat closet. Provide each living unit with a coat closet readily acces¬ 
 sible to the living room, preferably near the front entrance; of same min , 
 imum size and equipment as bedroom closets. 
 
 d. Linen closet. Provide each living unit with a linen closet separate 
 rom other closets, near bedrooms; minimum size, 14" x 18"; minimum 5 
 
 shelves, approximately 12" o. c. 
 
 / 
 
 6. Kitchen Storage. 
 
 ach kitchen shall be provided with shelf space at least 11 inches deep 
 for dishes and miscellaneous kitchen storage; for one bedroom living units, 
 minimum 18 lineal feet, for two bedroom living units, minimum 24 lineal 
 feet, for three or more bedroom living units, minimum 30 lineal feet. 
 At least half of this shelf space shall be enclosed by cabinet doors. Such 
 required shelving shall b£ located not lower than S'feet and not higher than 
 6 feet 6 inches above finished floor. Shelving higher than 6 feet 6 inches 
 above finished floor may be counted as general storage In addition to the 
 above at least 6 lineal feet of base cabinets with doors and 6 lineal feet 
 of counter top work space shall be provided. Sink drain boards may be 
 included as counter iop work space. 
 
 7. General Storage Space. 
 
 a. Minimum total volume for each living unit in addition to 5 and 6 
 above: 150 cubic feet plus 50 cubic feet per bedroom. 
 
 b. Height: space less than 4 feet in clear height will not be considered 
 as providing storage space under these requirements. 
 
 c. Location: Closets, utility rooms, basement, or conveniently accessible 
 attic or garage. That portio^ of storage space which is necessary for 
 equipment, passage and work space shall not be included in determining 
 the required volume. Space in garage or located elsewhere outside the 
 dwelling shall be such that it can be locked. When attic space is to be used 
 for storage, the area required for storage shall be floored and shall have 
 access to floor below by means of a permanent or disappearing stairway. 
 
 8. Fuel Storage. Facilities shall be provided for economical delivery and 
 handling of fuel, and for adequate storage. The storage facilities shall be 
 provided within the dwelling or buried under ground or provision shall be 
 made for concealment satisfactory to the Chief Underwriter. 
 
 i ^ 
 
 9. Space for heating. 
 
 a. Provide space within the dwelling for heating unit or system. 
 
 b. Provide clearances for maintenance and repair. 
 
 c. Provide clearances for safety, determined by insulation of heater and 
 combustibility of walls, floor and ceiling. Heat generated shall not raise 
 the surface temperature of combustible walls, floor or ceiling above 160 
 degrees F. 
 
 10. Utility Rooms in basementless dwellings. 
 
 a. Utility room with minimum area of 100 square feet is required in 
 all basementless dwellings. 
 
 302—B 302—C 
 
HABITABLE BASEMENT ROOMS 
 
 303-A. Objective. The objective of requirements for habitable basement 
 rooms is to assure that habitable basement rooms will be free of those 
 features which create undesirable living conditions. 
 
 303- B. Comply with requirements for main floor rooms with respect to 
 privacy, light and ventilation, floor area, ceiling height, etc. 
 
 F ' msh fl °° r below the ad j° inin S outside finish grade: maximum 
 £ o at required windows. 
 
 ACCESS AND PRIVACY 
 
 • \ 
 
 304— A. Access. 
 
 1. Attics. Provide access to attics by means of scuttles, disappearing or 
 permanently installed stairwavs See 408-D 
 
 2. Basementless Spaces. Provide access openings not less than 18" x 24". 
 
 3. Basements: 
 
 a. Provide interior stairway to basement. 
 
 b. When solid fuel is used, provide direct access by stairway to out¬ 
 side grade. 
 
 304—B. Privacy. 
 
 1. Objective. The objective of privacy requirements is to assure that the 
 location of exterior openings in relation to exterior conditions, and the 
 interior arrangement of rooms particularly with reference to access to bath¬ 
 rooms from bedrooms, provide a degree of privacy commensurate with 
 desirable living conditions. 
 
 2. General. 
 
 a. Exterior openings shall be located in relation to exterior conditions, 
 including existing or possible future adjacent buildings or other living 
 
 units, so as to provide an acceptable degree of privacy. 
 
 b. The interior arrangement of rooms, particularly with respect to bed¬ 
 rooms, bathrooms, and toilet compartments shall be such as to provide 
 
 an acceptable degree of privacy. 
 
 3. Bedroom privacy. 
 
 a. The bedroom in one-bedroom living units and at least two bedrooms 
 in all other living units shall have access to a bathroom without passing 
 through another habitable room. 
 
 b. Each bedroom shall have access to a bathroom without passing 
 through another bedroom. 
 
 c. Each habitable room shall have access to each other habitable room 
 without passing through a bedroom or bathroom. 
 
 4. Nonacceptable bathroom arrangements. 
 
 a. An only bathroom opening directly into a kitchen. 
 
 b. Bathroom in the basement as the only one serving a living unit located 
 on another floor level. 
 
CEILING HEIGHTS 
 
 305—A. Objective. The objective of ceiling height requirements is to 
 assure free circulation of a sufficient volume of air, and further, in rooms 
 with sloping ceilings, to provide headroom adequate for the placing of 
 and access to appropriate furniture in comfortable arrangement. 
 
 305— B. Minimum Ceiling Heights. 
 
 1. Basement. 6'—10" clear under joists. See 303-B. 
 
 2. Main floor. 7'-6" clear. 
 
 3. Second story. 7'-6" clear except that under sloping ceiling the mini¬ 
 mum shall be 7'-6" for one-half the required room area. See 302-B. 
 
 DOORS 
 
 306— A. Exterior Doors. 
 
 1. Minimum sizes. 
 
 a. Main entrance doors: 2'—10" wide. 
 
 b. Service exterior doors: 2'-8" wide. 
 
 c. Height: 6'-6". 
 
 d. Thickness: 1% inches. 
 
 306— B. Interior Doors. 
 
 1. Provide a door for each opening to a bedroom, bathroom, closet and 
 toilet compartment. 
 
 2. Minimum sizes. 
 
 a. All habitable rooms: 2'-6" wide. 
 
 b. Bathrooms and closets other than linen and broom closets: 2 feet 
 wide. 
 
 c. Height: 6'-6". 
 
 STAIRWAYS 
 
 307— A. Objective. The objective of stairway requirements is to obtain 
 stairs which provide safety of ascent and descent and which are so designed, 
 arranged and installed as to afford adequate headroom and space for the 
 passage of furniture. 
 
 307-B. Design. 
 
 1. Headroom. See details 39 and 40. Continuous clear headroom meas¬ 
 ured vertically from front edge of tread to a line parallel with stair run: 
 
 a. Main stairs: Minimum 6'-6". 
 
 b. Basement and service stairs: Minimum 6 feet. 
 
 303—A 307-B 
 
307—B. Design. Continued. 
 
 2. Width. 
 
 a. Main stairs: Minimum 2'—9", clear of handrail. 
 
 b. Basement and service stairs: Minimum 2'-6" clear. 
 
 3. Treads. 
 
 a. Main stairs: Minimum run 9 inches; minimum width of tread in¬ 
 cluding nosing, 10)4 inches. 
 
 b. Basement and service stairs: Minimum run 9 inches; minimum width 
 of tread including nosing, 9/2 inches. 
 
 4. Rise. 
 
 a. Maximum height, main stair, 8)4 inches; basement stair, 8/2 inches. 
 
 b. All riser heights to be 1 same in any one stair. 
 
 5 Winders. Design winders so that tread width 18 inches from converg¬ 
 ing end will be the same as the tread width on the straight run. 
 
 6 . Landings. Width not less than that of stair. A landing is required at 
 top of any stair run having a door which swings toward the stair. 
 
 7. Handrail. Install continuous handrail on at least one side of each run 
 on all stairs. The railing on an open stair complies with this requirement. 
 
 8 . Railings. Install continuous railings on all open sides of all runs of 
 exterior steps which are attached to the dwelling and have more than 3 
 risers. 
 
 9. Guard Rail. Provide guard rail around stairwell in unfinished attic. 
 
 10. Areaway Party Wall. In semidetached and row dwellings, provide 
 individual stairs to basement entrances. If basement stairs for adjoining 
 properties are to be built in the same excavation, the stairs shall be separated 
 by either a 6 -inch concrete wall or an 8 -inch masonry wall centered on 
 the common property line. 
 
 AREAWAYS 
 
 308. Minimum dimension measured horizontally, at right angle to face 
 of building wall at center line of the opening, 1 foot. Increase this dimen¬ 
 sion 1 inch for each inch of depth over 1 foot from top of area to the 
 sill. Head of window, in all cases, shall be above top of areawall. Bottom 
 of areaway shall be at least 6 inches below the sill of the opening and shall 
 be effectively drained. 
 
 PORCHES, TERRACES AND ENTRANCE PLATFORMS 
 
 309-A. Least dimension: 3'-6". 
 
 309-B. Guard rails required on all edges except at steps when: 
 
 a. Floor is more than 18 inches above adjoining finish grade. 
 
 b. Floor is more than 8 inches above adjoining finished grade and steps 
 do not occur at edge of platform directly in front of door. 
 
 GARAGES , 
 
 310. When garages are included, comply with the following: 
 
 1. Minimum sizes (inside) 1 car ^ car 
 
 Width_ 10 '-°" 
 
 Length_ 19'-0" 19'-0" 
 
 SCREENS 
 
 311. Install screens on all ventilating openings, such as windows, doors, 
 and louvres, including those in attic, utility room and basement. 
 
MINIMUM CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS 
 
 These Minimum Construction Requirements include all 
 sections in the Structural Requirements, Heating Re¬ 
 quirements, Plumbing and Sanitation Requirements, 
 Electric Requirements, and Lot Improvement Require¬ 
 ments. The provisions contained under 401-General of 
 the Structural Requirements are also applicable to the 
 Heating, Plumbing and Sanitation, Electric and Lot 
 Improvement Requirements. 
 
 STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS 
 
 400. Objective. The objective of structural requirements is to obtain 
 a well-built and durable dwelling which provides a weather-resistant 
 shelter. 
 
 The attainment of this objective requires that (a) all portions of the struc¬ 
 ture subjected to exterior exposure be of such materials and be so con¬ 
 structed and protected as to prevent entrance or penetration of moisture and 
 the weather; ( b ) adequate precautions be taken to properly protect 
 materials and construction from damage by ordinary use and by decay, 
 corrosion, termites and other destructive elements; ( c) workmanship be 
 of a quality equal to good standard practice and materials used be of such 
 kind and quality as to assure reasonable durability and economy of mainte¬ 
 nance, all commensurate with the class of dwelling under consideration; 
 
 (d) all members and parts of the construction be properly designed to carry 
 all loads imposed without detrimental effect on finish or covering materials; 
 
 (e) each member be correctly fitted and connected; (/) the structure be 
 adequately braced against lateral stresses; and (g) adequate precautions 
 be taken to protect against fire and accidents. 
 
 GENERAL 
 
 401—A. Drawings and Specifications. For required drawings and speci¬ 
 fications, see Appendix D. 
 
 401— B. Application. 
 
 1. Compliance with the items listed under the various sections of the mini¬ 
 mum construction requirements which are applicable to the property under 
 consideration is mandatory for all proposed construction unless other re¬ 
 quirements are imposed or specific exceptions are permitted, in accord¬ 
 ance with provisions of this section, 401-General. 
 
 2. When proposed additions and alterations are involved, the new work 
 shall comply with applicable Minimum Construction Requirements. 
 
 307—B 401—B 
 
401—B. Appl ication. Continued. 
 
 3. Existing construction shall comply with the stated “Objectives” con¬ 
 tained in these Minimum Construction Requirements. 
 
 4. Since these requirements are essentially minimum, this Administration 
 will recognize and give credit for all construction and equipment that ex¬ 
 ceed these requirements. The Chief Underwriter may require compli¬ 
 ance with higher requirements than those contained herein. 
 
 i 
 
 401— C. Local Regulations. 
 
 1. Compliance with local regulations affecting construction, heating, 
 plumbing, sanitation, electrical installations, and lot improvements will be 
 required in all cases. The highest requirement, whether in the local regu¬ 
 lations, these Minimum Construction Requirements, or the drawings and 
 specifications, shall govern. 
 
 2. Compliance with local regulations which are obsolete or which for 
 other reasons are not being enforced by local code authorities, or any local 
 requirements which are intended merely as recommendations, is not man¬ 
 datory unless the local office considers compliance therewith necessary to 
 safeguard the security of the insured mortgage loan. 
 
 3. The Federal Housing Administration does not assume responsibility for 
 determining compliance with local requirements. 
 
 401—D. Special Conditions. When special conditions exist or arise dur¬ 
 ing construction, which necessitate additional precautions, the Chief Un¬ 
 derwriter may require work in excess of these requirements. 
 
 401—E. Changes After Submission. No changes, except for acceptable 
 minor variations, from the drawings and specifications of the dwelling upon 
 which a commitment has been based, will be permitted without first obtain¬ 
 ing written approval from the FHA field office. When the applicant desires 
 to make changes in the exhibits subsequent to the submission of an applica¬ 
 tion, except for acceptable minor variations, the approval of the local Fed¬ 
 eral Housing Administration office shall be requested by the mortgagee 
 in writing prior to the execution of any changes in the construction. Request 
 for approval of changes shall be accompanied by adequate information 
 describing the proposed changes. 
 
 401— F. Materials and Equipment. 
 
 1. Materials and equipment used in the construction shall be used appro¬ 
 priately and shall be of a standard equal to good practice commensurate 
 with the class of dwelling being erected. 
 
 2. When there is doubt concerning the acceptability of materials and 
 equipment, the standards listed in Appendix G are for use as a guide in 
 determining such acceptability. 
 
 3. Newly developed materials and equipment may be used when test data 
 and service records are submitted which indicate durability, performance 
 and appropriate use, provided their use is acceptable to the Chief Under¬ 
 writer. 
 
> —' — 
 
 / 
 
 401—G. Workmanship. Compliance with these Minimum Construction 
 Requirements with regard to materials and methods of assembly and with 
 drawings and specifications will not, in itself, assure acceptance of the con¬ 
 struction. Of equal importance is good workmanship, the lack of which 
 will be sufficient cause to refuse acceptance of the construction. 
 
 401—H. Conventional Methods of Construction. Construction methods, 
 and service installations such as heating, described in these- Requirements 
 are those in general use in conventional construction. Other conven¬ 
 tional methods not covered in these Requirements may be used when ac¬ 
 ceptable to the Chief Underwriter. Such methods must be structurally 
 sound, durable, safe and efficient, and at least the equivalent of those 
 described in these Requirements. 
 
 / 
 
 / 
 
 401-1. Special Methods of Construction. New or special methods of 
 construction, not generally considered conventional, will be treated as spe¬ 
 cial cases. After complete analysis which includes structural design, mar¬ 
 ketability, etc., rulings covering acceptable methods are issued to FHA 
 insuring offices by the Underwriting Headquarters, Washington, D. C. 
 
 The data desired and procedure to be followed for determination of 
 acceptability are described in Federal Housing Administration Circular, 
 “Rulings on New Methods of Construction and Determination of Accepta¬ 
 bility of Individual Materials”, as currently effective. Copies of this Cir¬ 
 cular may be obtained at the FHA field office. 
 
 401— J. Final Acceptance. Before final acceptance of a property as 
 security for an insured mortgage, all buildings shall be complete and ready 
 for occupancy with all equipment installed, connected and in operating 
 condition and all utility connections completed, and service available. 
 
 401— K. Common Services and Facilities. Two living units included 
 under one mortgage may have common services such as water, sewer, gas 
 and electricity, and common facilities such as laundry, storage and heating, 
 except that recirculating warm air from one living unit to another is not 
 acceptable. 
 
 INSULATION AND VAPOR BARRIERS 
 
 402— A. Insulation 
 
 1. The total hourly heat loss of a living unit in Btu shall not exceed 60 
 times the floor area in square feet. 
 
 2. The overall coefficient of heat transmission in Btu per hour per square 
 foot per degree temperature difference from air inside to air outside (“U” 
 factor) shall not exceed: 
 
 .27 for exterior walls and partitions exposed to unheated >aces. 
 
 0.15 for ceilings exposed to unheated spaces. 
 
 0.20 for floors over unexcavated spaces, garages or porches. 
 

 Vo' \k- s,ee re-Vise^ lea.'t \a>V\cV\ 
 
 40 2—B. Vapor Barriers. 
 
 \ . 
 
 1. Many combinations of materials used in the exterior portion of wall 
 or roof construction have a combined vapor resistance sufficient to form 
 a more or less effective vapor trap so that, when low outside temperatures 
 occur, condensation is likely to form at some point within the wall, ceiling 
 or roof construction, unless a vapor barrier of considerably greater resistance 
 has been provided on the warm side to resist the passage of water vapor 
 from within the dwelling. 
 
 2. When conditions described in 1 above exist, an effective vapor barrier 
 shall be installed as close as practicable to the warm (inside) surface of any 
 exposed wall or ceiling exposed to an attic or roof. The vapor barrier shall 
 be continuous with all joints tight and applied tightly against studs, joists, 
 electrical outlet boxes, register boxes and framed openings. 
 
 3. The vapor resistance of the vapor barrier shall be greater than (at least 
 three times) the total vapor resistance of all materials and construction on 
 the exterior side of the vapor barrier including interior painting. The 
 effectiveness of the vapor barrier shall be not less than the limitation estab¬ 
 lished in the test procedure under which it is tested. 
 
 EXCAVATION 
 403—A. Foundations. 
 
 1. Excavation for foundations shall extend to a level which will provide 
 
 adequate bearing. In case of doubt regarding bearing capacity, tests may 
 be required for this determination. \ / 
 
 2. Excavation shall extend below prevailing frost line and not less than 
 3 feet below finished grade, except in that portion of the state south of north 
 boundary line of Madison County, where a depth of 2'6" will be acceptable. 
 
 Excavation shall extend not less than 12" below natural grade. 
 
 3. Bottom of footing trenches shall be level. Where steps are necessary 
 
 the vertical step shall not exceed the horizontal distance between steps. 
 Horizontal distance between steps shall be not less than 2 feet. See 406- 
 
 D~2 \ 
 
 4. Earth backfilling shall be placed against foundation walls in not more 
 than 1-foot layers, well tamped. Debris or frozen earth shall not be used 
 
 for backfilling. . 
 
 5. The earth in bottom of trenches shall be protected against freezing. 
 
 403—B. Basementless Spaces. 
 
 1. Ground level shall be at least 2 feet below bottom of floor joists. 
 
 2. Where the interior ground level is below outside finish grade, adequate 
 precautionary measures shall be taken to assure positive drainage at all 
 
 ^Remove all debris, sod, tree stumps, and other organic materials and 
 provide a smooth surface free of pockets. 
 
 ROUGH GRADING . 
 
 404. See “Lot Improvement Requirements Section ouu. 
 
 MASONRY MATERIALS. Masonry materials described below 
 
 all masonry and concrete work. 
 
 405-A. Cement. 
 
 1. Cement for concrete shall be portland cement. 1 
 
 2. Cement for mortar shall be portland or masonry cemen . 
 
 / 
 
401—G. Workmanship. Compliance with these Minimum Construction 
 Requirements with regard to materials and methods of assembly and with 
 drawings and specifications will not, in itself, assure acceptance of the con¬ 
 struction. Of equal importance is good workmanship, the lack of which 
 will be sufficient cause to refuse acceptance of the construction. 
 
 401—H. Conventional Methods of Construction. Construction methods, 
 and service installations such as heating, described in these Requirements 
 are those in general use in conventional construction. Other conven¬ 
 tional methods not covered in these Requirements may be used when ac¬ 
 ceptable to the Chief Underwriter. Such methods must be structurally 
 sound, durable, safe and efficient, and at least the equivalent of those 
 described in these Requirements. 
 
 401—1. Special Methods of Construction. New or special methods of 
 construction, not generally considered conventional, will be treated as spe¬ 
 cial cases. After complete analysis which includes structural design, mar¬ 
 ketability, etc., rulings covering acceptable methods* L're issued to FHA 
 insuring offices by the Underwriting Headquarters, Washington, D. C. 
 
 The data desired and procedure to be followed for determination of 
 acceptability are described in Federal Housing Administration Circular, 
 “Rulings on New Methods of Construction and Determination of Accepta¬ 
 bility of Individual Materials”, as currently effective. Copies of this Cir¬ 
 cular may be obtained at the FHA field office. 
 
 401—J. Final Acceptance. Before final acceptance of a property as 
 security for an insured mortgage, all buildings shall be complete and ready 
 for occupancy with all equipment installed, connected and in operating 
 condition and all utility connections completed, and service available. 
 
 401— K. Common Services and Facilities. Two living units included 
 under one mortgage may have common services such as water, sewer, gas 
 and electricity, and common facilities such as laundry, storage and heating, 
 except that recirculating warm air from one living unit to another is not 
 acceptable. 
 
 INSULATION AND VAPOR BARRIERS 
 
 402— A. Insulation 
 
 1. The total hourly heat loss of a living unit in Btu shall not exceed 60 
 times the floor area in square feet. 
 
 2. The overall coefficient of heat transmission in Btu per hour per square 
 foot per degree temperature difference from air inside to air outside (“U” 
 factor) shall not exceed: 
 
 0.27 for exterior walls and partitions exposed to unhcated spaces. 
 
 0.15 for ceilings exposed to unheated spaces. 
 
 0.20 for floors over unexcavated spaces, garages or porches. 
 
 402—B. Vapor Barriers. 
 
 1. Many combinations of materials used in the exterior portion of wall 
 or roof construction have a combined vapor resistance sufficient to form 
 
 401—B 402—B 
 
402- B. Vapor Barriers. Continued. 
 
 a more or less effective vapor trap so that, when low outside temperatures 
 occur, condensation is likely to form at some point within the wall, ceiling 
 or roof construction, unless a vapor barrier of considerably greater resistance 
 has been provided on the warm side to resist the passage of water vapor 
 from within the dwelling. 
 
 2. When conditions described in 1 above exist, an effective vapor barrier 
 shall be installed as close as practicable to the warm (inside) surface of any- 
 exposed wall or ceiling exposed to an attic or roof. The vapor barrier shall 
 be continuous with all joints tight and applied tightly against studs, joists, 
 electrical outlet boxes, register boxes and framed openings. 
 
 3. The vapor resistance of the vapor barrier shall be greater than (at least 
 three times) the total vapor resistance of all materials and construction on 
 the exterior side of the vapor barrier including exterior painting. The 
 effectiveness of the vapor barrier shall be not less than the limitation estab¬ 
 lished in the test procedure under which it is tested. 
 
 EXCAVATION 
 
 403— A. Foundations. 
 
 1. Excavation for foundations shall extend to a level which will provide 
 adequate bearing. In case of doubt regarding bearing capacity, tests may 
 be required for this determination. 
 
 2. Excavation shall extend below prevailing frost line, 
 minimum S'-O” below finished grade except south of the north 
 boundary line of Madison County, 2'-6”, and south of north 
 line of Franklin County 2'-G" will be acceptable. Minimum 
 entire State 12” below natural grade. 
 
 3. Bottom of footing trenches shall be level. Where steps are necessary 
 the vertical step shall not exceed the horizontal distance between steps. 
 Horizontal distance between steps shall be not less than 2 feet. See 406- 
 D-2. 
 
 4. Earth backfilling shall be placed against foundation walls in not more 
 than 1-foot layers, well tamped. Debris or frozen earth shall not be used 
 for backfilling. 
 
 5. The earth in bottom of trenches shall be protected against freezing. 
 
 403—B. Basemeniless Spaces. 
 
 1. Ground level shall be at least 2 feet below bottom of floor joists. 
 
 2. Where the interior ground level is below outside finish grade, adequate 
 precautionary measures shall be taken to assure positive drainage at all 
 times. 
 
 3. Remove all debris, sod, tree stumps, and other organic materials and 
 provide a smooth surface free of pockets. 
 
 ROUGH GRADING 
 
 404. See “Lot Improvement Requirements,” Section 800. 
 
 MASONRY MATERIALS. Masonry materials described below apply to 
 all masonry and concrete work. 
 
 405—A. Cement 
 
 1. Cement for concrete shall be portland cement. 
 
 2. Cement for mortar shall be portland or masonry cement. See 406-C. 
 
 Above portion in this style type revised Nov. 1947 - MPHs, 1 
 
 or 2 L. U. for State of Illinois. 
 
 7 8 60 2 
 
405—B. Aggregate. 
 
 1. Fine aggregate for concrete: Natural sand or sand prepared from stone, 
 gravel or other material acceptable to the Chief Underwriter. 
 
 2. Fine aggregate for mortar: Natural sand, clean and well graded. 
 
 3. Coarse aggregate for concrete: Crushed stone, gravel, or other materials 
 acceptable to the Chief Underwriter. 
 
 405—C. Water. Free from injurious amounts of organic materials or 
 other deleterious substances. 
 
 405—D. Lime. 
 
 1. Hydrated Lime. 
 
 2. Quick lime, thoroughly slaked. 
 
 405—E. Masonry Units. 
 
 1. General. 
 
 a. All units shall be of good quality, sound and free from defects. 
 
 b. All units exposed to the weather or proposed as a stucco base shall 
 be hard and have low water absorptive quality. 
 
 2. Brick for backup work or for interior walls shall be medium or hard 
 burned. 
 
 3. Fire brick and flue lining shall be free of cracks or other defects. 
 
 4. Clay tile used in the construction of walls supporting floor, ceiling or 
 roof loads shall be load-bearing tile. 
 
 5. Concrete Block aggregate shall consist of sand, gravel, crushed stone, 
 bituminous or anthracite cinders, burned clay or shale or blast furnace 
 slag. 
 
 CONCRETE AND MASONRY 
 406—A. General. 
 
 i 
 
 1. Support of Masonry. All masonry including veneer shall be supported 
 
 on masonry, concrete or steel. In no case shall the wood frame be used 
 as support. 
 
 2. Protection. 
 
 a. In hot weather, protect concrete and masonry work to prevent rapid 
 drying. 
 
 b. In cold weather, maintain the temperature of concrete and masonry 
 work above freezing until thoroughly set. 
 
 3. Loading. Allow sufficient time for strength of concrete and masonry 
 work to develop before subjecting to loads or traffic. 
 
 4. Sill and Rafter Plate Anchoring. 
 
 a. Sills shall be anchored to poured concrete foundation walls and rafter 
 plates shall be anchored to all concrete and masonry walls. 
 
 b. Minimum diameter of bolts /i inqh. 
 
 c. Bolts shall be embedded in masonry unit walls not less than 15 inches; 
 in poured concrete, not less than 6 inches. 
 
 d. Spacing shall not exceed 8 feet o. c.; at least two bolts in each piece. 
 
 e. Washers. Install one standard nut and washer on each bolt. 
 
 402—B 406-A 
 
406—A. General. Continued. 
 
 f. In masonry unit walls, install plate approximately 3 inches square, 
 at head of bolt, embedded in masonry joint. 
 
 5. Porch Stringer Support. Masonry or concrete supports for stringers of 
 
 porch steps shall be provided. The top of support shall be above the 
 adjoining earth. 
 
 406-B. Concrete Work. 
 
 1. General. 
 
 a. Materials. See 405. 
 
 b. Water content shall not exceed 7/ 2 gallons of water per bag of cement. 
 
 c. Retempering of concrete will not be permitted. 
 
 d. Reinforced concrete work $hall comply with the recommendations of 
 the Building Regulations for Reinforced Concrete by the American Con¬ 
 crete Institute. 
 
 2. Minimum Mix. 
 
 a. Plain concrete. 
 
 (1) Foundation walls less than 8" in thickness, 1 part portland cement, 
 2 parts sand, 4 parts coarse aggregate; or controlled or transit-mix con¬ 
 crete having minimum compressive strength at 28 day; 2,000 lbs. per square 
 inch. 
 
 (2) All other plain concrete, one part portland cement, 3 parts sand, 
 
 5 parts coarse aggregate; or controlled or transmit-mix concrete having 
 minimum compressive strength at 28 days; 1,500 lbs. per square inch, 
 
 b. Reinforced concrete. 
 
 (1) Where slab thickness in concrete joist and slab construction is 
 3" or less, concrete shall have a minimum compressive strength at 28 days 
 of.2,500 lbs. per square inch. 
 
 (2) All other reinforced concrete, one part portland cement, 2 parts 
 sand, 4 parts coarse aggregate; or controlled or tranit-mix concrete having 
 minimum compressive strength at 28 days, 2,000 lbs. p'er square inch. 
 
 3. Reinforcing. Reinforcing shall be new billet steel bars, rail steel bars, 
 
 welded wire fabric or cold drawn wire. 
 
 4. Forms. 
 
 a. Double forms shall be used for all concrete foundation walls. 
 
 Note: Where favorable soil conditions occur, exterior form may be 
 
 omitted if acceptable to the Chief Underwriter. _ . 
 
 b. Side forms shall be used for footings where soil conditions prevent 
 
 sharp-cut trenches. 
 
 c. Build forms tight, straight, plumb, and brace rigidly. 
 
 d. Do not remove forms until concrete has thoroughly set. 
 
 e. Remove all forms and stakes before backfilling. 
 
 5. Placing Concrete. 
 
 a. Pour concrete continuously whenever possible and keep practically 
 level throughout the length being poured. 
 
 b. When concrete is not poured continuously, clean, score and wet the 
 top surface before continuing. Key all vertical joints. t 
 
 c. Spade and rod concrete thoroughly in forms. 
 
406—C. Masonry Work. 
 
 1. Mortar. Mix shall be as follows for the uses indicated in 2 below: 
 
 a. Portland cement mortar: 1 part portland cement, 3 parts sand by 
 volume and lime not exceeding 25 percent of the cement by volume. 
 
 b. Cement-lime mortar: 1 part portland cement, 1 part lime and not 
 more than 6 parts sand by volume. 
 
 c. Masonry cement mortar: 1 part Type II masonry cement and not 
 more than 3 parts sand by volume. No other material except water shall 
 be added to this mixture. Each bag of masonry cement shall bear the 
 printed statement: “This cement complies with Federal Specification SS- 
 C-181b, Type II masonry cement.” 
 
 2. Mortar Uses. 
 
 a. Mortar for masonry below grade: For all walls, use mix 1—a. If 
 dampproofed, mix 1 — b, or c. maybe used. 
 
 b. Mortar for masonry above grade: For all walls, use mix 1-a, b, or c. 
 
 c. Use of retempered mortar is not acceptable. 
 
 3. Joints. 
 
 a. Maximum thickness, % inch. 
 
 b. Solid masonry units: fill joints solid. 
 
 c. Hollow masonry units: no through mortar joints. 
 
 d. Point all joints solid, both sides of wall. Outside and exposed inside 
 joints shall be weathered or tooled unless otherwise acceptable to Chief 
 
 Underwriter. 
 
 4. Bonding. 
 
 a. Brick masonry shall be bonded with not less than one through header in 
 every 240 square inches. 
 
 b. Rubble stone masonry shall be bonded with bond stones evenly dis¬ 
 tributed, at least 4 inches thicker than other stones; minimum 20 percent 
 of wall area. Vertical joints shall be staggered. 
 
 c. Intersecting concrete or masonry walls shall be bonded or anchored 
 together in an acceptable manner. 
 
 d. Closed cell units or solid masonry shall be used at rough openings, 
 corners and w T all intersections. Filling exposed ends of cells is not 
 acceptable. 
 
 406—D. Footings. 
 
 1. General: 
 
 a. Design for proper distribution of superimposed loads. 
 
 b. Material: Poured concrete. 
 
 c. Bear on solid, unfilled ground. 
 
 d. Reinforce with steel bars where footings cross or bear on filled trenches 
 or other unstable soil. 
 
 e. Footing dimensions listed below are based upon soils of average bearing 
 capacity (4,000 pounds per square foot). For soils of lesser bearing capacity 
 or where unusual loading conditions exist, larger footings will be required. 
 Detail shall be examined *and approved by local FHA office before footings 
 
 are poured. 
 
 2. Wall Footings: 
 
 a. Minimum dimensions for spread footings as listed in table A. 
 
 406—A 406—D 
 
406—D. Footings. Continued . 
 
 TABLE A 
 
 Number of stories and 
 
 Thickness 
 
 Project each 
 
 type of construction 
 
 of footing 
 
 side of wall 
 
 One-story: 
 
 ( inches) 
 
 ( inches) 
 
 Without basement: 
 
 Frame 
 
 6 
 
 3 
 
 Masonry veneer on frame 
 
 6 
 
 3 
 
 Masonry 
 
 8 
 
 4 
 
 With basement: 
 
 Frame 
 
 8 
 
 4 
 
 Masonry veneer on frame 
 
 8 
 
 4 
 
 Masonry 
 
 8 
 
 4 
 
 Over one-story with or without basement: 
 
 Frame 
 
 8 
 
 4 
 
 Masonry veneer on frame 
 
 8 
 
 4 
 
 Masonry 
 
 12 
 
 6 
 
 b. Footings for one-story dwellings need have no projection on either 
 side of masonry unit foundation walls when foundation walls are not less 
 than: 
 
 (1) 12 inches thick supporting wood frame construction without 
 basement. 
 
 (2) 18 inches thick supporting masonry veneered wood frame or solid 
 masonry construction. 
 
 c. Footings need have no projection on either side of masonry unit 
 foundation walls 8 inches or more in thickness supporting uncovered porches, 
 steps and terraces; minimum footing thickness, 6 inches. 
 
 d. Omission of footings permitted under conditions of (b) when founda¬ 
 tion walls are constructed of poured concrete. 
 
 e. Omission of footings for one-story frame dwellings containing no 
 basement permitted provided the foundation walls are of poured concrete 
 with bottoms splayed equally on each side to provide the same width of 
 bearing surface as called for in (b) above. 
 
 3. Pier, Post and Column Footings: 
 
 a. One-story dwellings: minimum area, 3 square feet; thickness, one and 
 one-half the projection, minimum, 8 inches. 
 
 b. Dwellings over one-story: minimum area, 4 square feet; thickness, 
 one and one-half the projection, minimum, 12 inches. 
 
 4. Chimney Footings: 
 
 a. One-story dwellings: minimum thickness, 8 inches; minimum projec¬ 
 tion each side, 4 inches. 
 
 b. Dwellings over one-story: minimum thickness, 12 inches; minimum 
 projection each side, 6 inches. 
 
 c. Pour integral with wall footing when chimney occurs in outside wall or 
 inside bearing wall. 
 
5. Stepped Footings. Where variations in the elevations of the bottom 
 of wall footings are necessary, as may occur in the case of hillside properties, 
 the vertical connection between footings at the step shall be constructed 
 of concrete 4 inches thick and the same width as the footing. The steps 
 shall be poured continuous with the footings. See 403-A-3. 
 
 6. Footing Drain Tile. 
 
 a. May be required by Chief Underwriter when water and soil con¬ 
 ditions warrant. 
 
 b. Protect top of joints with strips of building paper and cover tile with 
 12 inches gravel qr other porous material. 
 
 c. Connect with tight-joint pipe or tile to sewer, or to other outlet ac¬ 
 ceptable to the Chief Underwriter. 
 
 406—E. Concrete Slabs on Ground. 
 
 1. Construction. 
 
 a. Bed under slabs shall be gravel, cinders, or crushed rock, minimum 
 thickness 4 inches. Earth under slab bed shall be leveled and tamped. 
 
 b. Wire mesh reinforcing: when required, minimum weight 20 pounds 
 per 100 square feet. 
 
 c. Bottom of slab shall be not lower than top of footing. Continue slab 
 over footing projection to foundation wall. See detail 1. 
 
 2. Cement Floor Finish. 
 
 a. Finish with steel trowel. 
 
 b. Concrete slab shall have integral finish; or 
 
 c. Topping: minimum mix, 1 part portland cement, 3 parts sand; 
 minimum thickness, 1 inch. 
 
 3. Slabs on ground used as a finish floor or as a base for other floor finish 
 in habitable rooms: 
 
 a. Minimum thickness, 4 inches, reinforced. See 1-b above. 
 
 b. Membrane waterproofing shall be provided. Mop between layers and 
 on top surface with hot tar or asphalt. Extend to exterior walls or beyond 
 the limits of habitable rooms, and turn up to top of slab. See details 2 and 3. 
 
 c. A continuous waterproofed insulation strip at least l / 2 inch thick shall 
 be installed between the exterior wall and the floor slab. 
 
 d. Thicken the slab under bearing partitions to not less than 10 inches. 
 The width of the 10-inch-thick portion of the slab shall be not less than 
 16 inches and shall bear on firm, undisturbed soil. Install a continuous 
 trowell cut, 2 inches deep, in the slab on the center line of the bearing 
 partition. In lieu of trowel cut, a /\ r x 2" wood strip may be used. 
 Thicken slabs under non-bearing partitions to not less than 8 inches deep. 
 Extend the membrane waterproofing continuous under the thickened por¬ 
 tions of slab. 
 
 Note: Linoleum shall not be, used as a floor covering on concrete slab 
 on fill. 
 
 4. Basement floor slabs. Minimum thickness, 4 inches. Slope finish floor 
 slab to drain. Bottom of slab shall be not lower than top of footing. 
 Continue slab over footing projection to foundation wall. 
 
 <>99071 o—47 
 
 3 
 
 406—D 406—E 
 
406—E. Concrete Slabs on Ground. Continued. 
 
 5. Garage floor slabs. 
 
 a. Minimum thickness, 4 inches. 
 
 b. Extend slab at least 2 feet in front of garage door opening to form an 
 apron; slope to driveway. See 7-c below. 
 
 6. Terrace and porch floor slabs. 
 
 a. Minimum thickness, 4 inches. 
 
 b. Metal flashing shall be installed between slabs and all wood con¬ 
 struction. See 412-F. 
 
 c. Intersection of walls with slabs. Porch and terrace slabs and concrete 
 or masonry steps shall be supported at the intersection by metal anchorsj 
 
 piers or corbels built integrally or bonded to the foundation walls; or a 
 supporting ledge on the foundation wall. 
 
 d. If slab is not reinforced, provide continuous foundation wall on all 
 sides, extending not less than 3 feet below grade. 
 
 7. Driveways and Walks. 
 
 a. Minimum slab thickness, 4 inches. 
 
 b. Expansion joints shall be provided at garage apron and at 30-foot 
 intervals. 
 
 c. A trowell cut approximately half-way through the slab shall be made 
 at approximately 4-foot intervals. 
 
 406-F. Foundation Walls. 
 
 1. General. 
 
 a. Material, see 405. 
 
 b. Walls supporting frame construction shall extend not less than 8 inches 
 above adjoining outside finish grade and be exposed not less than 6 inches. 
 See details 5 and 8. 
 
 c. Walls supporting masonry veneered wood frame, extend foundation 
 so that the wood construction is not less than 6 inches above outside finish 
 grade. See detail 7. 
 
 d. Walls of hollow masonry units shall be capped with minimum of 4 
 inches of solid masonry or poured concrete. If concrete is used, rein¬ 
 force with wire mesh (expanded metal lath not acceptable). See 409-C. 
 
 e. Hollow masonry unit foundation walls supporting girders shall be 
 capped under the girder with minimum of 6 inches in height of solid ma¬ 
 sonry or poured concrete. 
 
 f. Area walls shall be anchored or bonded to the foundation wall. 
 
 g. Chimney foundations shall start at level of lowest adjacent founda¬ 
 tion wall footings. 
 
 h. If special or unforeseen soil conditions warrant, the Chief Under¬ 
 writer may require either reinforcement or increased wall thickness. 
 
 2. Minimum Thickness. 
 
 a. General. Not less than that of wall supported, except that founda¬ 
 tion walls supporting one-story brick veneer wood frame walls may be 8 
 
inches thick provided wall construction does not project beyond exterior 
 
 face of foundation walls and wood studs bear on 2-inch plate resting on 
 top of floor joists. 
 
 b. Poured Concrete Foundation Walls. 
 
 (1) 6 inches, minimum for walls supporting wood frame structures less 
 than two stories high. See 406-B. 
 
 (2) 8 inches, minimum, for all other poured concrete walls. 
 
 c. Masonry Unit Foundation Walls. 
 
 (1) Masonry unit walls when not more than 7 feet below grade and 
 when total height of foundation wall and wall supported does not ex¬ 
 ceed 30 feet at eaves and 35 feet at ridge in gable ends: minimum thick¬ 
 ness, 8 inches. When exceeding these conditions: 12 inches, minimum. 
 
 (2) Flat-bed, square edge stone walls: 12 inches, minimum. 
 
 (3) Rubble stone walls: 16 inches, minimum. 
 
 3. Pilasters. 
 
 a. Concrete Walls. Pilasters shall be provided where girders frame into 
 6-inch poured concrete walls. Minimum size of pilaster, 2" x 12" poured 
 integrally with wall. Locate girder to center on pilaster. 
 
 b. Masonry walls. Pilasters shall be provided where girders, whose clear 
 span exceeds 12 feet, frame into 8-inch masonry walls of dwellings two or 
 more stories in height: minimum size, 4" x 12" built integrally with wall. 
 Locate girder to center on pilaster. 
 
 c. Walls in excess of 24 feet in length to be supported laterally by means 
 of adequate pilasters or buttresses built integrally with wall. 
 
 4. Girder pockets. Provide 4-inch end bearing for girder on main wall. 
 
 406—G. Dampproofing and Waterproofing. 
 
 1. A dry basement shall be provided. Walls and floors shall be made 
 watertight before final acceptance. 
 
 2. Basement and cellar walls shall be dampproofed as follows on exterior 
 from finish grade to outside edge of footing, forming a cove at the inter¬ 
 section of wall with footing: 
 
 a. Masonry unit walls: apply ^-inch thick portland cement plaster coat 
 over which apply at least one heavy coat of undiluted hot tar, hot asphalt 
 or compound acceptable to Chief Underwriter. 
 
 b. Poured concrete walls: apply at least one heavy coat of undiluted 
 hot tar, hot asphalt, or compound acceptable to Chief Underwriter. 
 
 Note: In certain site locations, where water conditions are known to 
 
 offer no problem, the Chief Underwriter may permit the omission of G-2 
 above. 
 
 406—E 406-G 
 
406—G. Dampproofing and Waterproofing. Continued. 
 
 3. Other methods of dampproofing and waterproofing may be used subject 
 to the acceptance of the Chief Underwriter. 
 
 4. Footing drain tile shall be installed where required. See 406-D-6. 
 
 5. For dampproofing walls above grade, see 417-A—6. 
 
 406—H. Piers. 
 
 1. Piers supporting exterior frame walls. 
 
 a. May be used for one-story frame dwelling only. 
 
 b. Provide curtain walls, 3^4 inches minimum thickness, between piers 
 and supported on concrete footings poured integrally with pier footings. 
 Provide adequate girders for support of floor and wall loads between piers. 
 
 2. Materials. Shall be masonry or poured concrete except as noted in 
 H-8 below. 
 
 3. Minimum pier sizes. 
 
 a. Masonry: 8"x 16" or 12"x 12". 
 
 b. Poured concrete: 10" x 10" or 12-inch round. 
 
 4. Maximum pier spacing. 
 
 a. Exterior wall piers supporting floor joists: 8 feet o. c. 
 
 b. Exterior wall piers in line parallel to joists and interior piers: 
 12 feet o. c. 
 
 5. Exterior wall piers. Maximum height above grade four times least 
 dimension, except when supported laterally by masonry or concrete curtain 
 walls. 
 
 6. Minimum pier height above grade. 8 inches. 
 
 7. When of hollow masonry units, cap with at least 6 inches solid masonry’ 
 or concrete. 
 
 8. Concrete bases extending not less than 8 inches above finish grade shall 
 be provided for support of wood posts supporting floors of frame porches. 
 
 406—1. Exterior Masonry Walls. 
 
 « 
 
 1. Materials. Masonry or poured concrete. 
 
 2. Minimium thickness. 8 inches. 
 
 3. Maximum height for 8-inch thickness. 30 feet from footing to eaves; 
 or 35 feet from footing to ridge in gable ends. 
 
4. Backing. When used, shall be solid or hollow masonry units, and shall 
 have minimum thickness of: 
 
 a. 4 inches, when bonded to facing material as provided in 406-C-4. 
 
 b. 8 inches, when tied to facing material with corrugated metal ties. 
 
 5. Furring of not less than 1-inch thick wood strips shall be installed on 
 exterior masonry walls less than 12 inches thick. In addition to vertical 
 stripping,* install horizontal strips at subfloor and ceiling. Spacing as 
 permitted for interior finish, see 414. Bituminous waterproofing material 
 applied directly to masonry is not acceptable for plaster base. 
 
 6. Lintels supporting masonry over openings shall be steel or reinforced 
 concrete; or masonry arches shall be installed. Lintels shall have mini¬ 
 mum of 4 inches bearing upon solid masonry or concrete at least 4 inches 
 thick. 
 
 7. Girders and beams shall have minimum of 4 inches bearing on solid 
 masonry or concrete at least 6 inches in height and of sufficient area to 
 distribute the load. 
 
 8. Floor Joists shall have bearing on solid masonry not less than 4" thick. 
 
 9. Chases and Recesses. 
 
 a. Construct at time wall is built. 
 
 b. Back and sides of chases and recesses in exterior walls shall be plas¬ 
 tered. Radiator recesses shall also be insulated. 
 
 c. Recesses: 
 
 (1) Maximum depth: 4 inches. 
 
 (2) Maximum width, 30 inches; height 24 inches. However, when 
 recesses occur under windows, recess may be full width of window and 
 height may extend to window sill. 
 
 (3) Provide steel or concrete lintel to support masonry directly over 
 recesses which exceed one foot in width. 
 
 d. Pipe Chases: 
 
 (1) Maximum depth, 4 inches. 
 
 (2) Maximum width, 12 inches. 
 
 (3) Maximum length of vertical chase in an 8-inch wall, 4 feet. Hori¬ 
 zontal and diagonal chases are not acceptable. 
 
 10. Fur masonry walls under sinks and elsewhere as required to enclose 
 horizontal pipes. 
 
 406—J. Masonry Veneer. 
 
 1. Minimum thickness. 
 
 a. Brick, 3%. inches. 
 
 b. Ashlar stone masonry: dwellings less than 2 stories high, 3 inches; 
 2-story dwellings, 4 inches. 
 
 c. Rubble stone masonry: uncoursed (field stone), 12 inches; mosaic 
 or random, 12 inches; coursed, dwellings less than 2 stories high, 8 inches; 
 2-story dwellings, 12 inches. 
 
 d. Lesser thicknesses may be used when acceptable to the Chief Under¬ 
 writer. 
 
 406—G 
 
 406—J 
 
406—J. Masonry Veneer. Continued. 
 
 2. Masonry veneered wood frame construction. Veneer applied over 
 sheathing with air space between. See details 6 and 7. 
 
 a. Air space: provide 1 inch air space between masonry veneer and 
 sheathing. 
 
 b. Base flashing: light weight roll roofing or waterproofed building paper 
 shall extend over top of foundation wall from outside face of wall and not 
 less than 12 inches up on sheathing. 
 
 c. Water-resistant building paper or saturated asphalt felt shall be ap¬ 
 plied over sheathing. Overlap base flashing at least 4 inches. 
 
 d. Bonding: Corrosion-resisting metal ties spaced not more than 15 
 inches vertically and 32 inches o. c. horizontally. When other than wood 
 board sheathing is used, secure ties through to studs. 
 
 e. Weepholes, approximately 8 feet o. c., shall be provided by omitting 
 the mortar in vertical joints at bottom course of veneer. 
 
 f. Other methods may be used subject to the acceptance of the Chief 
 Underwriter. 
 
 406—K. Interior Masonry Walls. 
 
 1. Material. Masonry or poured concrete. 
 
 2. Pipe recesses. Construct at time walls are built. 
 
 3. Party or lot line walls. 
 
 a. Minimum thickness: poured concrete, 6 inches; masonry units, 8 
 inches. 
 
 b. Height above flat roofs, 2 feet. Cap with stone, corrosion-resisting 
 sheet metal, portland cement mortar, or terra cotta coping. 
 
 c. Under pitched roofs: build masonry solid to underside of roof sheath¬ 
 ing or to within 2 inches of sheathing and fill space with incombustible 
 insulating material. 
 
 d. Not less than 4 inches of masonry shall separate all wood framing 
 members framing into the wall. 
 
 e. Through openings are not permitted in party walls. 
 
 4. Bearing partitions. 
 
 a. Minimum thickness: poured concrete, 6 inches; masonry units, when 
 supporting not more than one floor and ceiling joists which carry no load, 
 6 inches; otherwise, 8 inches. 
 
 b. Sections of walls 2 feet or less in length, such as occur at openings 
 shall be constructed of solid masonry units or hollow units filled with 
 concrete. 
 
 c. Lintels shall be steel, reinforced concrete, stone or masonry arches. 
 Minimum 4-inch bearing shall be provided by solid masonry at least 4 
 inches thick. 
 
 d. Joists shall bear on solid masonry at least 4 inches thick. 
 
 e. Girders shall bear on solid masonry or concrete at least 6 inches thick. 
 
5. Nonbearing partitions. 
 
 a. Minimum thickness, 3 inches. 
 
 b. Lintels shall be steel, reinforced concrete, masonry arches, or rein¬ 
 forced structural clay tile. 
 
 406— L. Masonry Chimneys. See details 48, 49, 50 and 51. 
 
 1. Masonry chimneys shall be constructed gas-tight and shall bear on ma¬ 
 sonry or concrete foundations. 
 
 2. Material , solid masonry units, 3% inches minimum thickness; footing 
 shall be poured concrete; flue lining shall be' fireclay or other material 
 acceptable to the Chief Underwriter. 
 
 3. Effective flue area for fireplaces: not less than Vio of fire place opening. 
 Separate flues required for each fireplace. 
 
 4. For size and height of chimneys, see 503. 
 
 5. Flue Linings. 
 
 a. Fire clay flue lining supported on masonry or concrete shall be in¬ 
 stalled in all chimneys from a point below the breeching to top of chim¬ 
 ney. For exception see L-8 below. 
 
 b. Two flues may be grouped without withes provided joints of linings 
 are staggered. 
 
 c. Withes separating flues or groups of flues, 3% inches thick. 
 
 6. Chimney cap shall be provided to form wash from flue to Outside 
 edge of chimney, minimum thickness at outside edge, 2 inches. 
 
 7. Thimbles are required. Thimbles and clean-out doors shall be built 
 in at the time chimney is constructed. 
 
 8. Condensation. When gas is used as fuel, provide flue lining of metal 
 or composition acceptable to Chief Underwriter, or fireclay lining with 
 joints made with portland cement mortar, or glazed tile lining bell and 
 spigot type, bell end up. Provide drain to dispose of condensation. 
 
 406—M. Fireplaces. See details 49, 50 and 51. 
 
 1. Smoke chamber and damper shall be installed in all fireplaces. 
 
 2. Ash dump, when provided, shall empty into concrete or masonry cham¬ 
 ber provided with metal clean-out door. 
 
 3. Lining shall be fire brick or other material acceptable to Chief Under¬ 
 writer. Back lining with at least 8 inches of solid masonry. 
 
 4. Hearth. 
 
 a. Support on masonry or concrete. 
 
 b. Projection from chimney breast, at least 16 inches. 
 
 c. Width: at least 16 inches wider than fireplace opening. 
 
 406—J 406—M 
 
STRUCTURAL STEEL AND IRON 
 
 407—A. General. Design, fabrication, and erection of structural steel 
 shall comply with the recommendations of the American Institute of Steel 
 Construction. 
 
 407-B. Beams and Girders. 
 
 1. Connections. 
 
 a. Design to carry superimposed loads. 
 
 b. Connections shall be riveted, bolted, or welded. 
 
 2. Bearing on walls shall be not less than 4 inches. Bearing on wood 
 construction not acceptable. 
 
 3. Bearing plates. 
 
 a. Design to distribute load, minimum thickness, inch. 
 
 b. Bed in portland cement mortar. 
 
 c. Plates may be omitted where flange provide adequate bearing. 
 
 4. Reflection. Not to exceed 1/360 of span. 
 
 407— C. Columns. See detail 11. 
 
 1. Material. 
 
 a. Standard shape, steel or cast iron. 
 
 b. Concrete-filled steel pipe, new material, standard weight or heavier. 
 
 c. Standard steel pipe. Boiler tubing is not acceptable. 
 
 2. Bases and caps. Steel or cast iron. 
 
 a- Caps shall be riveted or bolted to steel girders; spike or lag-screw to 
 wood girders. 
 
 b. Bases shall be anchored by bolts or embedded in concrete. 
 
 3. Shims shall be metal. Loose shims not acceptable. 
 
 WOOD CONSTRUCTION 
 
 408- A. Lumber. 
 
 1. Softwood framing and board lumber shall comply with American Lum¬ 
 ber Standards and with grading requirements of the Association recognized 
 in the trade as covering the species and under whose grading rules it was 
 produced. 
 
 2. Framing Lumber. All species of softwood framing lumber are accept¬ 
 able subject to the maximum allowable spans for the particular species, 
 grade, and use. See Appendix A. Allowable spans for species of framing 
 lumber not listed in Appendix A may be obtained from the Chief Under¬ 
 writer. 
 
3. Board lumber for subflooring, sheathing, and similar uses. 
 
 a. No. 3 Common or better for Douglas Fir, Sitka Spruce, Southern 
 Cypress, West Coast Hemlock, California Redwood, Cedar, Eastern Hem¬ 
 lock, Tamarack, and Southern Yellow Pine. 
 
 b. No. 4 Common or better for White Fir, Western Larch, Spruce 
 (except Sitka), Ponderosa Pine, Sugar Pine, Idaho White Pine, Northern 
 White Pine, and Norway Pine. 
 
 4. All lumber shall be well seasoned. Lumber 2 inches thick and less shall 
 have moisture content not to exceed 19 percent at the time dwelling is 
 enclosed. 
 
 5. Lumber dimensions. 
 
 a. Nominal sizes are given in these requirements unless noted otherwise. 
 
 b. Minimum finish dimensions, in inches, shall comply with American 
 Lumber Standards which are as follows: 
 
 Nominal 
 
 Actual 
 
 Nominal 
 
 Actual 
 
 Nominal 
 
 Actual 
 
 1 
 
 25/ 32 
 
 4 
 
 35/g 
 
 8 
 
 I /2 
 
 2 
 
 15/8 
 
 5 
 
 45/s 
 
 10 
 
 9/2 
 
 3 
 
 25/8 
 
 6 
 
 5 5/g 
 
 12 
 
 ID /2 
 
 i 
 
 These dimensions apply to all widths and all thicknesses. 
 
 408-B. Framing—General. 
 
 1. Structural framing members. 
 
 a. Splicing between bearing points is not acceptable. 
 
 b. When structural strength is impaired by cutting, drilling, or by inher¬ 
 ent defects, members shall be replaced or reinforced in a manner acceptable 
 to the Chief Underwriter. 
 
 c. Provide framing for any unusual loading conditions which require 
 special consideration; such framing subject to the acceptance of the Chief 
 Underwriter. 
 
 2. Framing at chimneys. See details 48, 50 and 51. 
 
 a. Bearing of framing members on chimney masonry is not acceptable. 
 Piers built integral with chimney may be used. 
 
 b. Framing members shall be not closer than 2 inches to chimney 
 masonry. Fill 2-inch space with incombustible insulating material. 
 
 c. For chimneys other than masonry, provide clearances according to 
 requirements in Underwriters Laboratories Approval Report. 
 
 3. Firestopping. 
 
 a. Partitions, outside stud walls and furring space of masonry walls shall 
 be firestopped at first floor and at attic. 
 
 b. Wood blocks or masonry, tightly fitted, or other method acceptable 
 to Chief Underwriter, may be used. 
 
 c. Provide stop between joists directly below and parallel to sole plate 
 of dwarf partitions, so that joist space is completely sealed. 
 
 407-A 408-B 
 
408—B. Framing—General. Continued. 
 
 4. Recommended Nailing Schedule. Nailing of joints in framing according 
 to the following schedule using common or smooth box nails is acceptable: 
 
 Joist to sill or girder, toe nail-3-16d 
 
 Bridging to joist, toe nail each end- 2-8d 
 
 1 x 6-inch subfloor to joist, face nail- 2-8d 
 
 1 x 8-inch subfloor to joist, face nail- 3-8d 
 
 2-inch subfloor to joist or girder-2-20d 
 
 Sole plate to joist or blocking_ 20d-16" o. c. 
 
 Top plate to stud, end nail_2-16d 
 
 Stud to sole plate, toe nail_3-16d 
 
 Doubled studs_ 16d-30"o. c. 
 
 Top plates, spike together_ 16d-24" o. c. 
 
 laps and intersections_3-16d 
 
 Ceiling joists, to plate, toe nail_2-16d 
 
 laps over partitions_3-16d 
 
 to parallel alternate rafters_3-16d 
 
 Rafter to plate_3-16d 
 
 1-inch brace to each stud and plate_ 2-8d 
 
 1 x 8-inch sheathing or less, to bearing_ 2-8d 
 
 Over 1 x 8-inch sheathing, to bearing_ 3-8d 
 
 Corner studs and angles_ 16d-30" o. c. 
 
 Other joints, nail to provide proportionate strength. 
 
 408—C. Floor Framing. 
 
 1. Columns and posts. 
 
 a. Structural steel or iron. See 407. 
 
 b. Wood posts in basement shall bear on concrete base resting on footing; 
 top of base shall be 3 inches above finish floor; securely fasten top of post 
 to girder. If necessary for full bearing, install bearing plate or cap secured 
 to both post and girder. 
 
 c. Posts shall be squared at both ends. Minimum size: basement, 6x6 
 inches; above basement, 4x4 inches; above basement and supporting 
 wood porch floors, 4x4 inches. See 406-H-8. 
 
 2. Girders. 
 
 a. Material: structural steel, reinforced concrete, solid wood, or built-up 
 wood. 
 
 b. Spans for wood girders shall be determined in accordance with sound 
 engineering practice and subject to acceptance of Chief Underwriter. 
 
 c. Joints of solid and built-up wood girders shall be made over pier or 
 column supports only. See detail 11. 
 
3. Floor Joists. 
 
 a. Spans for wood floor joists shall not exceed those tabulated in span 
 tables in Appendix A. 
 
 b. Maximum joist spacing is limited by the direction of the finish floor¬ 
 ing, the type of subflooring and ceiling material on underside. For single 
 thickness flooring, maximum spacing, 16 inches o. c. 
 
 c. Framing into headers or side of wood girders. See details 13 and 15. 
 Use steel angles 3" x 3", 18 ga. 7" long, applied on sides of joists, or use 
 steel joist hangers, or wood bearing strip, at least 2" x 3". Joists shall not 
 be notched more than of joist depth. 
 
 d. Framing into side of steel girders. See detail 12. / 2 -inch clearance 
 shall be allowed over top of top flange. Secure to girder or to opposite 
 joists. Notch for bearing shall be not more than J4 of joist depth. 
 
 e. Framing into masonry. See detail 14. 
 
 (1) Minimum joist bearing, 3 inches. 
 
 (2) Ends of joists shall have 2-inch fire cut or bevel. 
 
 (3) All floor joists except first floor joists framing into masonry walls: 
 Anchor end of each fourth joist to masonry with metal straps (T-anchors) 
 applied near bottom of joists. 
 
 (4) All joists except first floor joists parallel with masonr^ shall be 
 tied to masonry with metal straps spaced not more than 8 feet o. c„ extend¬ 
 ing over and secured to at least 3 joists. 
 
 f. Framing over girders and bearing partitions. See details 16 and 18. 
 Ends of joists shall be lapped and spiked together or butted over center 
 of bearing. When butted, tie with metal straps (/$" x 1" x 18" minimum), 
 or 1-inch thick wood ties at least 2 feet long. Nail joists to bearing. 
 
 g. Double joists. 
 
 (1) Joists shall be doubled under all bearing partitions and under plaster 
 finished nonbearing partitions when parallel to floor joists. Provide addi¬ 
 tional joists as required to support unusual loads, subject to approval of 
 Chief Underwriter. 
 
 (2) Where double joists are separated to permit the installation of piping 
 or duct work, provide 2-inch blocking full depth of joists at 4-foot 
 intervals. 
 
 (3) Install double joists directly under front edge of bath tub where 
 joists run parallel to tub. 
 
 h. Headers and trimmers. 
 
 (1) Headers receiving more than 4 tail beams shall be supported by 
 two 3" x 3" steel angles applied one on each side of ^ader and secured 
 to the trimmer, by steel joist hangers or by wood posts. Headers 4 feet or 
 less in length may be single and shall be supported as above or by wood bear¬ 
 ing strips or other support acceptable to the Chief Underwriter. 
 
 408—B 408—C 
 
408—C. Floor Framing. Continued. 
 
 (2) When openings occur at end of joist span and header is 4 feet or 
 less in length, trimmers may be single. 
 
 (3) Double framing shall be used under all other conditions. 
 
 t 
 
 i. Cutting of floor joists. See detail 17. 
 
 (1) Notching top or bottom of joists not more than joist depth for 
 piping and duct work is permitted in end third of span only; otherwise 
 header shall be installed. 
 
 (2) Holes may be bored through joists, maximum diameter 2/z inches; 
 edges not nearer than 2 inches to top and bottom of joists. 
 
 j. Cross-bridging. 
 
 (1) Maximum spacing, 8 feet; minimum size, 1" x 3"; double-nail at 
 each end. 
 
 (2) Rigid metal bridging may be used when acceptable to Chief Under¬ 
 writer. 
 
 k. Cantilevered construction: Detail drawings shall be submitted. See 
 details 19 and 20. 
 
 4. Subflooring shall be installed on first floor in all cases. 
 
 a. Wood boards. 
 
 (1) Thickness, 1 inch; maximum width 10 inches. 
 
 (2) Subfloor boards shall be square edge. Ends of boards shall be cut 
 parallel to and over center of joists. 
 
 (3) Maximum joist spacing: 16 inches o. c. when finish flooring is 
 parallel to joists; 24 inches o. c. when finish flooring at least 2 % 2 ” thick 
 is at right angles to joists. 
 
 (4) Nailing: Boards shall be double-nailed at each bearing, except 8- and 
 10-inch boards which shall be triple-nailed. 
 
 (5) Install blocking between ends of joists at wall for nailing ends of 
 diagonal subfloor boards. 
 
 (6) Clearance: provide l /%-inch clearance between subfloor and all 
 masonry walls and partitions. 
 
 b. Plywood. 
 
 (1) Minimum thickness, -inch, 5 ply. 
 
(2) Maximum joist spacing: 24 inches o. c. when direction of finish 
 flooring and grain of outer plys of subflooring are at right angles to joists; 
 20 inches o. c. when one or the other but not both are at right angles to 
 the joists. 
 
 c. At Chimneys. Lay plywood *4 inch clear of masonry. 
 
 d. Base for linoleum, composition, or rubber tile. 
 
 (1) T & G boards: minimum thickness ^4-inch (finished); maximum 
 width, 3 inches; sand or scrape smooth. 
 
 (2) Plywood: maximum joist spacing, 16 inches o. c.; minimum thick¬ 
 ness, ^4-inch, 5-ply; install solid blocking under all edges at right angles 
 to floor joists; nail securely to joists and blocking; space nails 6 inches 
 o. c. on edges and 10 inches o. c. on intermediate framing members. Ply¬ 
 wood, when used over square edge board or plywood subflooring, mini¬ 
 mum thickness l /\ inch. 
 
 e. Base for ceramic tile setting bed; provide 1-inch boards, maximum 
 width, 8 inches. See 415-C. See details 36 and 37. 
 
 408-D. Ceiling Framing. 
 
 1. Ceiling Joists. 
 
 a. Ceiling joist spans shall not exceed those tabulated in tables, Ap¬ 
 pendix A. 
 
 (1) When access opening to attic does not exceed 400 square inches, 
 use table entitled “No Attic Storage”. 
 
 (2) When access opening exceeds 400 square inches, use table entitled 
 “Limited Attic Storage”. Minimum opening size, 24 x 36 inches. 
 
 (3) When a permanent or disappearing stair is provided, use table en¬ 
 titled “Floor Joists”. 
 
 b. Use ceiling joists as ties for rafters whenever possible. 
 
 c. Framing of ceiling joists over girders and bearing partitions as re¬ 
 quired for floor joists. See 408-C-3-f. 
 
 d. Bridging: Solid, 2 inches thick full depth of joists, staggered for end 
 nailing. Joists 8 inches and over, 1" x 3" cross bridging or rigid metal 
 bridging may be used; maximum spacing, 8 feet on center. 
 
 2. Hung ceilings , flat roof construction. 
 
 a. Ceiling joist parallel to roof joists: size, 2 x 4’s same spacing as 
 roof joists; hangers, 1 x 4’s spaced not more than allowable span for 
 ceiling joists with “No Attic Storage.” See detail 34. 
 
 b. Ceiling joist at right angles to roof joists; size, 2 x 4’s spaced not more 
 than 24 inches o. c.; hangers, 2 x 2’s spaced not more than allowable span 
 for ceiling joists with “No Attic Storage,” with not more than 3 hangers on 
 any one roof joist. See detail 35. 
 
 408—C 408-D 
 
408—E. Roof Framing. 
 
 1. General. 
 
 a. Headers and trimmers. 
 
 (1) Headers 4 feet or less in length may be single. 
 
 (2) When chimney is at ridge or eaves and header is 4 feet or less, 
 trimmers may be single; double framing shall be installed under all other 
 conditions. 
 
 (3) Double headers and rafters shall be installed at dormer windows 
 which are not supported on partitions. 
 
 b. Wall plates for rafters and roof joists shall be anchored to masonry 
 walls. See 406-A-4. 
 
 2. Pitched roofs. 
 
 a. Minimum slope. See 411-A-l. 
 
 b. Rafter spans shall not exceed those tabulated in tables, Appendix A. 
 
 c. Rafters shall be cut for level bearing and spiked to wall plate; provide 
 tie for rafters to prevent thrust. No portion of heel of roof rafters shall 
 project beyond inside edge of wall plate. 
 
 d. Collar beams. See detail 32. 
 
 (1) Minimum size, 1x6 inch or 2 x 4 inch; maximum spacing, 5 
 feet o< c. 
 
 (2) When collar beams are above the lower third of the rafters, and ties 
 are not provided at the plate line, provision shall be made for tying the 
 lower end of rafters to floor, ceiling or wall construction. If the collar 
 beams serve as ceiling joists in such cases, they shall be of same thickness 
 and spacing as rafters. 
 
 e. Ridge boards: Not required for simple gable roof where all rafters are 
 opposite one another. All other types, use 2-inch member with depth not 
 less than cut end of rafter. 
 
 f. Hip and valley rafters. 
 
 (1) Minimum thickness, 2 inches; minimum depth, not less than cut 
 end of jack rafters. Design to carry the loads imposed. 
 
 (2) When jack rafters of one roof frame on sole plate on top of roof 
 sheathing applied to full length rafters of adjoining roof, valley rafters may 
 be omitted. 
 
 g. Crickets or chimney saddles shall be installed at upper side of 
 all chimneys not in contact with ridge. 
 
 3. Flat roofs. 
 
 a. Roof joist spans shall not exceed those tabulated in tables, 
 Appendix A. 
 
b. Joists shall be cross-bridged. Minimum size, 1" x 3", maximum 
 spacing, 8 feet o. c. Doublenail at each end. 
 
 c. Framing of roof joists over girders and bearing partitions shall be 
 same as required for floor joists. See 408-C-3-f. 
 
 ✓ 
 
 4. Trussed roof construction. Design of trusses and roof construction shall 
 be subject to acceptance of the Chief Underwriter. 
 
 408-F. Exterior Wall and Bearing Partition Framing. 
 
 1. Studs. 
 
 a. Studs shall be continuous lengths without splicing. 
 
 b. Minimum size, 2" x 4". (4-inch thickness.) 
 
 c. Maximum spacing: for all two-story construction, 16 inches o. c.; 
 for construction less than two stories, determined by the type of interior and 
 exterior finish. Maximum in any case, 24 inches o. c. See 408H, 410, and 
 414. 
 
 d. Maximum length for balloon frame, 20 feet; notch studs at second 
 floor to receive 1x4 ribbon; hail joists to studs. 
 
 2. Corner construction. 
 
 a. Corner posts shall be not less than three 2 x 4’s set to receive interior 
 finish. See details 25, 26 and 27. 
 
 b. Corners of rooms shall be framed to receive interior finish. See 
 details 23 and 24. 
 
 3. Corner bracing. See details 21 and 22. 
 
 a. Braces shall be installed at all external corners. Use 1 x 4’s let into 
 outside face of studs, set at 45 degrees, in opposite directions from each 
 corner; extending from bottom of sill to top of plate; corner braces may be 
 omitted only when wood sheathing boards are applied diagonally. 
 
 b. Openings near corner: use knee braces extending from corner post to 
 sill and to top plate; extend over at least 3 stud spaces. 
 
 c. Openings at corner: brace as in 3-a, set as near opening as possible. 
 
 4. Sill construction. 
 
 a. Sills on poured concrete foundation walls shall be anchored See 
 406-A. ^ 
 
 b. Sills and girders on top of foundation walls and piers shall be leveled 
 
 and grouted with portland cement mortar; wood is not acceptable for 
 permanent shims. 
 
 c. See details 6 through 10. Other methods may be used if detailed on 
 
 drawings submitted with applications and acceptable to Chief Under¬ 
 writer. 
 
 5. Window and door openings. 
 
 a. Inner stud on jambs shall extend in one piece from header to bearing 
 and shall be nailed to outer stud. See details 21 and 22. 
 
 408-E 408-F 
 
408—F. Exterior Wall and Bearing Partition Framing. 
 
 Continued. 
 
 b. Headers for usual loading conditions: 
 Size 
 
 Two 2 x 4’s on edge 
 Two 2 x 6’s on edge 
 Two 2 x 8’s on edge 
 Two 2 x 10’s on edge 
 
 Maximum Span 
 3'-6" 
 
 4'-6" 
 
 6 '- 0 " 
 
 7'-6" 
 
 Truss construction 
 preferred. See 
 detail 28. 
 
 c. Where headers support concentrated loads or are subjected to other 
 
 unusual loading conditions, the header shall be specially designed. 
 
 6. Plates. 
 
 a. Top plates shall be two 2 x 4’s. Lap at corners and intersecting par¬ 
 titions. When plates are cut for piping or duct work, install steel angles 
 on each side of plate not less than 1 ^2 x 1 ^2 x J/s-inch, to serve as plate ties 
 and bearing for joists. Spike angles to joists and plates, using not less than 
 three nails at each end. 
 
 Alternate method: solid full depth 2-inch header and metal tie, / 2 -inch, 
 12 gauge, with three heavy nails or screws at each end. 
 
 b. Sole plates shall be 2 inches minimum thickness; exterior wall studs 
 may bear on the sill or on a sole plate on top of subfloor. 
 
 7. End studs of bearing partitions connecting to masonry walls shall be 
 anchored with bolts or spikes. 
 
 8. Wood bearing partitions in cellars or basements are not acceptable. 
 
 9. Studs shall be continuous (balloon frame) when exterior is to have 
 stucco finish. 
 
 408—G. Nonbearing Partition Framing. 
 
 1. Studs. 
 
 a. Studs shall be continuous lengths without splicing. 
 
 b. Maximum spacing shall be determined by type of interior finish (see 
 414) and in no case more than the following: 
 
 (1) Partitions 6 feet or over in unsupported length with openings: 
 
 Minimum size Maximum spacing 
 
 2 x 4’s (4-inch thickness) 16 inches o. c. 
 
 (2) Partitions less than 6 feet unsupported length with openings: 
 
 Minimum size Maximum spacing 
 
 2 x 4’s (2-inch thickness) 16 inches o. c. 
 
 2 x 3’s (3-inch thickness) 16 inches o. c. 
 
 2 x 4’s (4-inch thickness) 24 inches o. c. 
 
 (3) Partitions 6 feet or over in length without openings: 
 
 Minimum size Maximum spacing 
 
 2 x 3’s (3-inch thickness) 24 inches o. c. 
 
 2 x 4’s (4-inch thickness) 24 inches o. c. 
 
 c. Corner of rooms shall be framed to receive interior finish. See details 
 23 and 24. 
 
 2. Openings. See detail 31. 
 
 a. In 2-inch thick partitions: inner stud on jambs, size 2' 
 
 
 x 2", extend 
 
 in one piece from header to bearing and nail to outer stud; or single frame 
 
with 2" x 6" jambs continuous from top plate to sole plate with header 
 notched 2 inches into each jamb. 
 
 b. In 3-inch and 4-inch thick partitions: single framing is permitted 
 provided opening does not exceed 3 feet in width and header is secured by 
 spiking through jamb studs. 
 
 c. Headers: 
 
 Opening width, 3 feet or less: 
 
 2- inch thick partition, one 2" x 3" on edge. 
 
 3- inch thick partition, one 2" x 3" flat. 
 
 4- inch thick partition, one 2" x 4" flat. 
 
 Opening width, over 3 feet: 
 
 2- inch thick partition, one 2" x 3" on edge. 
 
 3- inch thick partition, two 2" x 3" flat. 
 
 4- inch thick partition, two 2" x 4"s. 
 
 3. Top and sole plates shall be 2 inches minimum thickness; lap top 
 plate at outside walls and at bearing partitions. 
 
 4. When parallel to ceiling joists, a nailing member secured to joists by 
 blocking shall be provided on top of plate for securing ceiling finish. See 
 detail 29. 
 
 408-H. Wall Sheathing. Wall sheathing shall be installed except when 
 its omission is acceptable to the Chief Underwriter. See 402-A. 
 
 1. Wood boards. 
 
 a. Minimum thickness, 1 inch ( 2 % 2 ) 5 maximum width, 8 inches unless 
 triple-nailed; maximum stud spacing, 24 inches o. c. 
 
 b. Break joints over center of studs unless end matched (T & G) boards 
 are used; if end matched, no two adjoining boards shall break joints over 
 same stud space and each board shall bear on at least two studs. 
 
 c. Application: when applied diagonally, boards shall extend at 45 
 degrees in opposite directions from each corner; apply horizontally under 
 stucco finish. 
 
 2. Plywood. 
 
 a. Minimum thickness Maximum stud spacing 
 
 % 6 inch 16 inches 
 
 Ys inch 24 inches 
 
 b. Types of finish which affect the minimum thickness of plywood used: 
 
 (1) Under wood shingles : if 5 /i6 -inch plywood is used, apply shingles 
 over 1" x 2" nailing strips using copper or galvanized nails for attaching 
 shingles. Nailing strips may be omitted if barbed nails are used for attach¬ 
 ing the shingles. 
 
 (2) Under asbestos-cement shingles and siding: if % 6 -inch thick ply¬ 
 wood is used, apply siding or shingle material with barbed nails. Do not 
 apply over wood nailing strips. 
 
 699071 O—47 
 
 4 
 
 408-F 408-H 
 
408—H. Wall Sheathing. Continued. 
 
 3. Fiber board. 
 
 a. Minimum thickness Maximum stud spacing 
 
 J/ 2 -inch 16 inches 
 
 24-inch 24 inches 
 
 b. Under wood shingle siding: apply 1" x 2" nailing strips over sheath¬ 
 ing, spaced according to shingle exposure. See detail 44. 
 
 c. Fiber board is not acceptable as a nailing base. 
 
 d. 1" x 3" nailing strips may be applied directly to the studs and under¬ 
 neath the sheathing, spaced according to shingle exposure, provided shingle 
 material is applied with nails at least 2" in length. 
 
 4. Gypsum Board. 
 
 a. Minimum thickness, J/ 2 -inch; maximum stud spacing, 16 inches. 
 
 b. Under wood shingle siding: apply 1" x 2" nailing strips over sheath¬ 
 ing, spaced according to shingle exposure. See detail 44. 
 
 c. Gypsum board is not acceptable as a nailing base. 
 
 d. 1" x 3" nailing strips may be applied directly to the studs and under¬ 
 neath the sheathing, spaced according to shingle exposure, provided shingle 
 material is applied with nails at least 2" in length. 
 
 408-1. Sheathing Paper. 
 
 1. Material. 
 
 a. Water-resistant building paper. 
 
 b. Asphalt saturated felt. 
 
 Note: Only material of low vapor resistance shall be used as sheathing 
 paper. See 402 -B. 
 
 2. Application. 
 
 a. Apply shingle fashion, 4-inch lap; lap 4 inches on strips around 
 openings. 
 
 b. Strips of sheathing paper, at least 6" wide, shall be installed behind 
 exterior trim of all exterior openings except as noted in 3 below. 
 
 c. Install over stud frame when sheathing is not used and over all types 
 of sheathing except as noted in 3 below. 
 
 3. Sheathing paper may be omitted over gypsum board and fiber board 
 sheathing which has been factory treated to render it water-resistant, except 
 behind masonry veneer and stucco exterior finish, subject to the following 
 conditions: 
 
 a. The gypsum and fiber board sheathing shall have been factory treated 
 to render the board moisture-resistant. Each piece of gypsum board 
 sheathing shall bear a printed statement that it is “Water-Repellent.” 
 
 b. All edges of boards which are cut after treatment, as may be neces¬ 
 sary on the job, namely, at comers and around openings, shall be caulked 
 with elastic waterproof caulking material. In lieu of caulking material, 
 strips of water-resistant building paper or asphalt saturated felt not less 
 
than 18 inches in width applied shingle fashion may be used to protect 
 joints at corners. 
 
 c. The bottom edge of the sheathing board at the head of openings 
 shall be so located as to permit the head flashing to extend under the 
 sheathing and to be turned up behind the sheathing. The joint between 
 the sheathing board and the head flashing shall be caulked. 
 
 408—J. Roof Sheathing. 
 
 1. Wood boards. 
 
 a. Minimum thickness, 1 inch ( 2 % 2 ) ; maximum width, 8 inches; 
 maximum rafter spacing, 24 inches o. c. 
 
 b. Break joints over center of rafters unless end-matched (T & G) 
 boards are used; no two adjoining boards, if end-matched, shall break 
 joints over same rafter space and each board shall bear on at least two 
 rafters. 
 
 c. Application. Lay closed under any roof material except that under 
 wood singles, 1" x 3" shingle lath spaced according to shingle exposure 
 may be used instead of closed sheathing. 
 
 2. Plywood. 
 
 a. 
 
 Roofing Material 
 
 Rafters maximum 
 
 Plywood minimum 
 
 
 
 spacing ( inches ) 
 
 thickness ( inches) 
 
 
 Wood and asphalt 
 
 16 
 
 5 /l6 
 
 
 shingles 
 
 20 
 
 3 A 
 
 
 
 24 
 
 Z2 
 
 
 Slate, tile and 
 
 16 
 
 Z “2 
 
 
 asbestos-cement 
 
 20 
 
 z* 
 
 
 
 24 
 
 H 
 
 
 Flat roofs 
 
 16 
 
 3 /8 
 
 Z2 
 
 
 
 20 
 
 
 
 24 
 
 5 /s 
 
 b. 
 
 Application. Apply grain of outer plys at 
 
 right angles to rafters. 
 
 c. 
 
 Under wood shingles: 
 
 apply 1" x 2" nailing strips over plywood 
 
 less than / 2 -inch thick, spaced according to shingle exposure. 
 
 d. Protection. Outer edges of plywood along eaves and rake of roof, 
 and edges and faces within 6 inches of outer edges shall receive two heavy 
 coats of white lead paint. Also protect outer edges with mouldings or 
 sheet metal flashing. Flashing along eaves may be integral with gutters. 
 If gutters are not installed, form the flashing to provide a drip. See 
 detail 43. 
 
 408-K. Stairs and Steps. 
 
 1. Treads of main stairs shall be hardwood. 
 
 408-H 408-K 
 
\ Yoi^L ' r£Vi6eA leaf U;trwcK 
 
 \ 
 
 408—K. Stairs and Steps. Continued. 
 
 \ 
 
 2. Stringers. See details 41 and 42. 
 
 a. Provide solid bearing at top and bottom. 
 
 b. Effective depth of wood stringers—minimum, Z /2 inches. 
 
 c. Open basement stairs: minimum stringer thicknfess, 2 inches. 
 
 d. Third stringer: install if treads are less than V/q inches thick 
 stair is more thap 2'-6" wide. 
 
 e. The stringers of stairs to basement shall not penetrate the concrete 
 floor or topping. They shall bear upon the top of the floor slab or on a 
 raised masonry or Concrete base or on the bottom step constructed of 
 concrete. 
 
 3. Construction. Method of stair assembly shall be acceptable to the 
 Chief Underwriter. 
 
 \ 
 
 408-L. Caulking. 
 
 x 
 
 \ 
 
 1. Caulk around exterior openings in masonry or masonry veneer walls. 
 
 2. Caulk at intersections of wood and masonry except when flashed. Caulk¬ 
 ing is not required at tops of foundations. See 408-F for grout requirement. 
 
 \ / 
 
 408-M. Weather Stripping. All exterior doors above basement shall 
 have metal weather-stripping and interlocking metal thresholds. All in¬ 
 swinging wood casement windows shall have metal weather-stripping. 
 
 PROTECTION AGAINST TERMITES 
 
 409-A. Methods of Protection. Provide protection by one or more of 
 the following means in localities where, in the opinion of the Chief Under¬ 
 writer, protection is necessary. For clearances between any wood con¬ 
 struction and ground level, see 403-B and 406-F-l. 
 
 1. Poured concrete foundation^- See B below. 
 
 2. Masonry unit foundations capped with reinforced concrete. See C 
 
 below. / 
 
 3. Metal shields. See D below and 412-F. 
 
 4. Wood preservative treatment. See E below. This method protects 
 only the members treated. 
 
 \ 
 
 409-B. Poured Concrete Foundations. Poured concrete shall be of good 
 quality to assure foundation walls which will be free from cracks, porous 
 areas, and voids or portions that may in time disintegrate. See 405 and 
 406-B. 
 
 409-C. Reinforced Concrete Caps. See detail 10. 
 
 / 
 
 1. Materials’ 
 
 a. Concrete. See B above. 
 
 4 
 
 b. Reinforcing: 2" x 2" wire mesh, minimum wire 14-gauge; expanded 
 metal lath not acceptable. 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
408—K. Stairs and Steps. Continued. 
 
 2. Stringers. See details 41 and 42. 
 
 a. Provide solid bearing at top and bottom. 
 
 b. Effective depth of wood stringers—minimum, 3^2 inches. 
 
 c. Open basement stairs: minimum stringer thicknfess, 2 inches. 
 
 d. Third stringer: install if treads are less than 1*4 inches thick and 
 stair is more than 2'-6" wide. 
 
 e. The stringers of stairs to basement shall not penetrate the concrete 
 floor or topping. They shall bear upon the top of the floor slab or on a 
 raised masonry or concrete base or on the bottom step constructed of 
 concrete. 
 
 3. Construction. Method of stair assembly shall be acceptable to the 
 Chief Underwriter. 
 
 408-L. Caulking. 
 
 1. Caulk around exterior openings in masonry or masonry veneer walls. 
 
 2. Caulk at intersections of wood and masonry except when flashed. Caulk¬ 
 ing is not required at tops of foundations. See 408-F for grout requirement. 
 
 408— M. Weather Stripping. All exterior doors above basement 
 shall have metal weather-stripping and interlocking metal 
 thresholds or shall have storm doors. All inswinging wood 
 casement windows shall have metal weather-stripping. 
 
 PROTECTION AGAINST TERMITES 
 
 409- A. Methods of Protection. Provide protection by one or more of 
 the following means in localities where, in the opinion of the Chief Under¬ 
 writer, protection is necessary. For clearances between any wood con¬ 
 struction and ground level, see 403—B and 406-F-l. 
 
 1. Poured concrete foundations- See B below. 
 
 2. Masonry unit foundations capped with reinforced concrete. See C 
 below. 
 
 3. Metal shields. See D below and 412-F. 
 
 4. Wood preservative treatment. See E below. This method protects 
 only the members treated. 
 
 409-B. Poured Concrete Foundations. Poured concrete shall be of good 
 quality to assure foundation walls which will be free from cracks, porous 
 areas, and voids or portions that may in time disintegrate. See 405 and 
 406-B. 
 
 409-C. Reinforced Concrete Caps. See detail 10. 
 
 1. Materials- 
 
 a. Concrete. See B above. 
 
 b. Reinforcing: 2" x 2" wire mesh, minimum wire 14-gauge; expanded 
 metal lath not acceptable. 
 
 Above portion in this style type revised January 1948 - 
 MPBs 1 or 2 L.U. for State of Illinois. 
 
 79 304 
 
2. Installation. 
 
 a. Minimum thickness, 4 inches. 
 
 b. Pour continuous in one operation on top of all unit masonry founda¬ 
 tion walls and piers; and under joists, sills and girders, unless shielded. 
 
 409-D. Metal Shields. 
 
 1. Material, minimum weight or gauge: 
 
 a. Copper, cornice temper, 12 ounce. 
 
 b. Galvanized sheet metal, 26 gauge, 1.25 ounce zinc coating (total 
 both sides) per square foot. 
 
 c. Tin, 40 pound block tin coating, painted both sides. 
 
 d. Copper-coated building paper, minimum coating 3 ounce, for use 
 only where no projection is required. 
 
 e. Special types of metal shields may be used provided acceptance is 
 first obtained from the Chief Underwriter and installation is in accordance 
 with manufacturer’s recommendations. 
 
 2. Installation. See details 4 through 9. 
 
 a. Continuous on top of foundation walls under wood sills, and under 
 end of wood girders and joists, and on top of piers. 
 
 b. Lock or solder seams entire length. Spot soldering not acceptable. 
 
 c. Caulk sill bolts or other penetrations with coal-tar pitch. 
 
 d. Bent or damaged shields shall be straightened or repaired. 
 
 e. For foundation walls in and enclosing basementless areas, including 
 masonry or concrete walls separating basement from basementless spaces, 
 extend shield through wall (at least 8 inches above finish grade) under 
 wood construction. 
 
 f. Project 2 inches beyond inside face of foundations in basementless 
 areas and turn down additional two inches on 45 degree angle. In base¬ 
 ments, projection beyond face of wall may be reduced to J /2 inch. 
 
 g. Projection outside foundations to extend down on angle to show J4 
 inch below wood finish. 
 
 h. Wood posts in basements: install shield between post and base. 
 
 i. Untreated wood girders framed into masonry unit foundation walls 
 below concrete cap: install continuous shields around and under ends of 
 girders extending the shields 4 inches into the joint between the wall and 
 concrete cap; shield shall extend at least to the inside face of the wall. 
 
 409—E. Wood Preservative Treatment. 
 
 1. Acceptable methods of treatment. 
 
 a. Full- or empty-cell pressure process. Preferred method of treatment. 
 
 b. Hot-and-cold bath process. 
 
 Note: Brush coat, spraying, or dipping methods of treatment not 
 acceptable when preservative treatment is mandatory. 
 
 2. Application. Treat all lumber in contact with foundation walls or 
 piers including girders, sills, floor joists, headers and firestoping. 
 
 408—K 409—E 
 
409—F. Additional Protection. 
 
 1. Where pipes enter ground in basementless spaces, install conical metal 
 shields caulked with coal-tar pitch. Minimum distance of pipe to wall, 4 
 inches; minimum distance of shield to wood construction, 4 inches. 
 
 2. All horizontal pipes in basementless spaces shall be at least 18 inches 
 above ground. 
 
 y 
 
 3. Metal flashing shall be used between all woodwork and abutting ma¬ 
 sonry or concrete terraces or platforms. See 412-F. 
 
 4. In severely infested areas, the Chief Underwriter may require both 
 shields and preservative treatment of lumber and may also impose special 
 structural requirements. 
 
 EXTERIOR WALL FINISH 
 
 410—A. Wood Siding. 
 
 1. Grade shall be commensurate with quality and class of dwelling but in 
 no case less than select grade. Species and grade shall be listed in FHA 
 Form No. 2005 and in specifications for siding, using same term as in 
 grading rules of producer’s association. 
 
 2. Well seasoned material shall be used. Moisture content shall not 
 exceed 12 percent. 
 
 3. Bevel siding (lapped). 
 
 a. Finish dimensions, except as in b below, shall be: 
 
 Nominal width 
 in inches 
 4, 6, & 8 
 10 and 12 
 
 Thickness in inches 
 at top at butt 
 
 %6 7 /l6 
 
 %6 11 /l6 
 
 b. When bevel siding is applied over fibre board sheathing with studs 
 spaced 20 or 24 inches o. c., minimum finished thickness of siding shall 
 be inch at tip and 11 / lfi inch at butt. Maximum width of siding, 10 
 inches. 
 
 c. Minimum headlap: 1 inch for 4- and 6-inch width; 1*4 inches for 
 widths over 6 inches. 
 
 d. Nail at each bearing with hot-dipped galvanized nails. Do not nail 
 through board underneath. 
 
 4. Rustic and drop siding. 
 
 a. Minimum thickness, ^4 inch (finished) ; maximum width, 8 inches 
 (nominal). 
 
b. Nail at each bearing with hot-dipped galvanized nails. 
 
 5. Shiplap or matched siding (flush). 
 
 a. Minimum thickness, 2 % 2 inch (finished) ; maximum width, 12 inches 
 (nominal). 
 
 b. Nail at each bearing with hot-dipped galvanized nails. 
 
 c. When boards are applied vertically, set edges in white lead. 
 
 410-B. Wood Shingle Siding. 
 
 1. Shingle grades. 
 
 a. Single course siding, No. 1 or No. 2. 
 
 b. Double course siding, No. 1 for exposed shingles; under course may 
 be No. 1 or No. 2. “Undercourse Grade” may be used when acceptable to 
 Chief Underwriter. 
 
 2. Maximum exposure. 
 
 Shingle 
 
 Single Course 
 
 Double Course 
 
 Length 
 
 Exposure 
 
 Exposure 
 
 ( inches ) 
 
 ( inches) 
 
 [inches) 
 
 16 
 
 7/2 
 
 1,2 
 
 18 
 
 8/ 2 
 
 14 
 
 24 
 
 10 
 
 16 
 
 3. Nailing. 
 
 a. Nails shall be copper or hot-dipped galvanized. 
 
 b. Butt nail double coursing; exposed nails shall be small-headed. 
 
 410—C. Asbestos-Cement Siding and Shingles. 
 
 1. Apply over solid sheathing. Application over nailing strips is not 
 acceptable. 
 
 2. Apply clapboards and shingles in accordance with manufacturer’s rec¬ 
 ommendations. 
 
 3. Nails shall be noncorrodible. 
 
 410-D. Plywood. 
 
 1. Grademark. Each sheet shall be identified with the manufacturers 
 official insignia indicating that the plywood is for exterior use. 
 
 2. Plywood, *4-inch thick. If sheathing other than wood is used, install 
 solid blocking between studding as provided in D-3 below. 
 
 409-F 410-D 
 
410—D. Plywood. Continued. 
 
 3. Installations. 
 
 a. Protect edges prior to erection with paint, mixed 100 pounds white 
 lead paste, 1% gallons raw linseed oil and 1 pint dryer, applied without 
 thinning. 
 
 b. Vertical joints shall occur over studs. 
 
 c. Horizontal joints: install solid blocking between studding for nailing. 
 
 d. Butt joints of square-edge material, whether exposed or covered by 
 battens, shall be filled with mastic. 
 
 e. Corner boards shall be applied over plywood or plywood shall be 
 butted against intersecting boards at all corners. 
 
 f. Nails shall be hot-dipped galvanized, flat head. Maximum spacing, 
 on edge, 6 inches o. c.; at intermediate bearings, 12 inches o. c. 
 
 410-E. Stucco. See 408-F-9. 
 
 1. Lath for stucco. 
 
 a. Expanded metal lath, zinc-coated or galvanized: 
 
 (1) with large openings, 1.8 pounds per square yard. 
 
 (2) with small openings, 3.4 pounds per square yard. 
 
 b. Woven wire fabric, galvanized after fabrication: 
 
 (1) 18-gauge wire, maximum mesh, 1 inch; or 
 
 (2) 17-gauge wire, maximum mesh, 1 /i inch; or 
 
 (3) 16-gauge wire, maximum mesh, 2 inches. 
 
 c. Welded wire fabric, galvanized before welding: 
 
 (1) 16-gauge wire, 2" x 2" mesh with waterproof paper backing; or 
 
 (2) When applied over sheathing which has been covered with water- 
 resistant building paper; 17-gauge wire, 2" x 2" mesh without paper 
 backing; or 18-gauge wire, 1" x 1" mesh without paper backing. 
 
 d. Metal lath, mesh or fabric shall be held at least %-inch away from 
 sheathing. Galvanized furring nails, metal furring strips or self furring 
 lath shall be used. 
 
 2. Stucco Plaster. 
 
 a. Mixture: 1 part portland cement, 3 parts sand, and hydrated lime 
 equal to 10 percent of cement by volume; or prepared portland cement 
 stucco used in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. 
 
 b. Thickness: 3-coat work, 1 inch total; 2-coat work, 5/q inch total. 
 
c. Application: 
 
 (1) 3-coat work shall be used over wood frame. 
 
 (2) 2-coat work shall be used over masonry surfaces. 
 
 (3) Finish coat may be trowel coat of prepared exterior stucco. 
 
 (4) Thoroughly cover and embed lath in stucco. 
 
 (5) Keep wet three days after application of each coat. 
 
 (6) Drying time between coats, 3 days. 
 
 (7) Stucco shall not be applied when temperature is less than 40 de¬ 
 grees F. 
 
 (8) Stucco applied over wood lath is not acceptable. 
 
 410— F. Exterior Wood trim. 
 
 1. General. The species and grade of exterior wood trim shall be appro¬ 
 priate for the proposed use and this, together with workmanship in its in¬ 
 stallation, shall be of a quality suitable for the class of dwelling under 
 consideration and shall be acceptable to the Chief Underwriter. Species 
 and grade shall be listed in FHA Form No. 2005 and in specifications for 
 exterior wood trim using same term as in grading rules of producer’s 
 association. 
 
 2. All exterior trim shall be thoroughly seasoned and kiln-dried, and 
 sanded free of tool marks and other objectionable defects. 
 
 3. Moisture content at the time of installation shall not exceed 12%. 
 
 4- Set nails; and seal with putty after prime coat of paint has been 
 applied. 
 
 ROOF COVERINGS 
 
 411- A. General. 
 
 1. Roof slope. 
 
 a. Shingle and tile roofs (except porches), 5 in 12 minimum. 
 
 b. Shingle and tile porch roofs, 3 in 12 minimum. 
 
 c. Built-up roofs (gravel or slag surface), 3 in 12 maximum. 
 
 d. Built-up roofs with mineral surface cap sheet, 3 in 12 maximum. 
 
 e. When materials and method of application provide precautions in 
 excess of these minimum requirements to assure a weather-tight roof, above 
 roof slopes may be reduced subject to acceptance by Chief Underwriter. 
 
 f. All shingle roofs shall have Boston hips and ridges. 
 
 2. Double starting row shall be used on all shingle applications. 
 
 3. Nails for attaching roof covering shall be copper or hot-dipped gal¬ 
 vanized nails. Weight, length and size of head as recommended by manu¬ 
 facturer of roof covering. 
 
 411—B. Asphalt Shingles. 
 
 1. Fire Underwriters’ Class C label shall appear on each bundle. 
 
 2. Approximate minimum weights per square (shipping weights) : 
 
 a. Square butt strip 210 pounds. 
 
 b. Hexagonal strip 215 pounds. 
 
 c. Individual shingles 250 pounds. 
 
 410—D 411-B 
 
411 —B. Asphalt Shingles. Continued. 
 
 3. Exposure as required for Fire Underwriters’ Class C label. 
 
 4. Headlap shall be as recommended by manufacturers;, minimum, 2 
 inches. 
 
 5. The roof covering after application shall provide at least double thick¬ 
 ness at all points. Cutouts and spacings between shingles not in excess 
 of % inch may be disregarded in determining compliance with this require¬ 
 ment. 
 
 b. Underlay. 
 
 a. Asphalt-saturated felt: weight approximately 15 pounds per 100 
 square feet; or 
 
 b. Asphalt-saturated and coated building paper: weight approximately 
 10 pounds per 100 square feet. 
 
 c. Underlay may be omitted only on roof slopes of 7 in 12 inches or 
 more when package containers are stamped by manufacturers showing 
 approximate shipping weight of 210 pounds or more per square; or when 
 triple thickness is obtained at all points. 
 
 411 —C. Wood Shingles. 
 
 1. Shingles shall be edge grain, tapered shingles (No. 1 grade). 
 
 2. Minimum size. 
 
 Length ( inches) 
 
 16 
 
 18 
 
 24 
 
 3. Maximum exposure. 
 
 Slope of roof 
 Rise Run 
 Under 5 12 
 
 5 and over 12 
 
 4. Underlay is not required. 
 
 Thickness 
 5 butts in 2 inches 
 5 butts in 2*4 inches 
 4 butts in 2 inches 
 
 Exposure for 
 Shingle length ( inches) 
 
 16 18 24 
 
 33/4 4/ 4 53/4 
 
 5 5/ 2 7/ 2 
 
 411-D. Asbestos Cement Shingles. 
 
 1. Quality. Dense, hard structure and thoroughly seasoned. 
 
 2. Fire Underwriters’ Class A or B label shall appear on each bundle. 
 
 3. Underlay shall be one layer asphalt saturated felt, approximately 30 
 pounds per 100 square feet. 
 
4 . 
 
 American Method. 
 
 a. Standard shingle: minimum weight per square, 470 pounds. 
 Length of Shingle Maximum exposure 
 ( inches ) ( inches) 
 
 16 
 
 15 
 
 12 
 
 7 
 
 6/ 2 
 
 5 
 
 b. Strip shingle: minimum weight per square, 250 pounds. 
 
 5. Dutch Method. 
 
 a. Minimum weight per square, 265 pounds. 
 
 b. Minimum head-lap, 3 inches. 
 
 c. Minimum side lap, 4 inches. 
 
 6. French or Hexagonal Method. 
 
 a. Minimum weight per square, 250 pounds. 
 
 b. Minimum overlap 2 edges, 3 inches. 
 
 411-E. Tile Roofing. 
 
 1. Quality. Hard-burned roofing tile. 
 
 2. Underlay shall be approximately 30-lb. asphalt saturated felt. 
 
 3. Shingle tile, American method. 
 
 Length of Shingle 
 
 Maximum exposure 
 
 ( inches) 
 
 [inches) 
 
 16 
 
 7 
 
 15 
 
 6/2 
 
 14 
 
 6 
 
 12 
 
 5 
 
 4. Interlocking tile and curved tile: 
 
 Lay in accordance with manufacturer’s 
 
 recommendations. 
 
 411 —F. Slate Shingles. 
 
 
 1. Quality. Slate shall be free from knots or knurls and of reasonably 
 
 smooth cleavage. 
 
 2. Underlay shall be approximately 
 
 30-lb. asphalt saturated felt. 
 
 3. American Method. 
 a. Minimum thickness, % 6 -inch. 
 
 Length of shingle 
 
 Maximum exposure 
 
 ( inches ) 
 
 ( inches ) 
 
 18 
 
 7 /a 
 
 16 
 
 6 / a 
 
 14 
 
 5/a 
 
 12 
 
 4/a 
 
 10 
 
 3/a 
 
 411-B 411-F 
 
411—F. Slate Shingles. Continued. 
 
 4. Special methods. Slate shingles laid by other than American method 
 may be used if acceptable to Chief Underwriter. 
 
 411— G. Built-up Roofs. 
 
 !. Asphalt and tar and gravel coverings, including flashings shall comply 
 with requirements of Underwriters’ Laboratories, Inc., Class B, minimum 
 3-ply. 
 
 2. Apply according to manufacturer’s directions. 
 
 3. Each ply of felt: minimum weight, 14 pounds per 100 square feet. 
 
 4. Surface roofs with: 
 
 a. Roofing gravel or crushed stone, weight approximately 400 pounds per 
 100 square feet; or 
 
 b. Crushed slag, weight approximately 300 pounds per 100 square feet. 
 
 5. Top ply of felt and crushed stone or slag surfacing may be replaced 
 with one layer of mineral surfaced cap- sheet, minimum weight 85 pounds 
 per square. 
 
 411-H. Metal Roofs. 
 
 1. Materials. 
 
 a. Galvanized sheet metal: 26-gauge sheets, 1.25 ounce (total weight 
 both sides) zinc coating per square foot. 
 
 b. Copper: 16-ounce soft (roofing temper). 
 
 c. Terneplate (roofing tin) : IC or IX, 40-pound coating. 
 
 2. Nails. 
 
 a. Hard copper or copper alloy shall be used for copper roofs. 
 
 b. Hot dipped galvanized nails for galvanized sheet metal roofs. 
 
 3. Seams and joints shall be locked or soldered and made watertight. 
 
 411— 1. Other Types of Roof Coverings. Roof coverings, such as metal 
 shingles, may be used when the type and weight of material, and method 
 of application are acceptable to the Chief Underwriter. 
 
 FLASHING 
 
 412— A. Materials. 
 
 1. Copper shall be 16 ounce soft (roofing temper). 
 
 2. Galvanized sheet metal shall be 26 gauge, 1.25 ounce (total weight both 
 sides) zinc coating per square foot, painted both sides. 
 
 3. Lead: hard lead, 2 pounds; soft lead, 4 pounds. 
 
4. Tin: 40-pound coating, painted both sides. 
 
 5. Other materials as provided for specific purposes in this section. 
 
 412—B. Openings. 
 
 1. Heads of openings , wood frame walls. 
 
 a. Sheet metal shall extend behind finish siding material and be turned 
 down over outside edge of drip cap; or 
 
 b. Three ounce copper-coated building paper may be used provided 
 flashing is not exposed to weather more than 2 inches. Extend flashing 
 behind siding. Blind tack at outside edge of drip cap, 1 inch o. c. 
 
 c. Extended bevel drip cap with top lug may be used. Lap siding 
 down over drip cap lug, properly fitted to assure water tight joint. 
 
 2. Heads and sills of openings , masonry-veneered wood frame walls. See 
 detail '45. 
 
 a. Material: sheet metal or membrane waterproofing material accept¬ 
 able to Chief Underwriter. 
 
 b. Head flashing shall extend from front edge of lintel, up and over 
 top of lintel and up on sheathing under building paper. 
 
 c. Sill flashing shall extend under masonry sill, up on sheathing and 
 under wood sill. 
 
 3. Heads and sills of openings , masonry walls. See detail 46. 
 
 a. Material: sheet metal or membrane waterproofing material accept¬ 
 able to Chief Underwriter. 
 
 b. Head flashing shall extend from front edge of lintel, up and over top 
 of lintel through wall and turn up 1 inch on inside surface. 
 
 c. Sill flashing shall extend under and behind masonry sill. 
 
 4. Heads of openings, stuccoed wood frame walls. 
 
 a. Material shall be sheet metal. 
 
 b. Drip. Form drip on front edge of drip cap and extend flashing up 
 behind building paper underneath stucco. 
 
 412—C. Intersections, Stucco and Other Materials. Use sheet metal 
 flashing at all horizontal and vertical intersections. 
 
 412—D. Valleys. 
 
 1. Rigid shingle roof covering. 
 
 a. Flash with sheet metal. 
 
 b. Flashing on roofs of slopes less than 7 in 12, minimum width of 
 flashing 18 inches; on roofs of slopes 7 in 12 or more, minimum width 
 of flashing 12 inches. 
 
 2. Asphalt shingle roof covering. 
 
 a. Flash with sheet metal; or 
 
 b. Two thicknesses of mineral surfaced roll-roofing shall be used, cut 
 from rolls weighing not less than 85 pounds per square. Bottom strip shall 
 be not less than 12 inches wide; top strip, at least 18 inches wide. Single 
 strip, 18 inches wide may be used under closed valleys. 
 
 411—F 412-D 
 
412—E. Roof and Wall or Parapet Intersections. Intersections shall be 
 flashed. If walls are of masonry or masonry veneer, sheet metal counter¬ 
 flashing shall be installed. 
 
 1. Sloping roof. Use sheet metal flashings. 
 
 2. Flat roof. Use sheet metal or same material as roof covering. When 
 sheet metal is not used, install 45 degree cant strip at roof and wall 
 intersection. 
 
 412—F. Terrace and Porch Slabs. Flash along all edges which abut wood 
 construction to completely separate wood from masonry or concrete. 
 
 1. Flashing material shall be sheet metal. 
 
 2. Flashing shall extend from *4 inch beyond inside face of foundation 
 wall, across top of foundation (beneath wood sill) to outside face of wall; 
 turn flashing up behind exterior wall finish to a point 4 inches above top 
 of slab; fold or turn flashing down at this point and extend to top of 
 slab and thence out on slab (beneath exterior wall finish) projecting l /\ 
 inch beyond the outside face of wall finish. See detail 9. 
 
 3. If termite protection (see 409) is by use of: 
 
 a. Termite shields. Soldered or locked seam connection shall be made 
 between terrace or porch slab flashing and shields. Use same material 
 for flashing as is used for shields. 
 
 b. Concrete capped masonry foundations or wood preservative treat¬ 
 ment. The flashing shall cross through wall under cap or under top 
 course of solid rrtasonry. 
 
 c. Poured concrete foundation. The ends of the flashing shall be 
 sealed in dense concrete or coal-tar pitch. 
 
 412—G. Chimneys. See detail 47. 
 
 1. All chimney and roof intersections shall be flashed and counterflashed 
 with sheet metal flashings. 
 
 2. Provide cricket or saddle covered with sheet metal or when acceptable 
 to Chief Underwriter, same material as roof covering. When other than 
 sheet metal is used, the material shall be flashed and counterflashed at the 
 chimney with sheet metal. 
 
 GUTTERS AND DOWNSPOUTS 
 
 413—A. Gutters and downspouts shall be installed on all roofs unless their 
 omission is acceptable to the Chief Underwriter. When installed they shall 
 be constructed with back edge not less than 1 inch higher than the front 
 (outside) edge. 
 
 413—B. Materials. 
 
 1. Copper. 16 ounces, hard (cornice temper). 
 
2. Galvanized sheet metal shall be 26 gauge, 1.25 ounce (total weight both 
 sides) zinc coating per square foot, painted both sides. 
 
 3. Solid wood gutters. Paint inside with two coats pitch or three coats 
 lead-in-oil paint after installation. 
 
 413-C. Basket Strainers. 
 
 1. Material shall be copper wire for copper gutters; heavily galvanized 
 wire for all other gutters. 
 
 2. Install strainers in all gutter outlets to downspouts. 
 
 413—D. Roof Water Disposal. 
 
 1. Splash blocks at bottom of downspouts shall be constructed of concrete 
 or other material acceptable to Chief Underwriter. Design to carry water 
 at least 3 feet from building; or 
 
 2. Connect to sewer, or other outlet acceptable to Chief Underwriter. 
 Make connection above grade. 
 
 3. Underground lines shall be located outside of foundation walls. 
 
 INTERIOR WALL AND CEILING FINISH 
 414—A. Lath and Plaster. 
 
 1. Wood Lath. 
 
 a. Maximum stud spacing, 16 inches o. c. 
 
 b. Lath, No. 1, % 6 -inch thick. 
 
 c. Space lath /\ to %-inch apart. Brea.^ joints every seventh lath. 
 Nail at each bearing. 
 
 2. Expanded Metal Lath. 
 
 a. Painted or galvanized lath. 
 
 b. Minimum weights: maximum 
 
 Pounds per 
 Use square yard 
 
 Walls 2.5 
 
 3.4 flat-rib 
 4.0 flat-rib 
 3.0 Yq" rib 
 
 Ceilings 2.75 flat-rib 
 
 3.4 
 
 3.4 Yq rib 
 
 pacing of supports. 
 
 Stud or joist spacing 
 ( inches ) 
 
 16 
 
 20 
 
 24 
 
 24 
 
 16 
 
 16 
 
 24 
 
 412-E 414—A 
 
414—A. Lath and Plaster. Continued. 
 
 
 
 3. Woven Wire Fabric , 
 
 Galvanized. Minimum gauge; 
 
 maximum mesh 
 
 and spacing of supports. 
 
 Wire 
 
 Mesh per Stud 
 
 or joist spacing 
 
 Use 
 
 gauges 
 
 inch 
 
 (inches) 
 
 Walls 
 
 19 
 
 2/2 
 
 16 
 
 Ceilings 
 
 18 
 
 2J4 
 
 16 
 
 
 *18 
 
 2/2 
 
 20 
 
 *With stiffeners. 
 
 
 
 
 4. Galvanized wire fabric. 
 
 a. Use with paper backing. Paper, absorbent quality or perforated. 
 
 b. Minimum size of wire, 16 gauge; maximum mesh, 2" x 2"; maximum 
 spacing of supports, 16 inches o. c.; when used on ceilings, paper backing 
 shall be combined integrally with wire fabric. 
 
 t 
 
 5. Insulating fibre board lath. 
 
 a. Minimum thickness, / 2 -inch. 
 
 b. Lath size, 18" x 48". Lath, 24" x 48", may be used provided all 
 joints at right angles to the framing members are covered with continuous 
 strips of metal lath and ends of lath are nailed to solid bearing (framing 
 members) at approximately 4 inches o. c. including intermediate supports. 
 
 c. Maximum stud or joist spacing, 16 inches o. c. 
 
 d. Apply in accordance with manufacturer’s directions. 
 
 6. Gypsum board lath. 
 
 a. Minimum thickness, ^4-inch for maximum stud or joist spacing, 16 
 inches o. c., and / 2 -inch for stud or joist spacing 24" o. c. 
 
 b. Size, 16" x 48". 
 
 c. Apply in accordance with manufacturer’s directions. 
 
 7. Lathing. 
 
 a. At heads of openings, lath shall be installed so vertical joints of first 
 course of lath above head will not occur on jamb studs. See detail 30. 
 
 b. Corner beads, galvanized, shall be installed on all external corners. 
 
 c. Comerites of metal lath, or wire fabric shall be installed except where 
 special clip systems are used for installing the lath and the manufacturers 
 of such systems do not recommend comerites.. Minimum width of cor- 
 nerites, 5 inches, 2/j inches on each surface of internal angles. 
 
 d. Over solid wood surfaces, install metal lath on strips or use furring 
 nails. Metal lath shall be lapped on adjoining lath surfaces. 
 
 8. Plaster. 
 
 a. Mix all plaster (lime and prepared) according to manufacturer’s 
 recommendations. 
 
 b. Quick (lump) lime, shall be thoroughly slaked. 
 
 c. Plaster shall be applied in three coat or two coat double-up work; 
 minimum thickness, / 2 -inch over lath or masonry base. Finish all ceil¬ 
 ings level and walls and corners, plumb and straight. 
 
414-B. Ceramic Tile. 
 
 1. Grade shall be Standard Grade or better. 
 
 2. Installation. 
 
 a. Studs shall be covered with 15-pound asphalt saturated felt applied 
 shingle style (unless metal lath is paper-backed). 
 
 b. Metal lath. See 414-A-2, 3 and 4. 
 
 c. Scratch coat: portland cement plaster, minimum ^4-inch thick, inte¬ 
 grally waterproofed. Scratch thoroughly. Allow to dry before installing 
 tile. 
 
 d. Other methods of installation may be used when the type of base 
 and manner of application are acceptable to the Chief Underwriter. 
 
 414— C. Bathroom Interior Finish. 
 
 \ 
 
 1. Materials. Waterproof finish wall materials shall be installed in show¬ 
 ers and over bathtub where showers occur. Materials which are accept¬ 
 able to the Chief Underwriter may be used for finish in other locations 
 in the bathroom. 
 
 2. Installation. 
 
 a. Install in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. 
 
 b. In showers: minimum height, 6 feet; over bathtubs where showers 
 occur, minimum height above rim, 4 feet. 
 
 c. When applied surface materials are used, joints at corners, bathtub, 
 top edge of wainscot and at intersections of wainscot and other materials 
 shall be caulked and protected. Moldings designed for the purpose or 
 other materials satisfactory to the Chief Underwriter may be used. 
 
 414—D. Dry Wall Finish. 
 
 1. Minimum thickness. 
 
 Type of Finish 
 
 Plywood 
 Gypsum board 
 Fiber board 
 
 * Apply long dimension at rig 
 
 Spacing of framing 
 members ( inches) 
 16 20 24 
 
 l A 54* 3 /s 
 
 3/8 54 54* 
 
 54 Va 3 A 
 
 angles to framing members. 
 
 2. For stud spacings exceeding 16 inches o. c., solid blocking shall be in¬ 
 stalled behind all joints at right angles to framing members. 
 
 3. Other types of boards, including compressed dense composition board 
 less than 54 inch thick may be used when acceptable to Chief Underwriter. 
 
 4. The method of joining dry wall finish shall be subject to the acceptance 
 of the Chief Underwriter. 
 
 099071 0—47-5 
 
 414—A 414-D 
 
414—E. Wood Trim. 
 
 1. General. The species and grade of interior wood trim shall be appro¬ 
 priate for the proposed use and this,, together with workmanship in its 
 installation, shall be of a quality suitable for the class of dwelling under 
 consideration and shall be acceptable to the Chief Underwriter. 
 
 2. All interior trim shall be thoroughly seasoned and kiln-dried, and sanded 
 free of tool marks and other objectionable defects. 
 
 3. Moisture content at the time of installation shall not exceed 12%. 
 
 4. Plaster and other building materials shall be dry at time of installation 
 of trim. 
 
 5. All nail heads shall be set for putty seal. 
 
 414—F. Stair Walls and Soffits. Apply acceptable finish to all stair walls 
 and soffits above first floor. 
 
 FINISH FLOORS. Finish floors shall he installed. 
 
 415—A. Cement Floors. 
 
 1. Mix. See 406-B. 
 
 2. Heater Rooms, or floors under heaters. 
 
 a. Cement floors installed on ground, see 406-E. 
 
 b. Reinforced structural slab. 
 
 c. When installed on wood framing: minimum thickness, 4 inches. 
 Use sheet metal over tops of joists for concrete forms, or cut in 1 inch 
 boards flush with tops of joists; remove boards after slab has set. Rein¬ 
 force slab with wire mesh weighing not less than 30 pounds per 100 square 
 feet, or with % inch bars spaced 1 foot o. c. each way. 
 
 415—B. Wood Floors. 
 
 i 
 
 1. Materials. 
 
 a. Flooring shall be kiln-dried D. & M. material. 
 
 b. Strip flooring: If applied single thickness on wood joists or wood 
 stripping, minimum thickness 2 % 2 -inch; if applied directly over subfloor¬ 
 ing without stripping; minimum thickness Yg-inch. Maximum width for 
 hardwood, 2%-inches, for softwood 3%-inches. Wider widths including 
 plank flooring may be used when precautions are taken in installation to 
 prevent warping or cupping. 
 
 c. Nails: use steel cut nails for flooring 2 % 2 inch (finish) thickness; 
 for flooring less than 2 % 2 inch in thickness use bright wire casing nails. 
 
 d. Building paper or deadening felt shall be applied under all finish 
 flooring. 
 
2. Installation. 
 
 a. Finish flooring installed over subflooring shall be applied at right 
 angles to wood board subflooring except when subflooring is laid di¬ 
 agonally. If applied over plywood, see 408-C-4-b. Single flooring shall 
 have end joints over joists unless end-matched boards are used and no two 
 adjoining boards break joints over same joist space and each board bears on 
 at least two joists. 
 
 b. Strip flooring installed over concrete shall be applied on not less than 
 2x2 inch sleepers embedded in concrete or secured with metal clips to 
 concrete. Sleepers embedded in concrete shall be pressure-treated with 
 wood preservative. If slab bears on ground, underlay slab with membrane 
 waterproofing. See 406-E. 
 
 c. Wood block flooring applied over concrete shall be set in mastic and 
 , installed in accordance with flooring manufacturer’s directions. 
 
 415—C. Ceramic Tile. See 408-C-4-e. 
 
 1. Grade shall be Standard grade or better. 
 
 2. Setting bed. See details 36 and 37. 
 
 a. Mix: 1 part portland cement, 4 parts sand; or 1 part portland ce¬ 
 ment, 2 parts sand and 4 parts pea size aggregate. 
 
 b. Minimum thickness: 1)4 inches, if reinforced with wire pnesh; 3 
 inches when installed below top of chamfered joists, with finish tile surface 
 at least 1)4 inches above tops of joists. 
 
 3. When applied over wood subfloor, install asphalt saturated felt over 
 subfloor underneath the wire mesh. See details 36 and 37. 
 
 415— D. Rubber Tile, Asphalt Tile and Linoleum. 
 
 1. Rubber tile or linoleum on slabs resting on ground not acceptable. As¬ 
 phalt tile may be used on slabs bearing on ground provided slab area where 
 tile is to be applied has been underlaid with membrane waterproofing. 
 See 406-E. 
 
 2. Install according to manufacturer’s instructions. 
 
 3. Install over lining felt, approximately 1 pound per square yard, when 
 applied over wood subflooring. See 408-C-4-d. 
 
 4. Adhesive for flooring shall be as recommended by manufacturer of the 
 floor covering. 
 
 5. Other methods of linoleum installation may be used when acceptable 
 to the Chief Underwriter. 
 
 GLAZING 
 
 416— A. Window Glass. 
 
 1. Minimum, B quality. 
 
 2. Factory-labeled on each pane. 
 
 3. Glass panes exceeding 12 inches in least dimension when installed in 
 doors shall be not less than double strength. 
 
 O 
 
 414—E 416—A 
 
416—B. Installation. 
 
 1. Exterior work. 
 
 a. Glass set in wood shall be secured in place with sprigs or glazing 
 points and face-puttied. In doors, bed in putty and secure with exterior 
 wood stops. 
 
 b. Glass set in metal shall be back-puttied and secured with glazing clips 
 and face-puttied.^ Use special steel window putty. 
 
 2. Interior work. 
 
 a. Back and face-putty glass after setting. 
 
 b. Secure glass in place with stops or glazing beads. 
 
 3. Mirrors: install on wood blocks. If in doors, use felt cushions. Pro¬ 
 vide air space back of mirror for ventilation. 
 
 PAINTING AND DECORATING 
 
 417—A. Exterior work. Exterior work shall be finished as follows: 
 
 1. Millwork. 
 
 a. .Prime coat shall be applied before or immediately after installation. 
 
 b. Nail holes and cracks shall be puttied after prime coat. Tint putty 
 to match stained and varnished work. 
 
 c. Paint: minimum of 3 coats, including prime coat. See 417-A-9. 
 
 d. Varnish: use spar varnish where varnish finish is proposed; its use 
 shall be limited to surfaces which are protected from the weather. 
 
 2. Wood shingles. 
 
 a. Sidewalls: apply 2 coats stain or 3 coats paint. 
 
 b. Roofs: apply stain or paint or leave unfinished. 
 
 3. Ends of wood siding shall be sealed with white lead paint before erection. 
 
 4. Cedar, cypress and redwood may be finished by methods acceptable to 
 Chief Underwriter. 
 
 5. Top and bottom of exterior doors and sash, paint at least 2 coats. 
 
 6. All concrete block exterior walls, when exposed directly to the weather 
 shall be waterproofed in the manner specified under 417-A-7-b. 
 
 7. Waterproofing exterior masonry and stucco walls. 
 
 a. When the exterior face of masonry or stucco exterior walls is to be 
 waterproofed, a minimum of two coats of paint shall be applied. 
 
 b. Open texture walls: Concrete Block Construction. 
 
 (1) Cement-water paint. All cement-water paint shall comply with 
 Federal Specifications TT-P-21, Type II. All containers shall bear the 
 following printed statement: “This cement-water paint complies with 
 Federal Specification TT-P-21, Type II, for cement-water paint”. 
 
 First coat: Use Type II, Class B (with fine silica sand) ; the 
 sand used shall pass a No. 20 sieve. 
 
 Second coat: Use Type II, either Class B or Class A (with or 
 without sand ). 
 
(2) Ready-mixed paints of oil-base, synthetic resin-emulsion, oil-emul¬ 
 sion, and rubber-emulsion types and job-mixed white lead-in-oil paint for 
 concrete, stucco, brick and similar masonry surfaces. 
 
 (3) All paint shall be mixed strictly in accordance with manufactur¬ 
 er’s instructions. 
 
 c. Smooth surface walls (such as brick and stucco). Paint requirements 
 shall be the same as in paragraph b above, except that if cement-water 
 paint is used, the first coat need not contain the sand aggregate. 
 
 d. Application. All paint shall be applied by brush. 
 
 (1) Open texture walls, such as concrete block. Apply first coat by 
 scrubbing paint on with stiff bristle brushes such as scrubbing brushes or 
 fender brushes. Second coat may be brushed on with calcimine or white¬ 
 wash brushes, if desired. 
 
 Note: After the application of cement-water paint, special attention should 
 be given to curing by sprinkling gently with water for several days. 
 
 (2) Smooth textured walls. If desired, both coats may be applied with 
 calcimine or whitewash brushes. 
 
 8. Ornamental iron, structural steel, and steel sash shall be painted with 
 lead-in-oil, graphite or prepared paint, as recommended by manufacturer. 
 One or more coats in addition to shop coat. 
 
 9. Specially prepared paints which necessitate modification of above re¬ 
 quirements may be used when acceptable to Chief Underwriter. 
 
 10. In all cases of exterior paint work, if in the opinion of the Chief Un¬ 
 derwriter, the finish paint job does not provide proper protection and hid¬ 
 ing, he may require additional coats before acceptance. 
 
 11. Paint all exterior exposed sheet metal work at least two coats. 
 
 417—B. Interior Work. Finish interior work in a manner acceptable to 
 the Chief Underwriter. 
 
 1. Plaster may be painted, papered or left natural. Exception, bath¬ 
 rooms and kitchens shall be painted or papered; if painted, use oil base 
 paint; if papered, use washable paper, 
 a. If painted, minimum acceptable: 
 
 (1) Apply varnish size or specially prepared primer and two coats oil 
 or varnish base paint. 
 
 (2) Apply casein size and one coat casein paint. 
 
 (3) Apply size and one coat resin emulsion. 
 
 (4) Special paint finishes may be used when applied and finished in 
 
 416—B 417-B 
 
417—B. Interior Work. Continued. 
 
 accordance with manufacturer’s instructions provided they are acceptable 
 to the Chief Underwriter. 
 
 b. If papered: 
 
 (1) Size plaster with glue size. 
 
 (2) Use wall paper of quality commensurate with quality of dwelling. 
 
 2. Wall board or paneled walls: stain, paint or paper. Apply finish 
 according to manufacturer’s directions. 
 
 3. Wood trim, paneling and sash and doors including tops and bottoms 
 shall be finished. 
 
 a. If painted: minimum acceptable, one prime coat and one finish coat; 
 and if open-grain wood: one coat filler before application of paint coats. 
 
 b. If stained: stain and one coat of varnish; or stain and one coat wax. 
 If smooth finish is desired on open-grain wood use filler after stain. 
 
 c. If natural wood finish: two coats varnish; or two coats wax; or one 
 coat varnish and one coat wax. 
 
 417—C. Wood Floors. Wood floors shall be finished. 
 
 1. Open grain wood, one coat filler. 
 
 2. Minimum finish, all wood floors (in addition to filler, if open grain wood) : 
 
 a. Two coats wax; or 
 
 b. Stain and two coats wax; or 
 
 c. One coat shellac, varnish or lacquer and one coat wax; or 
 
 d. Two coats varnish; or 
 
 c. Two coats floor enamel and one coat wax; or 
 
 f. One coat scaler and two coats wax. 
 
 g. Flooring prefinished at the factory may be used when acceptable to 
 the Chief Underwriter. 
 
 417—D. Cement Floor Finish. When painted, neutralize all cement floors; 
 apply two coats floor paint and one coat wax. 
 
 417- E. Metal. 
 
 1. Structural steel and iron and exposed surfaces of miscellaneous steel and 
 iron shall have one coat rust inhibiting paint in addition to shop coat. 
 
 2. Ornamental iron shall have one coat rust inhibiting paint and one 
 finish coat unless specially finished. 
 
 FINISH HARDWARE 
 
 418- A. General. Install hardware of quality commensurate with class 
 of dwelling. 
 
418-B. Exterior Hardware Material. 
 
 1. Bronze 
 
 2. Brass. 
 
 3. Ferrous metals when zinc or cadmium coated, or phosphate treated 
 before painting. 
 
 418-C. Exterior Doors. 
 
 1. Use three butts. 
 
 2. Install cylinder-type lock on main entrance doors. 
 
 418- D. Bathroom Accessories. Install not less than the following in each 
 bathroom: one medicine cabinet, two towel racks, one paper holder and 
 two other accessories. 
 
 GARAGES 
 
 419— A. Attached or Built-in Garages. 
 
 1. Construction shall be consistent with that of the dwelling. 
 
 2. If door opening occurs between garage and dwelling the garage floor 
 shall be lower than adjoining floor. 
 
 3. Install partition between space containing house heating unit and garage 
 space. Do not install house heating unit in garage space. 
 
 4. Wood frame walls common to dwelling and garage and all walls and 
 ceilings of built-in garages shall be finished in a manner acceptable to 
 Chief Underwriter. 
 
 5. All wood doors in openings between garage and main dwelling shall 
 be covered with sheet metal on the garage side. 
 
 419—B. One-story Detached Garages. Comply with construction re¬ 
 quirements for one-story dwellings with the following exceptions: 
 
 1. Bottom of footings of frame garages shall be not less than 18 inches 
 below finish grade, footings not less than 10-inches wide. 
 
 2. Studs, maximum spacing 24 inches o. c. Doubling of studs is not re¬ 
 quired on jambs of openings less than 3'-6" wide. 
 
 3. Sheathing and building paper may be omitted. 
 
 4. Corner post may be two 2 x 4’s or a 4" x 4". 
 
 5. Top plate may be single, provided rafters occur over studs, and plates 
 at corners arc lapped to provide ties. 
 
 6. Rafter ties at eaves may be 2 x 4’s maximum spacing 6 ft. o. c. 
 
 7. Corner bracing may be applied on the inside surface of studs. 
 
 8. Flooring may be gravel or cinders. If concrete see 406-E. 
 
 9. Gutters and downspouts may be omitted. 
 
 417-B 419-B 
 
HEATING REQUIREMENTS 
 
 500. Objective. The objective of heating requirements is to assure (a) 
 winter comfort by means of facilities providing a quality of performance 
 as well as economy and convenience of operation; and (b) an adequate 
 supply of hot water; both appropriate to the dwelling under consideration. 
 
 GENERAL. See 401. See also Appendix E for Detailed Heating Re¬ 
 quirements which are a part of these Heating Requirements. 
 
 501—A. Facilities for Heating. 
 
 1. Each dwelling shall be provided with facilities for heating. The heat¬ 
 ing equipment shall be new,and durable, completely connected, in operat¬ 
 ing condition and properly balanced and adjusted at the time of final com¬ 
 pliance inspection. The complete installation shall be safe, efficient, and 
 economical in operation and shall provide an acceptably uniform distribu¬ 
 tion of heat throughout the dwelling. 
 
 2. Minimum acceptable quality of performance and the degree of con¬ 
 venience of operation shall at least be in conformance with the class of 
 dwelling. 
 
 3. Provide facilities for fuel storage as required in 302-C-8. 
 
 501—B. Safety. 
 
 1. The installation of equipment shall comply with all applicable local 
 laws and ordinances and with the current standards, regulations and rec¬ 
 ommendations published by the National Board of Fire Underwriters. 
 
 2. Coal-fired equipment shall not be installed on any floor above the first 
 floor. 
 
 3. The products of combustion from all space heating and domestic water 
 heating equipment in which solid, liquid, or gaseous fuel is burned shall be 
 discharged into a chimney-flue or vent through an acceptable breeching 
 provided with necessary dampers and controls. 
 
 4. The construction of all heating equipment and domestic water heat¬ 
 ing equipment and appurtenances shall conform to the requirements in 
 applicable Codes and Standards. 
 
 5. Warm air distribution systems, either gravity or forced, shall be so 
 arranged that the return ducts serving one living unit are not connected 
 v/ith those serving any other living unit and air returned from one living 
 unit shall not be recirculated to another living unit. 
 
 6. Public halls shall not be used as plenums in warm air distribution systems. 
 
501—C. Capacity of Heating Equipment. 
 
 1. The output capacity of a heating system, after deductions have been 
 made for piping and pick-up losses, attached domestic hot-water heaters, 
 and other connected loads shall be not less than the heat loss of the living 
 unit or dwelling. 
 
 2. The output of overflow heaters, radiators, convectors, registers or other 
 heat distribution devices shall be not less than the heat loss of the space or 
 spaces which are to be heated. Distribution shall be proportioned to the 
 heat losses of such space. 
 
 Note: Heat loss is the amount of heat in Btu per hou? which escapes from 
 the heated space in a dwelling } assuming that the temperature of that space 
 is maintained at an acceptable comfort temperature and the distribution 
 is acceptably uniform, when the outside temperature is at the design 
 temperature established by FHA for the locality. 
 
 3. Where drawings indicate provisions for possible future expansion of the 
 dwelling, the capacity of the heating equipment shall be sufficient to heat 
 the dwelling including the future added area. 
 
 501—D. Design, Installation and Rating. Compliance is required with 
 design, rating and installation requirements of applicable Codes and 
 Standards acceptable to the Chief Underwriter. 
 
 501—E. Tests and Operating and Maintenance Instructions. 
 
 1. Tests, certifications and other data, when required to determine com¬ 
 pliance with plans, specifications and requirements, shall be subject to the 
 acceptance of the Chief Underwriter. 
 
 2. Printed guarantees, service agreements, operating and maintenance in¬ 
 structions regularly furnished by the manufacturer and installer or as may 
 be additionally required by the Chief Underwriter, shall be posted on or 
 adjacent to the equipment to which they apply, before final inspection. 
 
 501—F. Special Methods and Systems of Heating. Any proposed 
 method of heating not adequately covered by these requirements shall be 
 considered a special method. In such cases fully detailed drawings, de¬ 
 scription, and adequate design data shall be submitted in accordance with 
 the procedure provided for special methods of construction as set forth in 
 Federal Housing Administration circular “Rulings on New Methods of 
 Construction and Determination of Acceptability of Individual Materials,” 
 current issue and the proposed design accepted by the Chief Underwriter 
 before construction. 
 
 500 501—F 
 
DOMESTIC WATER HEATING AND STORAGE 
 
 502. General. Each dwelling shall be provided with facilities for 
 heating domestic hot water. The domestic hot water heating equipment 
 shall be new, durable, completely connected and in operating condition at 
 the time of final inspection. The complete installation shall be safe, effi¬ 
 cient and economical in operation and shall provide an acceptable supply 
 of domestic hot water. See Appendix F for Detailed Domestic Water 
 Heating and Storage Requirements which are a part of these Heating 
 Requirements. 
 
 CHIMNEY-FLUES AND VENTS 
 
 503-A. A separate flue is required for each heating appliance which de¬ 
 pends upon sustained chimney draft for proper operation. The domestic 
 hot water heating equipment may be vented into the heating appliance flue 
 when approved by the Chief Underwriter. 
 
 503—B. The chimney shall be of such height, size and construction as to 
 create sufficient draft to develop the rated output of the equipment 
 served and not less than recommended by the equipment manufacturer. 
 In no case shall the height be less than 2 feet above the ridge of the roof 
 that the chimney penetrates and not less than 2 feet above the. highest 
 ridge within 10 feet of the chimney. 
 
 503—C. Limitations According to Fuel Used. 
 
 1. Masonry type chimneys are acceptable for use with all fuels. For 
 masonry chimneys, see 406-L. 
 
 2. Other chimneys, flues or vents may be used if acceptable to the Chief 
 Underwriter for the fuel used. 
 
 3. Vents listed or approved by Underwriters’ Laboratories only for gas- 
 fired equipment are acceptable for use only with gas as fuel. 
 
 a. Installation shall provide clearances according to requirements in 
 Underwriters’ Laboratories Approval Report. 
 
 b. Provide means to dispose of condensation. 
 
 c. Effective area shall be at least equal to area of vent outlet of largest 
 appliance plus at least 50 percent of combined area of vent outlets of all 
 other gas equipment connected to it. 
 
 d. Vents shall extend through roof as near ridge as practicable with 
 crossovers not less than 22 ^ 2 ° with the horizontal. 
 
 e. Height at least 2 feet above the highest portion of any structure within 
 10 feet of vent. 
 
 f. Vent cap shall be designed to prevent downdraft under normal con¬ 
 ditions of operation. 
 
PLUMBING AND SANITATION REQUIREMENTS 
 
 600. Objective. The objective of plumbing and sanitation requirements 
 is (a) to'provide a properly installed system of piping and plumbing fix¬ 
 tures , appropriate to the size and class of dwelling under consideration , sup¬ 
 plied with hot and cold water in adequate volume and pressure for cooking , 
 laundering , bathing and toilet purposes; and (b) to provide a water-carriage 
 sewerage system for the safe disposal of wastes from fixtures and installed in 
 a manner to provide healthful and sanitary living conditions. 
 
 GENERAL. See 401. 
 
 601— A. Codes and Regulations. Comply with the following: 
 
 1. State and Local regulations. 
 
 2. Plumbing Manual, (Report BMS No. 66 or later revision) of the Na¬ 
 tional Bureau of Standards, U. S. Department of Commerce, shall be com¬ 
 plied with when, in the opinion of the Chief Underwriter, local codes and 
 regulations are inadequate to provide proper sanitary protection, or where 
 no State or local regulations exist. 
 
 3. Evidence of approval shall be required when inspection is required by 
 State or local authority. Chief Underwriter may require plumbing tests 
 where not otherwise required. 
 
 4. Domestic hot water systems shall comply with 502 and Appendix F. 
 
 FIXTURES 
 
 602— A. Minimum Fixtures. Each living unit shall contain at least one 
 
 kitchen sink, one water closet, one lavatory, one bathtub and one laundry 
 tray. Kitchen sink and tray combination or hot and cold water faucets 
 with floor drain acceptable in lieu of laundry tray. 
 
 602- B. Installation. 
 
 1. All fixtures shall be securely installed. 
 
 2. Tubs shall be hung on metal supports or end grain of wood blocks se¬ 
 cured to the wall construction. See detail 38. 
 
 PIPING 
 
 603- A. General. 
 
 1. Materials shall be new and durable. 
 
 2. Size of pipe shall be adequate in relation to fixtures served. 
 
 3. All piping shall be installed without damage to structural members. 
 See 408-B-l and detail 17. 
 
 4. All water piping shall be properly sloped and protected against freezing. 
 
 502 603-A 
 
603-B. Supply Lines. 
 
 1. Service line shall be laid on solid ground and below frost line. Service 
 line may be laid in same trench with sewer line provided water line is not less 
 than 1 foot higher than the sewer and laid on solid ledge of ground. 
 
 2. Cold water lines shall be installed and connected to all fixtures and hot 
 water lines to all fixtures except water closet. 
 
 3. Cross-connections between the drinking water supply and supplies not 
 intended for drinking purposes will not be acceptable. 
 
 4. A shut-off valve on main water supply line serving each living unit 
 shall be provided in an easily accessible location within the building. 
 
 5. Drain valves so located as to permit drainage of the entire system within 
 the building shall be installed. 
 
 603— C. Drains. 
 
 1. House sewer pipe shall be laid with barrel on solid ground, excavating 
 bell hole for each pipe. Make joints watertight and where necessary 
 protect against penetration by roots of shrubbery or trees. 
 
 2. Drain lines of proper size shall be installed and connected to all fixtures. 
 
 3. All building drainage lines from base of.stack to house sewer connection 
 shall be extra heavy cast iron pipe, unless pipe of other material is specifically 
 approved by the Chief Underwriter. 
 
 4. Cleanouts shall be provided at base of main stack and at all bends in 
 excess of 45 degrees. 
 
 5. Shower stall drains shall be made watertight. 
 
 6. Traps subject to freezing shall be protected. 
 
 WATER SUPPLY 
 
 604— A. General. 
 
 1. Each living unit shall be provided with an adequate supply of safe and 
 palatable water connected to the required fixtures. 
 
 2. The water shall comply in quality with the requirements of the State 
 Department of Health. 
 
 604—B. Source of Water Supply. 
 
 1. W herever available, connection shall be made to a public water system. 
 
2. Where a public system is not available, connection to an approved com¬ 
 munity system is acceptable. 
 
 a. To be acceptable a community system shall comply with all State and 
 local laws and regulations. 
 
 b. Evidence shall be submitted showing that the system and the water 
 it provides are considered satisfactory by the State Department of Health. 
 
 ? 
 
 3. Where neither a public nor an acceptable community system is available, 
 an individual water system is acceptable provided compliance is obtained 
 with the following: 
 
 a. All individual water systems shall comply with the Federal Housing 
 Administration “Requirements for Individual Water-Supply and Sewage- 
 Disposal Systems,” for the State in which the property is located. 
 
 b. Evidence shall be presented showing that the installation of each 
 individual water supply system is satisfactory to the health authority hav¬ 
 ing jurisdiction. Form No. 2217—13 is prepared for this use. 
 
 SEWAGE DISPOSAL 
 
 605—A. General. Each living unit shall be provided with an adequate 
 and safe method of sewage disposal by a water-carriage system. 
 
 605—B. Method of Sewage Disposal. 
 
 1. Wherever available, connection shall be made to public sewerage system. 
 
 2. Where a public system is not available, connection to an approved 
 community system will be acceptable., 
 
 a. To be acceptable a community system shall comply with all State 
 and local laws and regulations. 
 
 b. Evidence shall be submitted showing that the system and the method 
 of disposal are considered satisfactory by the State Department of Health. 
 
 3. Where neither a public nor acceptable community system is available, 
 an individual sewage-disposal system is acceptable provided compliance 
 is obtained with the following: 
 
 a. All individual sewage disposal systems shall comply with the Federal 
 Housing Administration “Requirements for Individual Water-Supply and 
 Sewage-Disposal Systems,” for the State in which the property is located. 
 
 b. Evidence shall be presented showing that the installation of each 
 individual sewage-disposal system is satisfactory to the health authority 
 having jurisdiction. Form No. 2218-13 is prepared for this use. 
 
 MISCELLANEOUS DRAINAGE. See 803. 
 
 603—B 605-B 
 
ELECTRIC REQUIREMENTS 
 
 700. Objective. The objective of electric requirements is to obtain a 
 system of wiring properly installed to safely provide electric current ade¬ 
 quate for efficient illumination and for safe and efficient operation of such 
 appliances and equipment as are considered essential and appropriate to the 
 class of dwelling under consideration. 
 
 GENERAL. See 401. 
 
 701—A. Facilities for Electric Service. Electrical service shall be pro¬ 
 vided for each living unit. 
 
 701—B. Codes and Regulations. Installations shall comply with: 
 
 1. State and Local regulations. 
 
 2. National Electrical Code of the National Board of Fire Underwriters 
 when, in the opinion of the Chief Underwriter, local regulations are in¬ 
 adequate to provide proper electrical service. 
 
 3. National Electrical Code where no local or State regulations exist. 
 
 4. Evidence of compliance with applicable regulations shall be shown 
 whenever required by State or local authority. 
 
 MATERIALS 
 
 702-A. Materials shall be new and shall conform to standards of Under¬ 
 writers’ Laboratories, Inc. 
 
 702—B. Reduction in wire size shall not be permitted between appliance or 
 outlet and the distribution panel. 
 
 702— C. Minimum Wire Size. 
 
 1. Outside service connection, No. 6. 
 
 2. Light-duty branch circuits, No. 14. 
 
 3. Circuits serving kitchen and laundry, No. 12. 
 
 4. Heavy-duty branch circuits, No. 12. 
 
 5. Small motors, No. 12. 
 
 6. Heaters, No. 10. 
 
 7. Ranges, No. 8. 
 
 INSTALLATIONS 
 
 703— A. Circuits. Install at least one circuit for each 500 square fqet of 
 floor area; minimum, two per living unit. Make provision for at least one 
 future circuit. 
 
703—B. Outlets. 
 
 1. Ceiling fixtures shall be installed in kitchens, halls, dining rooms and 
 bedrooms. 
 
 2. In bathrooms, wall fixture and convenience outlet shall be installed at 
 mirror. 
 
 3. An outside fixture shall be installed at each main entrance and porch. 
 
 4. Convenience outlets. 
 
 a. Living room shall be provided with one duplex outlet between all 
 doors and between doors and fireplace, when separated sufficiently for place¬ 
 ment of furniture. 
 
 b. When ceiling fixtures are installed, minimum number: 
 
 (1) Dining room or dining space, one duplex outlet. 
 
 (2) Each other habitable room, including kitchen, two duplex outlets. 
 
 c. In rooms where ceiling fixtures are not required and not installed, 
 minimum number, three duplex outlets. 
 
 5. Special purpose outlets shall be installed for each unit of equipment 
 such as electric ranges. 
 
 6. At least one ceiling outlet shall be provided in each attached or built-in 
 garage, attic served by stairway, and basement. 
 
 7. Install ceiling or wall outlets to provide illumination for all portions of 
 stairways and stair halls. 
 
 703-C. Switches. 
 
 1. Each ceiling fixture in habitable rooms 4 and stair hall shall be con¬ 
 trolled by wall switch. 
 
 2. When ceiling fixtures are not installed at least one outlet per habitable 
 room shall be controlled by a wall switch. 
 
 3. Bathroom fixture shall be controlled by a wall switch not readily accessi¬ 
 ble from tub or shower. 
 
 4. For upper floor living units or those occupying more than one floor, 
 provide at least one three-way switch conveniently located on each floor to 
 control at least one light which illuminates the stairs. This shall include 
 basement stairs when garage is built-in on basement level and access is 
 through the basement. 
 
 5. Exterior fixtures shall be controlled by wall switches inside the entrance 
 doors. 
 
 6. Switches shall not be placed behind doors. 
 
 700 703-C 
 
LOT IMPROVEMENT REQUIREMENTS 
 
 800. Objective. The objective of lot improvement requirements is (a) to 
 obtain an arrangement of the physical improvements on the lot or plot so 
 that convenient means of access to the dwelling and accessory buildings is 
 provided for both pedestrians and vehicles; ( b ) to provide positive drain¬ 
 age of the lot or plot and the diversion of water away from buildings and 
 its disposal from the site; and ( c ) to provide an attractive setting for the 
 dwelling by means of lot improvements, including planting, seeding and 
 sodding commensurate with the class of property under consideration. 
 
 GENERAL. See 401. 
 
 801. Grading or drainage or both shall be performed so that water will 
 drain away from the building on all sides and off the lot in a manner which 
 will provide reasonable freedom from erosion and pocketed surface water. 
 Construction such as walks, driveways and retaining walls shall be installed 
 so that they will not interfere with drainage. 
 
 ROUGH GRADING 
 
 802—A. Where lawns and planting are required and regrading is necessary, 
 the area shall be rough graded to proper levels to receive topsoil. All 
 other areas, where grading is necessary, may be rough graded to the finish 
 grade elevations. The rough grading shall provide for proper establish¬ 
 ment of slopes and finish grade elevations. See 801 and 805. 
 
 802—B. Fills shall be free of debris and shall be properly compacted. 
 
 802— C. Heavy equipment shall not be used over septic tanks or tile fields. 
 
 DRAINAGE STRUCTURES. See also 406-D-6, and 413-D. 
 
 803— A. Where protection against erosion or other damage by surface 
 water or ground water is considered necessary by the Chief Underwriter, 
 precautionary measures shall be taken such as installation of subsurface 
 drainage structures or paved gutters with proper outlets. 
 
 803—B. In all locations where surface water is pocketed, catch basins shall 
 be installed and properly connected to adequate and positive means of 
 water disposal. 
 
 DRIVEWAYS 
 
 804. A driveway shall be provided when a garage is included or when 
 specifically required by the Chief Underwriter. The driveway shall be con¬ 
 structed with a substantial base and an all-weather properly drained sur¬ 
 face of a width and gradient to provide convenient access during all seasons. 
 If constructed of concrete see 406-E. 
 
FINISH GRADING 
 
 805—A. All debris shall be removed from the rough-graded area before 
 finish grading. The finished surface of all areas shall be reasonably 
 smooth and even and shall conform with the elevations required below. 
 Areas where lawns and planting are required shall have suitable topsoil 
 of adequate depth to support plant growth. 
 
 805—B. Finish grade elevations around buildings shall provide continuous 
 slopes away from foundation walls. Where any slope away from a build¬ 
 ing meets a slope towards a building, the bottom of the swale or valley 
 formed by the two slopes shall be at least 1 foot below the finish grade 
 elevations at the walls, shall be pitched to provide surface water run-off to 
 public drainage and, except as prohibited by nearness of lot lines, shall 
 be at least 10 feet away from the foundation walls. 
 
 805—C. The finish grade elevations of all unpaved areas shall provide con¬ 
 tinuous slopes of at least 6 inches in 25 feet (2% gradient) to lower eleva¬ 
 tions off the lot or to drainage structures on the lot. Where catch basins 
 or inlets are installed, the finish grade elevations of adjoining areas shall 
 provide for emergency surface overflow without flooding against buildings. 
 
 805—D. Finish grade elevations around individual wells shall be the same 
 as for buildings in B and C above. 
 
 805—E. The height and steepness of slopes and the gradients of unpaved 
 swales or valleys shall be such as to provide stability and reasonable free¬ 
 dom from erosion. Where considered necessary by the Chief Underwriter, 
 precautionary measures shall be taken such as installation of retaining 
 walls, sodding or planting to stabilize the soil. 
 
 WALKS, STEPS, SEEDING, SODDING AND PLANTING 
 
 806. The location and extent of walks, outside steps, retaining walls, top¬ 
 soil requirements, seeding, sodding or sprigging and planting shall be sub¬ 
 ject to the acceptance of the Chief Underwriter. Walks and outside steps 
 shall be arranged to provide for safe and convenient use. If walks are con¬ 
 structed of concrete see 406-E. Lawns and planting, and retaining walls 
 if any, shall be arranged to provide an attractive setting for the dwelling. 
 
 6 
 
 695*071 0—47 
 
 800 806 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 * 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ./ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 4 
 
 
 
 
 • • 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 t 
 
 . 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 N 
 
 
 
 $ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
APPENDIX A 
 
 TABLES OF MAXIMUM 
 ALLOWABLE SPANS 
 for 
 
 Wood Floor Joists, Ceiling Joists and Rafters 
 
 Included herein are the species of framing lumber 
 most frequently used in the area under the jurisdiction 
 of this office. Allowable spans for other species of 
 lumber may be obtained from the FHA office. 
 
 / 
 
 APPENDIX A 
 
DOUGLAS FIR 
 
 Coast Region 
 Tabic I.—FLOOR JOISTS 
 
 DRESSED LUMBER, Includes S4S and S2E 
 
 Nominal size (inches) 
 
 Spacing 
 c. to c. 
 
 No. 1 
 dimension 
 
 1200-f 
 
 900-f 
 
 No. 2 
 dimension 
 
 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 2x6.... 
 
 
 12 
 
 11 
 
 3 
 
 11 
 
 3 
 
 11 
 
 3 
 
 10 
 
 0 
 
 
 
 16 
 
 10 
 
 2 
 
 10 
 
 2 
 
 10 
 
 2 
 
 8 
 
 8 
 
 
 
 20 
 
 9 
 
 6 
 
 y 
 
 6 
 
 9 
 
 2 
 
 7 
 
 9 
 
 
 
 24 
 
 8 
 
 11 
 
 8 
 
 11 
 
 8 
 
 4 
 
 7 
 
 1 
 
 2x8-.. 
 
 
 12 
 
 15 
 
 0 
 
 15 
 
 0 
 
 15 
 
 0 
 
 14 
 
 3 
 
 
 
 16 
 
 13 
 
 8 
 
 13 
 
 8 
 
 13 
 
 8 
 
 12 
 
 5 
 
 
 
 20 
 
 12 
 
 8 
 
 12 
 
 8 
 
 12 
 
 2 
 
 11 
 
 0 
 
 
 
 24 
 
 11 
 
 11 
 
 11 
 
 11 
 
 11 
 
 1 
 
 10 
 
 2 
 
 3x8...- 
 
 
 12 
 
 17 
 
 8 
 
 17 
 
 8 
 
 17 
 
 8 
 
 17 
 
 8 
 
 
 
 16 
 
 16 
 
 0 
 
 16 
 
 0 
 
 16 
 
 0 
 
 15 
 
 11 
 
 
 
 20 
 
 14 
 
 11 
 
 14 
 
 11 
 
 14 
 
 11 
 
 14 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 24 
 
 14 
 
 0 
 
 14 
 
 0 
 
 14 
 
 0 
 
 12 
 
 10 
 
 2 x 10... 
 
 
 12 
 
 19 
 
 0 
 
 19 
 
 0 
 
 19 
 
 0 
 
 18 
 
 9 
 
 
 
 16 
 
 17 
 
 3 
 
 17 
 
 3 
 
 17 
 
 3 
 
 16 
 
 3 
 
 
 
 20 
 
 16 
 
 1 
 
 16 
 
 1 
 
 15 
 
 5 
 
 14 
 
 7 
 
 
 
 24 
 
 15 
 
 1 
 
 15 
 
 1 
 
 14 
 
 1 
 
 13 
 
 4 
 
 3 x 10... 
 
 
 12 
 
 22 
 
 4 
 
 22 
 
 4 
 
 22 
 
 4 
 
 22 
 
 4 
 
 
 
 16 
 
 20 
 
 3 
 
 20 
 
 3 
 
 20 
 
 3 
 
 20 
 
 3 
 
 
 
 20 
 
 18 
 
 10 
 
 18 
 
 10 
 
 18 
 
 10 
 
 18 
 
 6 
 
 
 
 24 
 
 17 
 
 9 
 
 17 
 
 9 
 
 17 
 
 9 
 
 16 
 
 11 
 
 2 x 12... 
 
 
 12 
 
 23 
 
 0 
 
 23 
 
 0 
 
 23 
 
 0 
 
 23 
 
 0 
 
 
 
 16 
 
 20 
 
 10 
 
 20 
 
 10 
 
 20 
 
 10 
 
 20 
 
 10 
 
 
 
 20 
 
 19 
 
 5 
 
 19 
 
 5 
 
 18 
 
 8 
 
 18 
 
 8 
 
 
 
 24 
 
 18 
 
 3 
 
 18 
 
 3 
 
 17 
 
 1 
 
 17 
 
 1 
 
 ROUGH LUMBER 
 
 2 x 6.... 
 
 
 12 
 
 12 
 
 10 
 
 12 
 
 10 
 
 12 
 
 10 
 
 11 
 
 9 
 
 
 
 16 
 
 11 
 
 8 
 
 11 
 
 8 
 
 11 
 
 8 
 
 10 
 
 3 
 
 
 
 20 
 
 10 
 
 10 
 
 10 
 
 10 
 
 10 
 
 10 
 
 9 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 24 
 
 10 
 
 3 
 
 10 
 
 3 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 8 
 
 4 
 
 2x8.-.. 
 
 
 12 
 
 17 
 
 2 
 
 17 
 
 2 
 
 17 
 
 2 
 
 16 
 
 11 
 
 
 
 16 
 
 15 
 
 7 
 
 15 
 
 7 
 
 15 
 
 7 
 
 14 
 
 7 
 
 
 
 20 
 
 14 
 
 6 
 
 14 
 
 6 
 
 14 
 
 5 
 
 13 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 24 
 
 13 
 
 7 
 
 13 
 
 7 
 
 13 
 
 3 
 
 11 
 
 11 
 
 3 x 8.-.. 
 
 
 12 
 
 19 
 
 8 
 
 19 
 
 8 
 
 19 
 
 8 
 
 19 
 
 8 
 
 
 
 16 
 
 17 
 
 10 
 
 17 
 
 10 
 
 17 
 
 10 
 
 17 
 
 10 
 
 
 
 20 
 
 16 
 
 7 
 
 16 
 
 7 
 
 16 
 
 7 
 
 16 
 
 0 
 
 
 
 24 
 
 15 
 
 7 
 
 15 
 
 7 
 
 15 
 
 7 
 
 14 
 
 7 
 
 2x 10... 
 
 
 12 
 
 21 
 
 6 
 
 21 
 
 6 
 
 21 
 
 6 
 
 21 
 
 6 
 
 
 
 16 
 
 19 
 
 6 
 
 19 
 
 6 
 
 19 
 
 6 
 
 19 
 
 0 
 
 
 
 20 
 
 18 
 
 1 
 
 18 
 
 1 
 
 18 
 
 0 
 
 17 
 
 0 
 
 
 
 24 
 
 17 
 
 1 
 
 17 
 
 1 
 
 16 
 
 6 
 
 15 
 
 6 
 
 3x 10... 
 
 
 12 
 
 24 
 
 7 
 
 24 
 
 7 
 
 24 
 
 7 
 
 24 
 
 7 
 
 
 
 16 
 
 22 
 
 4 
 
 22 
 
 4 
 
 22 
 
 4 
 
 22 
 
 4 
 
 
 • 
 
 20 
 
 20 
 
 8 
 
 20 
 
 8 
 
 20 
 
 ' 8 
 
 20 
 
 8 
 
 
 
 24 
 
 19 
 
 6 
 
 19 
 
 6 
 
 19 
 
 6 
 
 19 
 
 0 
 
 2 x 12... 
 
 
 12 
 
 25 
 
 9 
 
 25 
 
 9 
 
 25 
 
 9 
 
 25 
 
 9 
 
 
 
 16 
 
 23 
 
 5 
 
 23 
 
 5 
 
 23 
 
 5 
 
 23 
 
 5 
 
 
 
 20 
 
 21 
 
 8 
 
 21 
 
 8 
 
 21 
 
 7 
 
 21 
 
 7 
 
 
 
 24 
 
 20 
 
 5 
 
 20 
 
 5 
 
 19 
 
 9 
 
 19 
 
 9 
 
 A-l 
 
DOUGLAS FIR 
 
 Coast Region 
 
 Table II.—FLAT ROOF JOISTS 
 
 [Roof slopes 3 in 12 and less. Span is the horizontal distance between supports] 
 
 DRESSED LUMBER, Includes S4S and S2E 
 
 Nominal 
 
 size 
 
 (inches) 
 
 Spac¬ 
 
 ing 
 
 c. to c. 
 
 Supporting finished ceiling 
 
 Not supporting finished ceiling 
 
 No. 1 
 Dimen¬ 
 sion 
 
 1200-f 
 
 900-f 
 
 No. 2 
 Dimen¬ 
 sion 
 
 No. 1 
 Dimen¬ 
 sion 
 
 1200-f 
 
 900-f 
 
 No. 2 
 Dimen¬ 
 sion 
 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. In. 
 
 2x6_ 
 
 12 
 
 13 
 
 0 
 
 14 
 
 0 
 
 12 
 
 1 
 
 10 
 
 2 
 
 15 
 
 4 
 
 15 
 
 7 
 
 14 
 
 4 
 
 12 1 
 
 
 16 
 
 11 
 
 3 
 
 12 
 
 1 
 
 10 
 
 6 
 
 8 
 
 10 
 
 13 
 
 4 
 
 14 
 
 2 
 
 12 
 
 6 
 
 10 6 
 
 
 20 
 
 10 
 
 1 
 
 10 
 
 10 
 
 9 
 
 5 
 
 7 
 
 11 
 
 11 
 
 11 
 
 12 
 
 10 
 
 11 
 
 1 
 
 9 4 
 
 
 24 
 
 9 
 
 2 
 
 9 
 
 11 
 
 8 
 
 7 
 
 7 
 
 3 
 
 10 
 
 10 
 
 11 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 2 
 
 8 7 
 
 2x8._ 
 
 12 
 
 18 
 
 8 
 
 18 ' 
 
 8 
 
 16 
 
 2 
 
 14 
 
 8 
 
 20 
 
 10 
 
 20 
 
 10 
 
 19 
 
 2 
 
 17 5 
 
 
 16 
 
 16 
 
 2 
 
 16 
 
 2 
 
 14 
 
 0 
 
 12 
 
 8 
 
 18 
 
 11 
 
 18 
 
 11 
 
 16 
 
 7 
 
 15 1 
 
 
 20 
 
 14 
 
 6 
 
 14 
 
 6 
 
 12 
 
 6 
 
 11 
 
 5 
 
 17 
 
 2 
 
 17 
 
 2 
 
 14 
 
 10 
 
 13 5 
 
 
 24 
 
 13 
 
 2 
 
 13 
 
 2 
 
 11 
 
 5 
 
 10 
 
 5 
 
 15 
 
 7 
 
 15 
 
 7 
 
 13 
 
 6 
 
 12 4 
 
 3x8_ 
 
 12 
 
 23 
 
 9 
 
 23 
 
 9 
 
 20 
 
 7 
 
 18 
 
 8 
 
 24 
 
 5 
 
 24 
 
 5 
 
 ' 24 
 
 4 
 
 22 1 
 
 
 16 
 
 20 
 
 7 
 
 20 
 
 7 
 
 17 
 
 10 
 
 16 
 
 2 
 
 22 
 
 2 
 
 22 
 
 2 
 
 21 
 
 1 
 
 19 2 
 
 
 20 
 
 18 
 
 5 
 
 18 
 
 5 
 
 15 
 
 11 
 
 14 
 
 5 
 
 20 
 
 7 
 
 20 
 
 7 
 
 18 
 
 10 
 
 17 1 
 
 
 24 
 
 16 
 
 9 
 
 16 
 
 9 
 
 14 
 
 6 
 
 13 
 
 2 
 
 19 
 
 5 
 
 19 
 
 5 
 
 17 
 
 2 
 
 15 7 
 
 2x 10.. 
 
 12 
 
 23 
 
 7 
 
 23 
 
 7 
 
 20 
 
 6 
 
 19 
 
 4 
 
 26 
 
 4 
 
 26 
 
 4 
 
 24 
 
 2 
 
 22 10 
 
 
 16 
 
 20 
 
 5 
 
 20 
 
 5 
 
 17 
 
 9 
 
 16 
 
 9 
 
 24 
 
 0 
 
 24 
 
 0 
 
 21 
 
 0 
 
 19 10 
 
 
 20 
 
 18 
 
 4 
 
 18 
 
 4 
 
 15 
 
 10 
 
 15 
 
 0 
 
 21 
 
 8 
 
 21 
 
 8 
 
 18 
 
 9 
 
 17 8 
 
 
 24 
 
 16 
 
 8 
 
 16 
 
 8 
 
 14 
 
 6 
 
 13 
 
 8 
 
 19 
 
 9 
 
 19 
 
 9 
 
 17 
 
 1 
 
 16 2 
 
 3 x 10. 
 
 12 
 
 30 
 
 0 
 
 30 
 
 0 
 
 26 
 
 0 
 
 24 
 
 7 
 
 31 
 
 0 
 
 31 
 
 0 
 
 30 
 
 8 
 
 29 0 
 
 
 16 
 
 26 
 
 0 
 
 26 
 
 0 
 
 22 
 
 7 
 
 21 
 
 3 
 
 28 
 
 1 
 
 28 
 
 1 
 
 26 
 
 8 
 
 25 2 
 
 
 20 
 
 23 
 
 4 
 
 23 
 
 4 
 
 20 
 
 2 
 
 19 
 
 1 
 
 26 
 
 1 
 
 26 
 
 1 
 
 23 
 
 10 
 
 22 5 
 
 
 24 
 
 21 
 
 2 
 
 21 
 
 2 
 
 18 
 
 5 
 
 17 
 
 4 
 
 24 
 
 7 
 
 24 
 
 7 
 
 21 
 
 8 
 
 20 6 
 
 2x 12... 
 
 12 
 
 28 
 
 7 
 
 28 
 
 7 
 
 24 
 
 10 
 
 24 
 
 10 
 
 31 
 
 10 
 
 31 
 
 10 
 
 29 
 
 4 
 
 29 4 
 
 
 16 
 
 24 
 
 10 
 
 24 
 
 10 
 
 21 
 
 5 
 
 21 
 
 5 
 
 29 
 
 0 
 
 29 
 
 0 
 
 25 
 
 5 
 
 25 5 
 
 
 20 
 
 22 
 
 2 
 
 22 
 
 2 
 
 19 
 
 2 
 
 19 
 
 2 
 
 26 
 
 2 
 
 26 
 
 2 
 
 22 
 
 8 
 
 22 8 
 
 
 24 
 
 20 
 
 3 
 
 20 
 
 3 
 
 17 
 
 6 
 
 17 
 
 6 
 
 24 
 
 0 
 
 24 
 
 0 
 
 20 
 
 9 
 
 20 9 
 
 ROUGH LUMBER 
 
 2x6_ 
 
 12 
 
 15 
 
 4 
 
 16 
 
 7 
 
 14 
 
 4 
 
 12 
 
 1 
 
 17 
 
 10 
 
 17 
 
 10 
 
 17 
 
 0 
 
 14 
 
 4 
 
 
 16 
 
 13 
 
 3 
 
 14 
 
 4 
 
 12 
 
 5 
 
 10 
 
 6 ' 
 
 15 
 
 9 
 
 16 
 
 2 
 
 14 
 
 9 
 
 12 
 
 5 
 
 
 20 
 
 11 
 
 10 
 
 12 
 
 10 
 
 11 
 
 1 
 
 9 
 
 4 
 
 14 
 
 1 
 
 15 
 
 1 
 
 13 
 
 2 
 
 11 
 
 1 
 
 
 24 
 
 10 
 
 10 
 
 11 
 
 8 
 
 10 
 
 2 
 
 8 
 
 7 
 
 12 
 
 10 
 
 13 
 
 10 
 
 12 
 
 0 
 
 10 
 
 1 
 
 2x8_ 
 
 12 
 
 22 
 
 1 
 
 22 
 
 1 
 
 19 
 
 1 
 
 17 
 
 4 
 
 23 
 
 9 
 
 23 
 
 9 
 
 22 
 
 7 
 
 20 
 
 6 
 
 
 16 
 
 19 
 
 1 
 
 19 
 
 1 
 
 16 
 
 7 
 
 15 
 
 0 
 
 21 
 
 7 
 
 21 
 
 7 
 
 19 
 
 7 
 
 17 
 
 9 
 
 
 20 
 
 17 
 
 1 
 
 17 
 
 1 
 
 14 
 
 10 
 
 13 
 
 5 
 
 20 
 
 1 
 
 20 
 
 1 
 
 17 
 
 6 
 
 15 
 
 11 
 
 
 24 
 
 15 
 
 7 
 
 15 
 
 7 
 
 13 
 
 6 
 
 12 
 
 3 
 
 18 
 
 6 
 
 18 
 
 6 
 
 16 
 
 0 
 
 14 
 
 6 
 
 3x8_ 
 
 12 
 
 27 
 
 0 
 
 27 
 
 0 
 
 23 
 
 5 
 
 21 
 
 3 
 
 27 
 
 2 
 
 27 
 
 2 
 
 27 
 
 2 
 
 25 
 
 2 
 
 
 16 
 
 23 
 
 5 
 
 23 
 
 5 
 
 20 
 
 3 
 
 18 
 
 5 
 
 24 
 
 9 
 
 24 
 
 9 
 
 24 
 
 0 
 
 21 
 
 10 
 
 
 20 
 
 21 
 
 0 
 
 21 
 
 0 
 
 18 
 
 2 
 
 16 
 
 6 
 
 23 
 
 0 
 
 23 
 
 0 
 
 21 
 
 5 
 
 19 
 
 6 
 
 
 24 
 
 19 
 
 2 
 
 19 
 
 2 
 
 16 
 
 7 
 
 15 
 
 0 
 
 21 
 
 7 
 
 21 
 
 7 
 
 19 
 
 7 
 
 17 
 
 9 
 
 2x 10_ 
 
 12 
 
 27 
 
 7 • 
 
 27 
 
 7 
 
 23 
 
 11 
 
 22 
 
 7 
 
 29 
 
 9 
 
 29 
 
 9 
 
 28 
 
 3 
 
 26 
 
 8 
 
 
 16 
 
 23 
 
 11 
 
 23 
 
 11 
 
 20 
 
 8 
 
 19 
 
 6 
 
 27 
 
 0 
 
 27 
 
 0 
 
 24 
 
 6 
 
 23 
 
 2 
 
 
 20 
 
 21 
 
 5 
 
 21 
 
 5 
 
 18 
 
 6 
 
 17 
 
 6 
 
 25 
 
 1 
 
 25 
 
 1 
 
 21 
 
 11 
 
 20 
 
 8 
 
 
 24 
 
 19 
 
 6 
 
 19 
 
 6 
 
 16 
 
 11 
 
 15 
 
 11 
 
 23 
 
 1 
 
 23 
 
 1 
 
 20 
 
 0 
 
 18 
 
 11 
 
 3 x 10_ 
 
 12 
 
 33 
 
 10 
 
 33 
 
 10 
 
 29 
 
 4 
 
 27 
 
 8 
 
 34 
 
 2 
 
 34 
 
 2 
 
 34 
 
 2 
 
 32 
 
 8 
 
 
 16 
 
 29 
 
 4 
 
 29 
 
 4 
 
 25 
 
 4 
 
 23 
 
 11 
 
 31 
 
 0 
 
 31 
 
 0 
 
 30 
 
 0 
 
 28 
 
 5 
 
 
 20 
 
 26 
 
 3 
 
 26 
 
 3 
 
 22 
 
 8 
 
 21 
 
 5 
 
 28 
 
 10 
 
 28 
 
 10 
 
 26 
 
 10 
 
 25 
 
 4 
 
 
 24 
 
 23 
 
 11 
 
 23 
 
 11 
 
 20 
 
 9 
 
 19 
 
 6 
 
 27 
 
 0 
 
 27 
 
 0 
 
 24 
 
 6 
 
 23 
 
 2 
 
 3x 12_ 
 
 12 
 
 33 
 
 2 
 
 33 
 
 2 
 
 28 
 
 8 
 
 28 
 
 8 
 
 35 
 
 8 
 
 35 
 
 8 
 
 34 
 
 0 
 
 34 
 
 0 
 
 
 16 
 
 28 
 
 8 
 
 28 
 
 8 
 
 24 
 
 10 
 
 24 
 
 10 
 
 32 
 
 6 
 
 32 
 
 6 
 
 29 
 
 5 
 
 29 
 
 5 
 
 
 20 
 
 25 
 
 8 
 
 25 
 
 8 
 
 22 
 
 3 
 
 22 
 
 3 
 
 30 
 
 1 
 
 30 
 
 1 
 
 26 
 
 3 
 
 26 
 
 3 
 
 
 24 
 
 23 
 
 5 
 
 23 
 
 5 
 
 20 
 
 4 
 
 20 
 
 4 
 
 27 
 
 9 
 
 27 
 
 9 
 
 24 
 
 0 
 
 24 
 
 0 
 
 A—2 
 
DOUGLAS FIR 
 
 Coast Region 
 Table III.—CEILING JOISTS 
 
 f 
 
 Limited attic storage 
 
 No attic storage 
 
 Nominal 
 size (inches) 
 
 Spacing 
 c. to c. 
 
 No. 1 
 Dimen¬ 
 sion 
 
 1200-f 
 
 900-f 
 
 No. 2 
 Dimen¬ 
 sion 
 
 No. 1 
 Dimen¬ 
 sion 
 
 1200-f 
 
 900-f 
 
 No. 2 
 Dimen¬ 
 sion 
 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. In. 
 
 2 x 4.. . 
 
 12 
 
 7 
 
 7 
 
 9 
 
 2 
 
 8 
 
 5 
 
 5 
 
 9 
 
 11 
 
 6 
 
 11 
 
 6 
 
 11 
 
 6 
 
 10 0 
 
 
 16 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 3 
 
 7 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 0 
 
 10 
 
 6 
 
 10 
 
 6 
 
 10 
 
 6 
 
 8 8 
 
 
 20 
 
 5 
 
 10 
 
 7 
 
 7 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 4 
 
 6 
 
 9 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 8 
 
 7 9 
 
 
 24 
 
 5 
 
 4 
 
 7 
 
 0 
 
 6 
 
 0 
 
 4 
 
 1 
 
 9 
 
 1 
 
 9 
 
 1 
 
 9 
 
 1 
 
 7 1 
 
 2x6. 
 
 12 
 
 14 
 
 0 
 
 14 
 
 2 
 
 13 
 
 1 
 
 11 
 
 1 
 
 17 
 
 10 
 
 17 
 
 10 
 
 17 
 
 10 
 
 17 10 
 
 
 16 
 
 12 
 
 2 
 
 12 
 
 10 
 
 11 
 
 4 
 
 9 
 
 7 
 
 16 
 
 5 
 
 16 
 
 5 
 
 16 
 
 5 
 
 16 5 
 
 
 20 
 
 10 
 
 10 
 
 11 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 2 
 
 8 
 
 7 
 
 15 
 
 0 
 
 15 
 
 0 
 
 15 
 
 0 
 
 14 10 
 
 
 24 
 
 9 
 
 11 
 
 10 
 
 9 
 
 9 
 
 3 
 
 7 
 
 10 
 
 14 
 
 2 
 
 14 
 
 2 
 
 14 
 
 2 
 
 13 7 
 
 2x8_ 
 
 12 
 
 18 
 
 11 
 
 18 
 
 11 
 
 17 
 
 6 
 
 15 
 
 10 
 
 23 
 
 10 
 
 23 
 
 10 
 
 23 
 
 10 
 
 23 10 
 
 
 16 
 
 17 
 
 1 
 
 17 
 
 1 
 
 15 
 
 2 
 
 13 
 
 9 
 
 21 
 
 10 
 
 21 
 
 10 
 
 21 
 
 10 
 
 21 10 
 
 
 20 
 
 15 
 
 8 
 
 15 
 
 8 
 
 13 
 
 7 
 
 12 
 
 4 
 
 20 
 
 0 
 
 20 
 
 0 
 
 20 
 
 0 
 
 20 0 
 
 
 24 
 
 14 
 
 4 
 
 14 
 
 4 
 
 12 
 
 5 
 
 if 
 
 3 
 
 18 
 
 11 
 
 18 
 
 11 
 
 18 
 
 11 
 
 18 11 
 
 2 x 10.. 
 
 12 
 
 23 
 
 11 
 
 23 
 
 11 
 
 22 
 
 i 
 
 20 
 
 11 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 16 
 
 21 
 
 8 
 
 21 
 
 8 
 
 19 
 
 3 
 
 18 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 20 
 
 19 
 
 10 
 
 19 
 
 10 
 
 17 
 
 2 
 
 16 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 24 
 
 18 
 
 1 
 
 18 
 
 1 
 
 15 
 
 8 
 
 14 
 
 9 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ~~ 
 
 
 
 
 Table IV—RAFTERS 
 
 [Roof slopes greater than 3 in 12. Span is the actual length of the rafter between the plate and the ridge or 
 
 an intermediate support] 
 
 Nominal 
 
 size 
 
 (inches) 
 
 Spac¬ 
 
 ing 
 
 c. to c. 
 
 No. 1 Dimension 
 
 1200-f 
 
 900-f 
 
 No. 2 Dimension 
 
 Light 
 
 roofing 
 
 Heavy 
 
 roofing 
 
 Light 
 
 roofing 
 
 Heavy 
 
 roofing 
 
 Light 
 
 roofing 
 
 Heavy 
 
 roofing 
 
 Light 
 
 roofing 
 
 Heavy 
 
 roofing 
 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. In. 
 
 2 x 4.. 
 
 12 
 
 9 
 
 6 
 
 8 
 
 5 
 
 12 
 
 3 
 
 10 
 
 11 
 
 10 
 
 7 
 
 9 
 
 5 
 
 7 
 
 3 
 
 6 
 
 5 
 
 
 16 
 
 8 
 
 3 
 
 7 
 
 4 
 
 10 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 5 
 
 9 
 
 2 
 
 8 
 
 2 
 
 6 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 7 
 
 
 20 
 
 7 
 
 4 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 9 
 
 6 
 
 8 
 
 5 
 
 8 
 
 3 
 
 7 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 8 
 
 5 
 
 0 
 
 
 24 
 
 6 
 
 8 
 
 6 
 
 0 
 
 8 
 
 8 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 7 
 
 6 
 
 6 
 
 8 
 
 5 
 
 2 
 
 4 
 
 7 
 
 2x6_ 
 
 12 
 
 17 
 
 7 
 
 15 
 
 8 
 
 19 
 
 0 
 
 16 
 
 11 
 
 < 
 
 16 
 
 5 
 
 14 
 
 8 
 
 13 
 
 11 
 
 12 
 
 4 
 
 
 16 
 
 15 
 
 3 
 
 13 
 
 7 
 
 16 
 
 6 
 
 14 
 
 8 
 
 14 
 
 3 
 
 12 
 
 8 
 
 12 
 
 0 
 
 10 
 
 8 
 
 
 20 
 
 13 
 
 7 
 
 12 
 
 2 
 
 14 
 
 8 
 
 13 
 
 1 
 
 12 
 
 9 
 
 11 
 
 4 
 
 10 
 
 9 
 
 9 
 
 7 
 
 
 24 
 
 12 
 
 5 
 
 11 
 
 1 
 
 13 
 
 5 
 
 12 
 
 0 
 
 11 
 
 8 
 
 10 
 
 4 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 2x8_ 
 
 12 
 
 25 
 
 3 
 
 22 
 
 7 
 
 25 
 
 3 
 
 22 
 
 7 
 
 22 
 
 0 
 
 19 
 
 6 
 
 19 
 
 11 
 
 17 
 
 8 
 
 
 16 
 
 22 
 
 0 
 
 19 
 
 6 
 
 22 
 
 0 
 
 19 
 
 6 
 
 19 
 
 0 
 
 16 
 
 11 
 
 17 
 
 3 
 
 15 
 
 4 
 
 
 20 
 
 19 
 
 8 
 
 17 
 
 6 
 
 19 
 
 8 
 
 17 
 
 6 
 
 17 
 
 0 
 
 15 
 
 2 
 
 15 
 
 5 
 
 13 
 
 9 
 
 
 24 
 
 17 
 
 11 
 
 16 
 
 0 
 
 17 
 
 11 
 
 16 
 
 0 
 
 15 
 
 6 
 
 13 
 
 10 
 
 14 
 
 1 
 
 12 
 
 6 
 
 2 x 10_ 
 
 12 
 
 32 
 
 1 
 
 28 
 
 7 
 
 32 
 
 1 
 
 28 
 
 7 
 
 27 
 
 10 
 
 24 
 
 9 
 
 26 
 
 2 
 
 23 
 
 4 
 
 
 16 
 
 27 
 
 10 
 
 24 
 
 8 
 
 27 
 
 10 
 
 24 
 
 8 
 
 24 
 
 1 
 
 21 
 
 5 
 
 22 
 
 8 
 
 20 
 
 2 
 
 
 20 
 
 24 
 
 10 
 
 22 
 
 2 
 
 24 
 
 10 
 
 22 
 
 2 
 
 21 
 
 6 
 
 19 
 
 2 
 
 20 
 
 3 
 
 18 
 
 1 
 
 
 24 
 
 22 
 
 8 
 
 20 
 
 2 
 
 22 
 
 8 
 
 20 
 
 2 
 
 19 
 
 8 
 
 17 
 
 6 
 
 18 
 
 6 
 
 16 
 
 6 
 
 Light roofing: Material weighing, in places 5 pounds or less per square foot. 
 Heavy roofing: Material weighing, in place, over 5 pounds per square foot. 
 
 t: 
 
 A—3 
 
EASTERN HEMLOCK 
 
 Table II—FLAT ROOF JOISTS 
 
 [Roof slopes 3 in 12 and less. Span is the horizontal distance between supports] 
 DRESSED LUMBER, Includes S4S and S2E 
 
 
 Supporting finished ceiling 
 
 Not supporting finished ceiling 
 
 Nominal 
 size (inches) 
 
 Spac¬ 
 ing c. to 
 c. 
 
 No. 1 
 common 
 dimen¬ 
 sion 
 
 1000 S. G. 
 
 900 S. G. 
 
 800 S 
 
 G. 
 
 No. 1 
 common 
 dimen¬ 
 sion 
 
 1000 S. G. 
 
 900 S. G. 
 
 800 S. 
 
 G. 
 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 2x6.. 
 
 12 
 
 10 
 
 4 
 
 12 
 
 10 
 
 12 
 
 . 1 
 
 11 
 
 5 
 
 12 
 
 3 
 
 13 
 
 10 
 
 13 
 
 10 
 
 13 
 
 6 
 
 
 16 
 
 9 
 
 0 
 
 11 
 
 1 
 
 10 
 
 6 
 
 9 
 
 11 
 
 10 
 
 8 
 
 12 
 
 6 
 
 12 
 
 6 
 
 11 
 
 8 
 
 
 20 
 
 8 
 
 0 
 
 9 
 
 11 
 
 9 
 
 5 
 
 8 
 
 10 
 
 9 
 
 6 
 
 11 
 
 7 
 
 11 
 
 1 
 
 10 
 
 5 
 
 
 24 
 
 7 
 
 4 
 
 9 
 
 1 
 
 8 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 1 
 
 8 
 
 8 
 
 10 
 
 8 
 
 10 
 
 2 
 
 9 
 
 6 
 
 2x8_ 
 
 12 
 
 14. 
 
 3 
 
 17 
 
 1 
 
 16 
 
 2 
 
 15 
 
 3 
 
 16 
 
 10 
 
 18 
 
 5 
 
 18 
 
 5 
 
 18 
 
 0 
 
 
 16 
 
 12 
 
 4 
 
 14 
 
 9 
 
 14 
 
 0 
 
 13 
 
 2 
 
 14 
 
 7 
 
 16 
 
 8 
 
 16 
 
 7 
 
 15 
 
 8 
 
 
 20 
 
 11 
 
 0 
 
 13 
 
 2 
 
 12 
 
 6 
 
 11 
 
 10 
 
 13 
 
 1, 
 
 15 
 
 6 
 
 14 
 
 10 
 
 14 
 
 0 
 
 
 24 
 
 10 
 
 1 
 
 12 
 
 0 
 
 11 
 
 5 
 
 10 
 
 10 
 
 11 
 
 11 
 
 14 
 
 3 
 
 13 
 
 6 
 
 12 
 
 9 
 
 3 x 8.. 
 
 12 
 
 18 
 
 1 
 
 21 
 
 7 
 
 20 
 
 7 
 
 19 
 
 5 
 
 21 
 
 4 
 
 21 
 
 7 
 
 21 
 
 7 
 
 21 
 
 7 
 
 
 16 
 
 15 
 
 7 
 
 18 
 
 9 
 
 17 
 
 10 
 
 16 
 
 10 
 
 18 
 
 6 
 
 19 
 
 7 
 
 19 
 
 7 
 
 19 
 
 7 
 
 
 20 
 
 14 
 
 0 
 
 16 
 
 9 
 
 15 
 
 11 
 
 15 
 
 0 
 
 16 
 
 6 
 
 18 
 
 3 
 
 18 
 
 3 
 
 17 
 
 9 
 
 
 24 
 
 12 
 
 9 
 
 15 
 
 4 
 
 14 
 
 6 
 
 13 
 
 8 
 
 15 
 
 1 
 
 17 
 
 1 
 
 17 
 
 1 
 
 16 
 
 2 
 
 2 x 10.. 
 
 12 
 
 20 
 
 4 
 
 21 
 
 7 
 
 20 
 
 6 
 
 19 
 
 4 
 
 23 
 
 3 
 
 23 
 
 3 
 
 23 
 
 3 
 
 22 
 
 10 
 
 
 16 
 
 17 
 
 7 
 
 18 
 
 8 
 
 17 
 
 9 
 
 16 
 
 9 
 
 20 
 
 10 
 
 21 
 
 2 
 
 21 
 
 0 
 
 19 
 
 10 
 
 
 20 
 
 15 
 
 9 
 
 16 
 
 8 
 
 15 
 
 10 
 
 15 
 
 0 
 
 18 
 
 8 
 
 19 
 
 7 
 
 18 
 
 9 
 
 17 
 
 8 
 
 
 24 
 
 14 
 
 5 
 
 15 
 
 3 
 
 14 
 
 6 
 
 13 
 
 8 
 
 17 
 
 0 
 
 18 
 
 1 
 
 17 
 
 1 
 
 16 
 
 2 
 
 3 x 10.. 
 
 12 
 
 25 
 
 10 
 
 27 
 
 3 
 
 26 
 
 0 
 
 24 
 
 7 
 
 27 
 
 3 
 
 27 
 
 3 
 
 27 
 
 3 
 
 27 
 
 3 
 
 
 16 
 
 22 
 
 4 
 
 23 
 
 8 
 
 22 
 
 7 
 
 21 
 
 3 
 
 24 
 
 10 
 
 24 
 
 10 
 
 24 
 
 10 
 
 24 
 
 10 
 
 
 20 
 
 20 
 
 0 
 
 21 
 
 2 
 
 20 
 
 2 
 
 19 
 
 1 
 
 23 
 
 0 
 
 23 
 
 0 
 
 23 
 
 0 
 
 22 
 
 5 
 
 
 24 
 
 18 
 
 4 
 
 19 
 
 5 
 
 18 
 
 .5 
 
 17 
 
 4 
 
 21 
 
 7 
 
 21 
 
 8 
 
 21 
 
 8 
 
 20 
 
 6 
 
 2 x 12. 
 
 12 
 
 24 
 
 7 
 
 26 
 
 2 
 
 24 
 
 10 
 
 23 
 
 5 
 
 28 
 
 2 
 
 28 
 
 2 
 
 28 
 
 2 
 
 27 
 
 7 
 
 
 16 
 
 21 
 
 4 
 
 22 
 
 7 
 
 21 
 
 5 
 
 20 
 
 3 
 
 25 
 
 3 
 
 25 
 
 7 
 
 25 
 
 5 
 
 24 
 
 0 
 
 
 20 
 
 19 
 
 1 
 
 20 
 
 2 
 
 19 
 
 2 
 
 18 
 
 1 
 
 22 
 
 7 
 
 23 
 
 9 
 
 22 
 
 8 
 
 21 
 
 5 
 
 
 24 
 
 17 
 
 5 
 
 18 
 
 6 
 
 17 
 
 6 
 
 16 
 
 6 
 
 20 
 
 7 
 
 21 
 
 10 
 
 20 
 
 9 
 
 19 
 
 7 
 
 ROUGH LUMBER 
 
 2x6. 
 
 12 
 
 12 
 
 3 
 
 15 
 
 1 
 
 14 
 
 4 
 
 13 
 
 6 
 
 14 
 
 6 
 
 15 
 
 9 
 
 15 
 
 9 
 
 15 
 
 9 
 
 
 16 
 
 10 
 
 8 
 
 13 
 
 1 
 
 12 
 
 5 
 
 11 
 
 9 
 
 12 
 
 7 
 
 14 
 
 4 
 
 14 
 
 4 
 
 13 
 
 11 
 
 
 20 
 
 9 
 
 6 
 
 11 
 
 8 
 
 11 
 
 1 
 
 10 
 
 6 
 
 11 
 
 3 
 
 13 
 
 3 
 
 13 
 
 2 
 
 12 
 
 5 
 
 
 24 
 
 8 
 
 8 
 
 10 
 
 8 
 
 10 
 
 2 
 
 9 
 
 7 
 
 10 
 
 3 
 
 12 
 
 6 
 
 12 
 
 0 
 
 11 
 
 4 
 
 2x8._ 
 
 12 
 
 16 
 
 11 
 
 20 
 
 2 
 
 19 
 
 1 
 
 18 
 
 0 
 
 20 
 
 0 
 
 21 
 
 0 
 
 21 
 
 0 
 
 21 
 
 0 
 
 
 16 
 
 14 
 
 7 
 
 17 
 
 5 
 
 16 
 
 7 
 
 15 
 
 7 
 
 17 
 
 4 
 
 19 
 
 1 
 
 19 
 
 1 
 
 18 
 
 6 
 
 
 20 
 
 13 
 
 1 
 
 15 
 
 7 
 
 14 
 
 10 
 
 14 
 
 0 
 
 15 
 
 5 
 
 17 
 
 8 
 
 17 
 
 6 
 
 16 
 
 6 
 
 
 24 
 
 11 
 
 11 
 
 14 
 
 3 
 
 13 
 
 6 
 
 12 
 
 9 
 
 14 
 
 1 
 
 16 
 
 8 
 
 16 
 
 0 
 
 15 
 
 1 
 
 3x8.. 
 
 12 
 
 20 
 
 8 
 
 24 
 
 0 
 
 23 
 
 5 
 
 22 
 
 0 
 
 24 
 
 0 
 
 24 
 
 0 
 
 24 
 
 0 
 
 24 
 
 0 
 
 
 16 
 
 17 
 
 11 
 
 21 
 
 5 
 
 20 
 
 3 
 
 19 
 
 1 
 
 21 
 
 2 
 
 21 
 
 10 
 
 21 
 
 10 
 
 21 
 
 10 
 
 
 20 
 
 16 
 
 0 
 
 19 
 
 1 
 
 18 
 
 2 
 
 17 
 
 1 
 
 18 
 
 11 
 
 20 
 
 3 
 
 20 
 
 3 
 
 20 
 
 2 
 
 
 24 
 
 • 14 
 
 7 
 
 17 
 
 6 
 
 16 
 
 7 
 
 15 
 
 7 
 
 17 
 
 3 
 
 19 
 
 1 
 
 19 
 
 1 
 
 18 
 
 6 
 
 2x 10. 
 
 12 
 
 23 
 
 10 
 
 25 
 
 2 
 
 23 
 
 11 
 
 22 
 
 7 
 
 26 
 
 3 
 
 26 
 
 3 
 
 26 
 
 3 
 
 26 
 
 3 
 
 
 16 
 
 20 
 
 7 
 
 21 
 
 10 
 
 20 
 
 8 
 
 19 
 
 6 
 
 23 
 
 10 
 
 23 
 
 10 
 
 23 
 
 10 
 
 23 
 
 2 
 
 
 20 
 
 18 
 
 5 
 
 19 
 
 6 
 
 18 
 
 6 
 
 17 
 
 6 
 
 21 
 
 10 
 
 22 
 
 2 
 
 21 
 
 11 
 
 20 
 
 8 
 
 
 24 
 
 16 
 
 10 
 
 17 
 
 10 
 
 16 
 
 11 
 
 15 
 
 11 
 
 19 
 
 11 
 
 20 
 
 10 
 
 20 
 
 0 
 
 18 
 
 11 
 
 3 x 10. 
 
 12 
 
 29 
 
 2 
 
 30 
 
 0 
 
 29 
 
 4 
 
 27 
 
 8 
 
 30 
 
 0 
 
 30 
 
 0 
 
 30 
 
 0 
 
 30 
 
 0 
 
 
 16 
 
 25 
 
 2 
 
 26 
 
 9 
 
 25 
 
 4 
 
 23 
 
 11 
 
 27 
 
 4 
 
 27 
 
 4 
 
 27 
 
 4 
 
 27 
 
 4 
 
 
 20 
 
 22 
 
 7 
 
 23 
 
 11 
 
 22 
 
 8 
 
 21 
 
 5 
 
 25 
 
 4 
 
 25 
 
 4 
 
 25 
 
 4 
 
 25 
 
 4 
 
 
 24 
 
 20 
 
 8 
 
 21 
 
 10 
 
 20 
 
 9 
 
 19 
 
 6 
 
 23 
 
 10 
 
 23 
 
 10 
 
 23 
 
 10 
 
 23 
 
 2 
 
 2 x 12. 
 
 12 
 
 28 
 
 6 
 
 30 
 
 2 
 
 28 
 
 8 
 
 27 
 
 0 
 
 31 
 
 6 
 
 31 
 
 6 
 
 31 
 
 6 
 
 31 
 
 6 
 
 
 16 
 
 24 
 
 8 
 
 26 
 
 2 
 
 24 
 
 10 
 
 23 
 
 5 
 
 28 
 
 7 
 
 28 
 
 7 
 
 28 
 
 7 
 
 27 
 
 9 
 
 
 20 
 
 22 
 
 1 
 
 23 
 
 5 
 
 22 
 
 3 
 
 20 
 
 11 
 
 26 
 
 2 
 
 26 
 
 7 
 
 26 
 
 3 
 
 24 
 
 9 
 
 
 24 
 
 20 
 
 2 
 
 21 
 
 5 
 
 20 
 
 4 
 
 19 
 
 1 
 
 23 
 
 10 
 
 25 
 
 0 
 
 24 
 
 0 
 
 22 
 
 7 
 
 A—4 
 
EASTERN HEMLOCK 
 
 Table III.—CEILING JOISTS 
 
 Nominal 
 
 size 
 
 (inches) 
 
 Spac¬ 
 
 ing 
 
 c. to c. 
 
 Limited attic storage 
 
 No attic storage 
 
 No. 1 
 Common 
 Dimen¬ 
 sion 
 
 1000 
 
 S. G. 
 
 900 S 
 
 G. 
 
 800 S. G. 
 
 No. 1 
 Common 
 Dimen¬ 
 sion 
 
 1000 
 
 S. G. 
 
 900'S. G. 
 
 800 S. 
 
 G. 
 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 2x4_ 
 
 12 
 
 6 
 
 6 
 
 8 
 
 1 
 
 8 
 
 1 
 
 8 
 
 0 
 
 10 
 
 2 
 
 10 
 
 2 
 
 10 
 
 2 
 
 10 
 
 2 
 
 
 16 
 
 5 
 
 7 
 
 7 
 
 4 
 
 7~ 
 
 4 
 
 6 
 
 11 
 
 9 
 
 3 
 
 9 
 
 3 
 
 9 
 
 3 
 
 9 
 
 3 
 
 
 20 
 
 5 
 
 0 
 
 6 
 
 10 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 6 
 
 2 
 
 8 
 
 6 
 
 8 
 
 6 
 
 8 
 
 6 
 
 8 
 
 6 
 
 
 24 
 
 4 
 
 7 
 
 6 
 
 4 
 
 6 
 
 0 
 
 .5 
 
 8 
 
 7 
 
 11 
 
 8 
 
 1 
 
 8 
 
 1 
 
 8 
 
 1 
 
 2 x 6_ 
 
 12 
 
 11 
 
 3 
 
 12 
 
 6 
 
 12 
 
 6 
 
 12 
 
 4 
 
 15 
 
 9 
 
 15 
 
 9 
 
 15 
 
 9 
 
 15 
 
 9 
 
 
 16 
 
 9 
 
 9 
 
 11 
 
 4 
 
 11 
 
 4 
 
 10 
 
 8 
 
 14 
 
 6 
 
 14 
 
 6 
 
 14 
 
 6 
 
 14 
 
 6 
 
 
 20 
 
 8 
 
 8 
 
 10 
 
 7 
 
 10 
 
 2 
 
 9 
 
 7 
 
 13 
 
 3 
 
 13 
 
 3 
 
 13 
 
 3 
 
 13 
 
 3 
 
 
 24 
 
 7 
 
 11 
 
 9 
 
 9 
 
 9 
 
 3 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 12 
 
 6 
 
 12 
 
 6 
 
 12 
 
 6 
 
 12 
 
 6 
 
 2x8.. 
 
 12 
 
 15 
 
 5 
 
 16 
 
 8 
 
 16 
 
 8 
 
 16 
 
 5 
 
 21 
 
 1 
 
 21 
 
 1 
 
 21 
 
 1 
 
 21 
 
 1 
 
 
 16 
 
 13 
 
 4 
 
 15 
 
 1 
 
 15 
 
 1 
 
 14 
 
 3 
 
 19 
 
 3 
 
 19 
 
 3 
 
 19 
 
 3 
 
 19 
 
 3 
 
 
 20 
 
 11 
 
 11 
 
 14 
 
 2 
 
 13 
 
 7 
 
 12 
 
 9 
 
 17 
 
 7 
 
 17 
 
 7 
 
 17 
 
 7 
 
 17 
 
 7 
 
 
 24 
 
 10 
 
 11 
 
 13 
 
 0 
 
 12 
 
 5 
 
 11 
 
 8 
 
 16 
 
 8 
 
 16 
 
 8 
 
 16 
 
 8 
 
 16 
 
 8 
 
 2 x 10.. 
 
 12 
 
 21 
 
 1 
 
 21 
 
 1 
 
 21 
 
 1 
 
 20 
 
 11 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 16 
 
 19 
 
 1 
 
 19 
 
 2 
 
 19 
 
 2 
 
 18 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 20 
 
 17 
 
 0 
 
 17 
 
 10 
 
 17 
 
 2 
 
 16 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 24 
 
 15 
 
 7 
 
 16 
 
 6 
 
 15 
 
 8 
 
 14 
 
 9 
 
 
 
 
 
 Table IV—RAFTERS 
 
 [Roof slopes greater than 3 in 12. Span is the actual length of the rafter between the plate and the ridge 
 
 or an intermediate support] 
 
 Nominal 
 
 size 
 
 (inches) 
 
 Spac¬ 
 
 ing 
 
 c. to c. 
 
 No. 1 Common 
 Dimension 
 
 1000 S. G. 
 
 900 S. G. 
 
 800 S. G. 
 
 Light 
 
 roofing 
 
 Heavy 
 
 roofing 
 
 Light 
 
 roofing 
 
 Heavy 
 
 roofing 
 
 Light 
 
 roofing 
 
 Heavy 
 
 roofing 
 
 Light 
 
 roofing 
 
 Heavy 
 
 roofing 
 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. In. 
 
 2x4_ 
 
 12 
 
 8 
 
 2 
 
 7 
 
 3 
 
 11 
 
 2 
 
 9 
 
 11 
 
 10 
 
 7 
 
 9 
 
 5 
 
 10 
 
 0 
 
 8 11 
 
 
 16 
 
 7 
 
 1 
 
 6 
 
 3 
 
 9 
 
 8 
 
 8 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 2 
 
 8 
 
 2 
 
 8 
 
 8 
 
 7 9 
 
 
 20 
 
 6 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 8 
 
 7 
 
 9 
 
 8 
 
 3 
 
 7 
 
 4 
 
 7 
 
 9 
 
 6 11 
 
 
 24 
 
 5 
 
 9 
 
 5 
 
 2 
 
 7 
 
 11 
 
 7 
 
 1 
 
 7 
 
 6 
 
 6 
 
 8 
 
 7 
 
 1 
 
 6 4 
 
 2x6.. 
 
 12 
 
 14 
 
 1 
 
 12 
 
 7 
 
 17 
 
 4 
 
 15 
 
 5 
 
 16 
 
 5 
 
 14 
 
 8 
 
 15 
 
 6 
 
 13 10 
 
 
 16 
 
 12 
 
 2 
 
 10 
 
 10 
 
 15 
 
 0 
 
 13 
 
 4 
 
 14 
 
 3 
 
 12 
 
 8 
 
 13 
 
 5 
 
 12 0 
 
 
 20 
 
 10 
 
 11 
 
 9 
 
 9 
 
 13 
 
 5 
 
 11 
 
 11 
 
 12 
 
 9 
 
 11 
 
 4 
 
 12 
 
 0 
 
 10 8 
 
 
 24 
 
 10 
 
 0 
 
 8 
 
 10 
 
 12 
 
 3 
 
 10 
 
 11 
 
 11 
 
 8 
 
 10 
 
 4 
 
 11 
 
 0 
 
 9 9 
 
 2x8. 
 
 12 
 
 19 
 
 5 
 
 17 
 
 3 
 
 23 
 
 2 
 
 20 
 
 7 
 
 22 
 
 0 
 
 19 
 
 6 
 
 20 
 
 8 
 
 18 5 
 
 
 16 
 
 16 
 
 10 
 
 14 
 
 11 
 
 20 
 
 0 
 
 17 
 
 10 
 
 19 
 
 0 
 
 16 
 
 11 
 
 17 
 
 11 
 
 15 11 
 
 
 20 
 
 15 
 
 0 
 
 13 
 
 4 
 
 17 
 
 11 
 
 15 
 
 11 
 
 17 
 
 0 
 
 15 
 
 2 
 
 16 
 
 0 
 
 14 3 
 
 
 24 
 
 13 
 
 8 
 
 12 
 
 2 
 
 16 
 
 4 
 
 14 
 
 7 
 
 15 
 
 6 
 
 13 
 
 10 
 
 14 
 
 8 
 
 13 0 
 
 2 x 10_ 
 
 12 
 
 27 
 
 8 
 
 24 
 
 7 
 
 29 
 
 3 
 
 26 
 
 0 
 
 27 
 
 10 
 
 24 
 
 9 
 
 26 
 
 2 
 
 23 4 
 
 
 16 
 
 24 
 
 0 
 
 21 
 
 3 
 
 25 
 
 5 
 
 22 
 
 7 
 
 24 
 
 1 
 
 21 
 
 5 
 
 22 
 
 8 
 
 20 2 
 
 
 20 
 
 21 
 
 5 
 
 19 
 
 0 
 
 22 
 
 8 
 
 20 
 
 2 
 
 21 
 
 6 
 
 19 
 
 2 
 
 20 
 
 3 
 
 18 1 
 
 
 24 
 
 19 
 
 7 
 
 17 
 
 5 
 
 20 
 
 8 
 
 18 
 
 5 
 
 19 
 
 8 
 
 17 
 
 6 
 
 18 
 
 6 
 
 16 6 
 
 Light roofing: Material weighing, in place, 5 pounds or less per square foot. 
 Heavy roofing: Material weighing, in place, over 5 pounds peT square foot. 
 
 A—5 
 
WESTERN HEMLOCK 
 
 Table I—FLOOR JOISTS 
 
 DRESSED LUMBER, Includes S4S and S2E 
 
 Nominal size (inches) 
 
 Spacing 
 c. to c. 
 
 No. 1 
 
 Dimension 
 
 No. 2 
 Dimension 
 
 1200-f 
 
 900-f 
 
 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 2x6... 
 
 
 12 
 
 10 
 
 9 
 
 9 
 
 2 
 
 10 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 9 
 
 
 
 16 
 
 9 
 
 9 
 
 8 
 
 0 
 
 9 
 
 9 
 
 9 
 
 9 
 
 
 
 20 
 
 9 
 
 1 
 
 7 
 
 2 
 
 9 
 
 1 
 
 9 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 24 
 
 8 
 
 3 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 4 
 
 2x8_ 
 
 12 
 
 14 
 
 4 
 
 13 
 
 3 
 
 14 
 
 4 
 
 14 
 
 4 
 
 
 
 16 
 
 13 
 
 0 
 
 11 
 
 6 
 
 13 
 
 0 
 
 13 
 
 0 
 
 
 
 20 
 
 12 
 
 2 
 
 10 
 
 4 
 
 12 
 
 2 
 
 12 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 24 
 
 11 
 
 6 
 
 9 
 
 5 
 
 11 
 
 5 
 
 11 
 
 1 
 
 3x8_ 
 
 12 
 
 16 
 
 11 
 
 16 
 
 11 
 
 16 
 
 11 
 
 16 
 
 11 
 
 
 
 16 
 
 15 
 
 4 
 
 14 
 
 7 
 
 15 
 
 4 
 
 15 
 
 4 
 
 
 
 20 
 
 14 
 
 3 
 
 13 
 
 2 
 
 14 
 
 3 
 
 14 
 
 3 
 
 
 
 24 
 
 13 
 
 5 
 
 11 
 
 11 
 
 13 
 
 5 
 
 13 
 
 o 
 
 2 x 10_ 
 
 12 
 
 18 
 
 2 
 
 17 
 
 6 
 
 18 
 
 2 
 
 18 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 16 
 
 16 
 
 6 
 
 15 
 
 2 
 
 16 
 
 6 
 
 16 
 
 6 
 
 
 
 20 
 
 15 
 
 4 
 
 13 
 
 6 
 
 15 
 
 4 
 
 15 
 
 4 
 
 
 
 24 
 
 14 
 
 5 
 
 12 
 
 4 
 
 14 
 
 5 
 
 14 
 
 2 
 
 3 x 10_ 
 
 12 
 
 21 
 
 4 
 
 21 
 
 4 
 
 21 
 
 4 
 
 21 
 
 4 
 
 
 . 
 
 16 
 
 19 
 
 4 
 
 19 
 
 3 
 
 19 
 
 4 
 
 19 
 
 4 
 
 
 
 20 
 
 18 
 
 0 
 
 17 
 
 2 
 
 18 
 
 0 
 
 18 
 
 0 
 
 
 
 24 
 
 16 
 
 11 
 
 15 
 
 9 
 
 16 
 
 11 
 
 16 
 
 11 
 
 2 x 12_ 
 
 12 
 
 22 
 
 0 
 
 22 
 
 0 
 
 22 
 
 0 
 
 22 
 
 0 
 
 
 
 16 
 
 20 
 
 0 
 
 19 
 
 6 
 
 20 
 
 0 
 
 20 
 
 0 
 
 
 
 20 
 
 18 
 
 7 
 
 17 
 
 4 
 
 18 
 
 7 
 
 18 
 
 7 
 
 
 
 24 
 
 17 
 
 5 
 
 15 
 
 11 
 
 17 
 
 5 
 
 17 
 
 1 
 
 ROUGH LUMBER 
 
 2x6.. 
 
 12 
 
 12 
 
 4 
 
 10 
 
 11 
 
 12 
 
 4 
 
 12 
 
 4 
 
 
 16 
 
 11 
 
 2 
 
 9 
 
 6 
 
 11 
 
 2 
 
 11 
 
 2 
 
 
 20 
 
 10 
 
 5 
 
 8 
 
 6 
 
 10 
 
 5 
 
 10 
 
 5 
 
 
 24 
 
 9 
 
 9 
 
 7 
 
 9 
 
 9 
 
 9 
 
 9 
 
 9 
 
 2x8.. 
 
 12 
 
 16 
 
 5 
 
 15 
 
 9 
 
 16 
 
 5 
 
 16 
 
 5 
 
 
 16 
 
 14 
 
 11 
 
 13 
 
 7 
 
 14 
 
 11 
 
 14 
 
 11 
 
 
 20 
 
 13 
 
 10 
 
 12 
 
 2 
 
 13 
 
 10 
 
 13 
 
 10 
 
 
 24 
 
 13 
 
 0 
 
 11 
 
 0 
 
 13 
 
 0 
 
 13 
 
 0 
 
 3 x 8.. 
 
 12 
 
 18 
 
 10 
 
 18 
 
 10 
 
 18 
 
 10 
 
 18 
 
 10 
 
 
 16 
 
 17 
 
 1 
 
 16 
 
 9 
 
 17 
 
 1 
 
 17 
 
 1 
 
 
 20 
 
 15 
 
 10 
 
 15 
 
 0 
 
 15 
 
 10 
 
 15 
 
 10 
 
 
 24 
 
 14 
 
 11 
 
 13 
 
 7 
 
 14 
 
 11 
 
 14 
 
 11 
 
 2 x 10....... 
 
 12 
 
 20 
 
 6 
 
 20 
 
 5 
 
 20 
 
 6 
 
 20 
 
 6 
 
 
 16 
 
 18 
 
 8 
 
 17 
 
 8 
 
 18 
 
 8 
 
 18 
 
 8 
 
 
 20 
 
 17 
 
 4 
 
 15 
 
 10 
 
 17 
 
 4 
 
 17 
 
 4 
 
 
 24 
 
 16 
 
 3 
 
 14 
 
 5 
 
 16 
 
 3 
 
 16 
 
 3 
 
 3 x 10. 
 
 12 
 
 23 
 
 6 
 
 23 
 
 6 
 
 23 
 
 6 
 
 23 
 
 6 
 
 
 16 
 
 21 
 
 4 
 
 21 
 
 4 
 
 21 
 
 4 
 
 21 
 
 4 
 
 
 20 
 
 19 
 
 10 
 
 19 
 
 4 
 
 19 
 
 10 
 
 19 
 
 10 
 
 
 24 
 
 18 
 
 8 
 
 17 
 
 8 
 
 18 
 
 8 
 
 18 
 
 8 
 
 2x 12... 
 
 12 
 
 24 
 
 7 
 
 24 
 
 7 
 
 24 
 
 7 
 
 24 
 
 7 
 
 
 16 
 
 22 
 
 4 
 
 22 
 
 4 
 
 22 
 
 4 
 
 22 
 
 4 
 
 
 20 
 
 20 
 
 9 
 
 20 
 
 1 
 
 20 
 
 9 
 
 20 
 
 9 
 
 
 24 
 
 19 
 
 7 
 
 18 
 
 4 
 
 19 
 
 7 
 
 19 
 
 7 
 
 A—6 
 
WESTERN HEMLOCK 
 
 Table II— FLAT ROOF JOISTS 
 
 [Roof slopes 3 in 12 and less. Span is the horizontal distance between supports] 
 DRESSED LUMBER, Includes S4S and S2E 
 
 Nominal 
 
 size 
 
 (inches) 
 
 Spacing 
 c. to c. 
 
 Supporting finished ceiling 
 
 Not supporting finished ceiling 
 
 No. 1 
 Dimen¬ 
 sion 
 
 No. 2 
 Dimen¬ 
 sion 
 
 1200-f 
 
 900-f 
 
 No. 1 
 Dimen¬ 
 sion 
 
 No. 2 
 Dimen¬ 
 sion 
 
 1200-f 
 
 900-f 
 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 2x6.. 
 
 12 
 
 12 
 
 1 
 
 9 
 
 6 
 
 14 
 
 0 
 
 12 
 
 1 
 
 14 
 
 3 
 
 11 
 
 2 
 
 14 
 
 11 
 
 14 
 
 4 
 
 
 16 
 
 10 
 
 5 
 
 8 
 
 2 
 
 12 
 
 1 
 
 10 
 
 6 
 
 12 
 
 4 
 
 9 
 
 9 
 
 13 
 
 7 
 
 12 
 
 6 
 
 
 20 
 
 9 
 
 4 
 
 7 
 
 4 
 
 10 
 
 10 
 
 9 
 
 5 
 
 11 
 
 0 
 
 8 
 
 8 
 
 12 
 
 7 
 
 11 
 
 1 
 
 
 24 
 
 8 
 
 6 
 
 6 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 11 
 
 8 
 
 7 
 
 10 
 
 1 
 
 7 
 
 11 
 
 11 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 2 
 
 2x8. 
 
 12 
 
 17 
 
 6 
 
 13 
 
 8 
 
 18 
 
 8 
 
 16 
 
 2 
 
 19 
 
 11 
 
 16 
 
 2 
 
 19 
 
 11 
 
 19 
 
 2 
 
 
 16 
 
 15 
 
 2 
 
 11 
 
 10 
 
 16 
 
 2 
 
 14 
 
 0 
 
 17 
 
 11 
 
 14 
 
 0 
 
 18 
 
 1 
 
 16 
 
 7 
 
 
 20 
 
 13 
 
 6 
 
 10 
 
 7 
 
 14 
 
 6 
 
 12 
 
 6 
 
 16 
 
 0 
 
 12 
 
 6 
 
 16 
 
 10 
 
 14 
 
 10 
 
 
 24 
 
 12 
 
 4 
 
 9 
 
 8 
 
 13 
 
 2 
 
 11 
 
 5 
 
 14 
 
 7 
 
 11 
 
 5 
 
 15 
 
 7 
 
 13 
 
 6 
 
 3x8.. 
 
 12 
 
 22 
 
 2 
 
 17 
 
 4 
 
 23 
 
 5 
 
 20 
 
 7 
 
 23 
 
 5 
 
 20 
 
 6 
 
 23 
 
 5 
 
 23 
 
 5 
 
 
 16 
 
 19 
 
 3 
 
 15 
 
 0 
 
 20 
 
 7 
 
 '17 
 
 10 
 
 21 
 
 2 
 
 17 
 
 9 
 
 21 
 
 2 
 
 21 
 
 1 
 
 
 20 
 
 17 
 
 2 
 
 13 
 
 4 
 
 18 
 
 5 
 
 15 
 
 11 
 
 19 
 
 8 
 
 15 
 
 11 
 
 19 
 
 8 
 
 18 
 
 10 
 
 
 24 
 
 15 
 
 8 
 
 12 
 
 3 
 
 16 
 
 9 
 
 14 
 
 6 
 
 18 
 
 6 
 
 14 
 
 6 
 
 18 
 
 6 
 
 17 
 
 2 
 
 2 x 10. 
 
 12 
 
 22 
 
 1 
 
 17 
 
 11 
 
 23 
 
 7 
 
 20 
 
 6 
 
 25 
 
 3 
 
 21 
 
 2 
 
 25 
 
 3 
 
 24 
 
 2 
 
 
 16 
 
 19 
 
 1 
 
 15 
 
 6 
 
 20 
 
 5 
 
 17 
 
 9 
 
 22 
 
 8 
 
 18 
 
 5 
 
 22 
 
 11 
 
 21 
 
 0 
 
 
 20 
 
 17 
 
 1 
 
 13 
 
 11 
 
 18 
 
 4 
 
 15 
 
 10 
 
 20 
 
 2 
 
 16 
 
 5 
 
 21 
 
 3 
 
 18 
 
 9 
 
 0 
 
 24 
 
 15 
 
 7 
 
 12 
 
 8 
 
 16 
 
 8 
 
 14 
 
 6 
 
 18 
 
 6 
 
 15 
 
 0 
 
 19 
 
 9 
 
 17 
 
 1 
 
 3 x 10. 
 
 12 
 
 28 
 
 1 
 
 2? 
 
 10 
 
 29 
 
 7 
 
 26 
 
 0 
 
 29 
 
 7 
 
 26 
 
 10 
 
 29 
 
 7 
 
 29 
 
 7 
 
 
 16 
 
 24 
 
 2 
 
 19 
 
 8 
 
 26 
 
 0 
 
 22 
 
 7 
 
 26 
 
 10 
 
 23 
 
 5 
 
 26 
 
 10 
 
 26 
 
 8 
 
 
 20 
 
 21 
 
 8 
 
 17 
 
 8 
 
 23 
 
 4 
 
 20 
 
 2 
 
 25 
 
 0 
 
 20 
 
 10 
 
 25 
 
 0 
 
 23 
 
 10 
 
 
 24 
 
 19 
 
 10 
 
 16 
 
 1 
 
 21 
 
 2 
 
 18 
 
 5 
 
 23 
 
 5 
 
 19 
 
 1 
 
 23 
 
 5 
 
 21 
 
 8 
 
 2 x 12. 
 
 12 
 
 26 
 
 10 
 
 23 
 
 1 
 
 28 
 
 7 
 
 24 
 
 10 
 
 30 
 
 5 
 
 27 
 
 4 
 
 30 
 
 5 
 
 29 
 
 4 
 
 
 16 
 
 23 
 
 2 
 
 20 
 
 0 
 
 24 
 
 10 
 
 21 
 
 5 
 
 27 
 
 5 
 
 23 
 
 7 
 
 27 
 
 8 
 
 25 
 
 5 
 
 
 20 
 
 20 
 
 8 
 
 17 
 
 11 
 
 22 
 
 2 
 
 19 
 
 2 
 
 24 
 
 6 
 
 21 
 
 2 
 
 25 
 
 9 
 
 22 
 
 8 
 
 
 24 
 
 18 
 
 11 
 
 16 
 
 4 
 
 20 
 
 3 
 
 17 
 
 6 
 
 22 
 
 5 
 
 19 
 
 4 
 
 24 
 
 0 
 
 20 
 
 9 
 
 ROUGH LUMBER 
 
 2x6. 
 
 12 
 
 14 
 
 3 
 
 11 
 
 2 
 
 16 
 
 7 
 
 14 
 
 4 
 
 16 
 
 11 
 
 13 
 
 3 
 
 17 
 
 1 
 
 17 
 
 0 
 
 
 16 
 
 12 
 
 4 
 
 9 
 
 9 
 
 14 
 
 4 
 
 12 
 
 5 
 
 14 
 
 8 
 
 11 
 
 6 
 
 15 
 
 6 
 
 14 
 
 9 
 
 
 20 
 
 11 
 
 1 
 
 8 
 
 8 
 
 12 
 
 10 
 
 11 
 
 1 
 
 13 
 
 1 
 
 10 
 
 3 
 
 14 
 
 5 
 
 13 
 
 2 
 
 
 24 
 
 10 
 
 1 
 
 7 
 
 11 
 
 11 
 
 8 
 
 10 
 
 2 
 
 11 
 
 11 
 
 9 
 
 5 
 
 13 
 
 6 
 
 12 
 
 0 
 
 2 x 8. 
 
 12 
 
 20 
 
 8 
 
 16 
 
 2 
 
 22 
 
 1 
 
 19 
 
 1 
 
 22 
 
 9 
 
 19 
 
 1 
 
 22 
 
 9 
 
 22 
 
 7 
 
 
 16 
 
 17 
 
 11 
 
 14 
 
 0 
 
 19 
 
 1 
 
 16 
 
 7 
 
 20 
 
 8 
 
 16 
 
 6 
 
 20 
 
 8 
 
 19 
 
 7 
 
 
 20 
 
 16 
 
 0 
 
 12 
 
 6 
 
 17 
 
 1 
 
 14 
 
 10 
 
 18 
 
 11 
 
 14 
 
 9 
 
 19 
 
 3 
 
 17 
 
 6 
 
 
 24 
 
 14 
 
 7 
 
 11 
 
 5 
 
 15 
 
 7 
 
 13 
 
 6 
 
 17 
 
 3 
 
 13 
 
 6 
 
 18 
 
 1 
 
 16 
 
 0 
 
 3x8... 
 
 12 
 
 25 
 
 4 
 
 19 
 
 9 
 
 26 
 
 1 
 
 23 
 
 5 
 
 26 
 
 1 
 
 23 
 
 5 
 
 26 
 
 1 
 
 26 
 
 1 
 
 
 16 
 
 21 
 
 11 
 
 17 
 
 1 
 
 23 
 
 5 
 
 20 
 
 3 
 
 23 
 
 8 
 
 20 
 
 3 
 
 23 
 
 8 
 
 23 
 
 8 
 
 
 20 
 
 19 
 
 7 
 
 15 
 
 4 
 
 21 
 
 0 
 
 18 
 
 2 
 
 22 
 
 0 
 
 18 
 
 1 
 
 22 
 
 0 
 
 21 
 
 5 
 
 
 24 
 
 17 
 
 11 
 
 14 
 
 0 
 
 19 
 
 2 
 
 16 
 
 7 
 
 20 
 
 8 
 
 16 
 
 6 
 
 20 
 
 8 
 
 19 
 
 7 
 
 2x 10.. 
 
 12 
 
 25 
 
 10 
 
 20 
 
 11 
 
 27 
 
 7 
 
 23 
 
 11 
 
 28 
 
 5 
 
 24 
 
 10 
 
 28 
 
 5 
 
 28 
 
 3 
 
 
 16 
 
 22 
 
 4 
 
 18 
 
 2 
 
 23 
 
 11 
 
 20 
 
 8 
 
 25 
 
 10 
 
 21 
 
 5 
 
 25 
 
 10 
 
 24 
 
 6 
 
 
 20 
 
 20 
 
 0 
 
 16 
 
 2 
 
 21 
 
 5 
 
 18 
 
 6 
 
 23 
 
 8 
 
 19 
 
 2 
 
 24 
 
 0 
 
 21 
 
 11 
 
 
 24 
 
 18 
 
 3 
 
 14 
 
 10 
 
 19 
 
 6 
 
 16 
 
 11 
 
 21 
 
 7 
 
 17 
 
 6 
 
 22 
 
 7 
 
 20 
 
 0 
 
 3 x 10. 
 
 12 
 
 31 
 
 8 
 
 25 
 
 7 
 
 32 
 
 6 
 
 29 
 
 4 
 
 32 
 
 6 
 
 30 
 
 5 
 
 32 
 
 6 
 
 32 
 
 6 
 
 
 16 
 
 27 
 
 4 
 
 22 
 
 3 
 
 29 
 
 4 
 
 25 
 
 4 
 
 29 
 
 7 
 
 26 
 
 3 
 
 29^ 
 
 7 
 
 29 
 
 7 
 
 
 20 
 
 24 
 
 6 
 
 19 
 
 10 
 
 26 
 
 3 
 
 22 
 
 8 
 
 27 
 
 5 
 
 23 
 
 6 
 
 27 
 
 5 
 
 26 
 
 10 
 
 
 24 
 
 22 
 
 5 
 
 18 
 
 2 
 
 23 
 
 11 
 
 20 
 
 9 
 
 25 
 
 10 
 
 21 
 
 5 
 
 25 
 
 10 
 
 24 
 
 6 
 
 2 x 12. 
 
 12 
 
 31 
 
 0 
 
 26 
 
 8 
 
 33 
 
 2 
 
 28 
 
 8 
 
 34 
 
 2 
 
 31 
 
 7 
 
 34 
 
 2 
 
 34 
 
 0 
 
 
 16 
 
 26 
 
 10 
 
 23 
 
 2 
 
 28 
 
 8 
 
 24 
 
 10 
 
 31 
 
 0 
 
 27 
 
 5 
 
 31 
 
 0 
 
 29 
 
 5 
 
 
 20 
 
 24 
 
 0 
 
 20 
 
 8 
 
 25 
 
 8 
 
 22 
 
 3 
 
 28 
 
 5 
 
 24 
 
 5 
 
 28 
 
 9 
 
 26 
 
 3 
 
 
 24 
 
 21 
 
 11 
 
 18 
 
 11 
 
 23 
 
 5 
 
 20 
 
 4 
 
 25 
 
 11 
 
 22 
 
 4 
 
 27 
 
 1 
 
 24 
 
 0 
 
 s 
 
 A—7 
 
WESTERN HEMLOCK 
 
 Table III—CEILING JOISTS 
 
 Nominal 
 size (inches) 
 
 2x4 
 
 2x6 
 
 2x8 
 
 2 x 10. 
 
 
 Limited attic storage 
 
 No attic storage 
 
 Spacing 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 c. to c. 
 
 No. 1 
 
 No. 2 
 
 
 
 
 
 No. 1 
 
 No 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Dimen- 
 
 Dimen- 
 
 1200-f 
 
 900-f 
 
 Dimen- 
 
 Dimen- 
 
 1200-f 
 
 900-f 
 
 
 
 sion 
 
 sion 
 
 
 
 
 
 sion 
 
 sion 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 •Ft. In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. In. 
 
 12 
 
 7 
 
 0 
 
 5 
 
 ,4 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 8 
 
 5 
 
 11 
 
 0 
 
 9 
 
 3 
 
 11 
 
 0 
 
 11 
 
 0 
 
 16 
 
 6 
 
 1 
 
 4 
 
 8 
 
 7 
 
 11 
 
 7 
 
 4 
 
 10 
 
 0 
 
 8 
 
 0 
 
 10 
 
 0 
 
 40 
 
 0 
 
 20 
 
 5 
 
 5 
 
 4 
 
 2 
 
 7 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 9 
 
 3 
 
 7 
 
 2 
 
 9 
 
 3 
 
 9 
 
 3 
 
 24 
 
 4 
 
 11 
 
 3 
 
 9 
 
 6 
 
 11 
 
 6 
 
 0 
 
 8 
 
 8 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 8 
 
 9. 
 
 12 
 
 13 
 
 0 
 
 10 
 
 3 
 
 13 
 
 7 
 
 13 
 
 1 
 
 17 
 
 1 
 
 17 
 
 1 
 
 17 
 
 1 
 
 17 
 
 1 
 
 16 
 
 11 
 
 3 
 
 8 
 
 11 
 
 12 
 
 3 
 
 11 
 
 4 
 
 15 
 
 8 
 
 15 
 
 5 
 
 15 
 
 8 
 
 15 
 
 8 
 
 20 
 
 10 
 
 1 
 
 7 
 
 11 
 
 11 
 
 6 
 
 10 
 
 2 
 
 14 
 
 4 
 
 13 
 
 9 
 
 14 
 
 4 
 
 14 
 
 4 
 
 24 
 
 9 
 
 3 
 
 7 
 
 3 
 
 10 
 
 9 
 
 9 
 
 3 
 
 13 
 
 7 
 
 12 
 
 7 
 
 13 
 
 7 
 
 13 
 
 7 
 
 12 
 
 18 
 
 3 
 
 14 
 
 9 
 
 18 
 
 3 
 
 17 
 
 6 
 
 22 
 
 10 
 
 22 
 
 •10 
 
 22 
 
 10 
 
 22 
 
 10 
 
 16 
 
 16 
 
 4 
 
 12 
 
 10 
 
 16 
 
 4 
 
 15 
 
 2 
 
 20 
 
 11 
 
 20 
 
 11 
 
 20 
 
 11 
 
 20 
 
 11 
 
 20 
 
 14 
 
 8 
 
 11 
 
 5 
 
 15 
 
 4 
 
 13 
 
 7 
 
 19 
 
 1 
 
 19 
 
 1 
 
 19 
 
 1 
 
 19 
 
 1 
 
 24 
 
 13 
 
 4 
 
 10 
 
 5 
 
 14 
 
 4 
 
 12 
 
 5 
 
 18 
 
 1 
 
 18 
 
 1 
 
 18 
 
 1 
 
 18 
 
 1 
 
 12 
 
 22 
 
 10 
 
 19 
 
 5 
 
 22 
 
 10 
 
 22 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 16 
 
 20 
 
 8 
 
 16 
 
 10 
 
 20 
 
 8 
 
 19 
 
 3 
 
 
 
 
 
 20 
 
 18 
 
 6 
 
 15 
 
 0 
 
 19 
 
 4 
 
 17 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 
 
 : 24 
 
 16 
 
 11 
 
 13 
 
 9 
 
 18 
 
 1 
 
 15 
 
 8 
 
 
 
 
 
 Table IV.—RAFTERS 
 
 [Roof slopes greater than 3 in 12. Span is the actual length of the rafter between the pla"e and 
 
 the ridge or an intermediate support] 
 
 Nomina] 
 size (inches) 
 
 1 
 
 Spacing 
 c. to c. 
 
 No. 1 Dimension 
 
 No. 2 Dimension 
 
 1200-f 
 
 900-f 
 
 Light 
 
 roofing 
 
 Heavy 
 
 roofing 
 
 Light 
 
 roofing 
 
 Heavy 
 
 roofing 
 
 Light 
 
 roofing 
 
 Heavy 
 
 roofing 
 
 Light 
 
 roofing 
 
 Heavy 
 
 roofing 
 
 
 *. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. In. 
 
 2x4. 
 
 12 
 
 8 
 
 10 
 
 7 
 
 10 
 
 6 
 
 8 
 
 6 
 
 0 
 
 12 
 
 3 
 
 10 
 
 11 
 
 10 
 
 7 
 
 9 5 
 
 
 16 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 6 
 
 10 
 
 5 
 
 10 
 
 5 
 
 2 
 
 10 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 5 
 
 9 
 
 2 
 
 8 2 
 
 
 20 
 
 6 
 
 10 
 
 6 
 
 1 
 
 5 
 
 2 
 
 4 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 6 
 
 8 
 
 5 
 
 8 
 
 3 
 
 7 4 
 
 
 24 
 
 6 
 
 3 
 
 5 
 
 7 
 
 4 
 
 9 
 
 4 
 
 3 
 
 8 
 
 8 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 7 
 
 6 
 
 6 8 
 
 2x6. 
 
 12 
 
 16 
 
 4 
 
 14 
 
 7 
 
 12 
 
 10 
 
 11 
 
 5 
 
 19 
 
 0 
 
 16 
 
 11 
 
 16 
 
 5 
 
 14 8 
 
 
 16 
 
 14 
 
 2 
 
 12 
 
 7 
 
 11 
 
 2 
 
 9 
 
 11 
 
 16 
 
 6 
 
 14 
 
 8 
 
 14 
 
 3 
 
 12 8 
 
 
 20 
 
 12 
 
 8 
 
 11 
 
 3 
 
 10 
 
 0 
 
 8 
 
 11 
 
 14 
 
 8 
 
 13 
 
 1 
 
 12 
 
 9 
 
 11 4 
 
 
 24 
 
 11 
 
 7 
 
 10 
 
 4 
 
 9 
 
 1 
 
 8 
 
 1 
 
 13 
 
 5 
 
 12 
 
 0 
 
 11 
 
 8 
 
 10 4 
 
 2x8. 
 
 12 
 
 23 
 
 8 
 
 21 
 
 1 
 
 18 
 
 6 
 
 16 
 
 6 
 
 25 
 
 3 
 
 22 
 
 7 
 
 22 
 
 0 
 
 19 6 
 
 
 16 
 
 20 
 
 6 
 
 18 
 
 3 
 
 16 
 
 1 
 
 14 
 
 3 
 
 22 
 
 0 
 
 19 
 
 6 
 
 19 
 
 0 
 
 16 11 
 
 
 20 
 
 18 
 
 4 
 
 16 
 
 4 
 
 14 
 
 4 
 
 12 
 
 9 
 
 19 
 
 8 
 
 17 
 
 6 
 
 17 
 
 0 
 
 15 2 
 
 
 24 
 
 16 
 
 9 
 
 14 
 
 11 
 
 13 
 
 1 
 
 11 
 
 8 
 
 17 
 
 11 
 
 16 
 
 0 
 
 15 
 
 6 
 
 13 10 
 
 2 x 10. 
 
 12 
 
 30 
 
 0 
 
 26 
 
 9 
 
 24 
 
 4 
 
 21 
 
 8 
 
 32 
 
 1 
 
 28 
 
 7 
 
 27 
 
 10 
 
 24 9 
 
 
 16 
 
 26 
 
 0 
 
 23 
 
 2 
 
 21 
 
 1 
 
 18 
 
 9 
 
 27 
 
 10 
 
 24 
 
 8 
 
 24 
 
 1 
 
 21 5 
 
 
 20 
 
 23 
 
 3 
 
 20 
 
 8 
 
 18 
 
 10 
 
 16 
 
 9 
 
 24 
 
 10 
 
 22 
 
 2 
 
 21 
 
 6 
 
 19 2 
 
 
 24 
 
 21 
 
 3 
 
 18 
 
 11 
 
 17 
 
 2 
 
 15 
 
 4 
 
 22 
 
 8 
 
 20 
 
 2 
 
 19 
 
 8 
 
 17 6 
 
 Light Roofing: Material weighing, in place, 5 pounds or less per square foot. 
 Heavy Roofing: Material weighing, in place, over 5 pounds per square foot. 
 
 A—8 
 
SOUTHERN YELLOW PINE 
 
 Longleaf 
 
 Table I.—FLOOR JOISTS 
 
 DRESSED LUMBER, Includes S4S and S2EJ 
 
 Nominal size (inches) 
 
 Spacing 
 c. to c. 
 
 No. 1 di¬ 
 mension 
 
 No. 2 di¬ 
 mension 
 1050-f 
 
 No. 2 di¬ 
 mension 
 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. In. 
 
 Ft. In. 
 
 Ft. In. 
 
 2x6_ 
 
 12 
 
 11 3 
 
 11 3 
 
 9 1 
 
 
 16 
 
 10 2 
 
 10 2 
 
 7 11 
 
 
 20 
 
 9 6 
 
 9 6 
 
 7 1 
 
 
 24 
 
 8 11 
 
 8 11 
 
 6 5 
 
 2x8_ 
 
 12 
 
 15 0 
 
 15 0 
 
 11 '10 
 
 
 16 
 
 13 8 
 
 13 8 
 
 10 4 
 
 
 20 
 
 12 8 
 
 12 8 
 
 9 2 
 
 
 24 
 
 11 11 
 
 11 11 
 
 8 4 
 
 3x8_ 
 
 12 
 
 17 8 
 
 17 8 
 
 15 1 
 
 
 16 
 
 16 0 
 
 16 0 
 
 13 1 
 
 
 20 
 
 14 11 
 
 14 11 
 
 11 8 
 
 
 24 
 
 14 0 
 
 14 0 
 
 10 8 
 
 2x 10___ 
 
 12 
 
 19 0 
 
 19 0 
 
 15 5 
 
 
 16 
 
 17 3 
 
 17 3 
 
 13 4 
 
 
 20 
 
 16 1 
 
 16 1 
 
 11 11 
 
 
 24 
 
 15 1 
 
 15 1 
 
 10 11 
 
 3x 10___ 
 
 12 
 
 22 4 
 
 22 4 
 
 19 8 
 
 
 16 
 
 20 3 
 
 20 3 
 
 17 0 
 
 
 20 
 
 18 10 
 
 18 10 
 
 15 2 
 
 
 24 
 
 17 9 
 
 17 9 
 
 13 11 
 
 2 x 12_ 
 
 12 
 
 23 0 
 
 23 0 
 
 18 9 
 
 
 16 
 
 20 10 
 
 20 10 
 
 16 2 
 
 
 20 
 
 19 5 
 
 19 5 
 
 14 6 
 
 
 24 
 
 18 3 
 
 18 3 
 
 13 3 
 
 ROUGH LUMBER 
 
 2x6_ 
 
 12 
 
 12 10 
 
 12 10 
 
 10 10 
 
 
 16 
 
 11 8 
 
 11 8 
 
 9 5 
 
 
 20 
 
 10 10 
 
 10 10 
 
 8 4 
 
 
 24 
 
 10 3 
 
 10 3 
 
 7 8 
 
 2x8_ 
 
 12 
 
 17 2 
 
 17 2 
 
 14 0 
 
 
 16 
 
 15 7 
 
 15 7 
 
 12 2 
 
 
 20 
 
 14 6 
 
 14 6 
 
 10 10 
 
 
 24 
 
 13 7 
 
 13 7 
 
 9 11 
 
 3x8_ 
 
 12 
 
 19 8 
 
 19 8 
 
 17 2 
 
 
 16 
 
 17 10 
 
 17 10 
 
 14 11 
 
 
 20 
 
 16 7 - 
 
 16 7 
 
 13 4 
 
 
 24 
 
 15 7 
 
 15 7 
 
 12 3 
 
 2 x 10_ 
 
 12 
 
 21 6 
 
 21 6 
 
 18 0 
 
 
 16 
 
 19 6 
 
 19 6 
 
 15 7 
 
 
 20 
 
 18 1 
 
 18 1 
 
 14 0 
 
 
 24 
 
 17 1 
 
 17 1 
 
 12 9 
 
 3 x 10_ 
 
 12 
 
 24 7 
 
 24 7 
 
 22 0 
 
 
 16 
 
 22 4 
 
 22 4 
 
 19 1 
 
 
 20 
 
 20 8 
 
 20 8 
 
 17 1 
 
 
 24 
 
 19 6 
 
 19 6 
 
 15 7 
 
 2x 12_ 
 
 12 
 
 25 9 
 
 25 9 
 
 21 7 
 
 
 16 
 
 23 5 
 
 23 5 
 
 18 9 
 
 
 20 
 
 21 8 
 
 21 8 
 
 16 9 
 
 
 24 
 
 20 5 
 
 20 5 
 
 15 5 
 
 A—9 
 
SOUTHERN YELLOW PINE 
 
 Lonsleaf 
 
 Table II.—FLAT ROOF JOISTS 
 
 [Roof slopes 3 in 12 and less. Span is the horizontal distance between supports] 
 
 DRESSED LUMBER, Includes S4S and S2E 
 
 Nominal size (inches) 
 
 Spacing 
 c. to c. 
 
 Supporting finished ceiling 
 
 Not supporting finished ceiling 
 
 No. 1 
 Dimen¬ 
 sion 
 
 No. 2 
 Dimen¬ 
 sion 1050-f 
 
 No. 2 
 Dimen¬ 
 sion 
 
 No. 1 
 Dimen¬ 
 sion 
 
 No. 2 
 Dimen¬ 
 sion 1050-f 
 
 No. 2 
 Dimen¬ 
 sion 
 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 2x6___ 
 
 12 
 
 15 
 
 1 
 
 13 
 
 1 
 
 9 
 
 4 
 
 15 
 
 7 
 
 15 
 
 6 
 
 11 
 
 1 
 
 
 16 
 
 13 
 
 1 
 
 11 
 
 4 
 
 8 
 
 1 
 
 14 
 
 2 
 
 13 
 
 5 
 
 9 
 
 7 
 
 
 20 
 
 11 
 
 8 
 
 10 
 
 2 
 
 7 
 
 3 
 
 13 
 
 2 
 
 12 
 
 0 
 
 8 
 
 7 
 
 
 24 
 
 10 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 3 
 
 6 
 
 8 
 
 12 
 
 5 
 
 10 
 
 11 
 
 7 
 
 10 
 
 2x8__ 
 
 12 
 
 20 
 
 2 
 
 17 
 
 6 
 
 12 
 
 2 
 
 20 
 
 10 
 
 20 
 
 8 
 
 14 
 
 5 
 
 
 16 
 
 17 
 
 6 
 
 15 
 
 2 
 
 10 
 
 7 
 
 18 
 
 11 
 
 17 
 
 11 
 
 12 
 
 6 
 
 
 20 
 
 15 
 
 7 
 
 13 
 
 6 
 
 9 
 
 5 
 
 17 
 
 7 
 
 16 
 
 0 
 
 11 
 
 2 
 
 
 24 
 
 14 
 
 3 
 
 12 
 
 4 
 
 8 
 
 ' 7 
 
 16 
 
 6 
 
 14 
 
 7 
 
 10 
 
 2 
 
 3 x 8_ 
 
 12 
 
 24 
 
 5 
 
 22 
 
 2 
 
 15 
 
 6 
 
 24 
 
 5 
 
 24 
 
 5 
 
 18 
 
 4 
 
 
 16 
 
 22 
 
 2 
 
 19 
 
 3 
 
 13 
 
 5 
 
 22 
 
 2 
 
 22 
 
 2 
 
 15 
 
 11 
 
 
 20 
 
 19 
 
 9 
 
 17 
 
 2 
 
 12 
 
 0 
 
 20 
 
 7 
 
 20 
 
 4 
 
 14 
 
 2 
 
 
 24 
 
 18 
 
 0 
 
 15 
 
 8 
 
 10 
 
 11 
 
 19 
 
 5 
 
 18 
 
 7 
 
 12 
 
 11 
 
 2 x 10_ 
 
 12 
 
 25 
 
 6 
 
 22 
 
 1 
 
 15 
 
 10 
 
 26 
 
 4 
 
 26 
 
 2 
 
 18 
 
 9 
 
 
 16 
 
 22 
 
 1 
 
 19 
 
 1 
 
 13 
 
 9 
 
 24 
 
 0 
 
 22 
 
 8 
 
 16 
 
 3 
 
 
 20 
 
 19 
 
 9 
 
 17 
 
 1 
 
 12 
 
 3 
 
 22 
 
 4 
 
 20 
 
 2 
 
 14 
 
 6 
 
 
 24 
 
 18 
 
 1 
 
 15 
 
 7 
 
 11 
 
 3 
 
 10 
 
 11 
 
 18 
 
 6 
 
 13 
 
 3 
 
 3 x 10—___ 
 
 12 
 
 31 
 
 0 
 
 28 
 
 1 
 
 20 
 
 2 
 
 31 
 
 0 
 
 31 
 
 0 
 
 23 
 
 10 
 
 
 16 
 
 28 
 
 1 
 
 24 
 
 2 
 
 17 
 
 6 
 
 28 
 
 1 
 
 28 
 
 1 
 
 20 
 
 8 
 
 
 20 
 
 25 
 
 1 
 
 21 
 
 8 
 
 15 
 
 7 
 
 26 
 
 1 
 
 25 
 
 7 
 
 18 
 
 5 
 
 
 24 
 
 23 
 
 0 
 
 19 
 
 10 
 
 14 
 
 4 
 
 24 
 
 7 
 
 23 
 
 6 
 
 16 
 
 10 
 
 2 x 12___ 
 
 12 
 
 30 
 
 11 
 
 26 
 
 10 
 
 19 
 
 2 
 
 31 
 
 10 
 
 31 
 
 8 
 
 22 
 
 9 
 
 
 16 
 
 26 
 
 10 
 
 23 
 
 2 
 
 16 
 
 8 
 
 29 
 
 0 
 
 27 
 
 5 
 
 19 
 
 8 
 
 
 20 
 
 24 
 
 0 
 
 20 
 
 8 
 
 14 
 
 11 
 
 26 
 
 10 
 
 24 
 
 6 
 
 17 
 
 7 
 
 
 24 
 
 21 
 
 10 
 
 18 
 
 11 
 
 13 
 
 7 
 
 25 
 
 4 
 
 22 
 
 5 
 
 16 
 
 1 
 
 ROUGH LUMBER 
 
 2x6_ 
 
 12 
 
 17 
 
 10 
 
 15 
 
 6 
 
 11 
 
 1 
 
 17 
 
 10 
 
 17 
 
 10 
 
 13 
 
 2 
 
 
 16 
 
 15 
 
 6 
 
 13 
 
 5 
 
 9 
 
 8 
 
 16 
 
 2 
 
 15 
 
 11 
 
 *11 
 
 5 
 
 
 20 
 
 13 
 
 10 
 
 12 
 
 0 
 
 8 
 
 7 
 
 15 
 
 1 
 
 14 
 
 2 
 
 10 
 
 2 
 
 
 24 
 
 12 
 
 8 
 
 11 
 
 0 
 
 7 
 
 10 
 
 14 
 
 2 
 
 13 
 
 0 
 
 9 
 
 4 
 
 2x8_ 
 
 12 
 
 23 
 
 9 
 
 20 
 
 8 
 
 14 
 
 5 
 
 23 
 
 9 
 
 23 
 
 9 
 
 17 
 
 0 
 
 
 16 
 
 20 
 
 8 
 
 17 
 
 11 
 
 12 
 
 6 
 
 21 
 
 7 
 
 21 
 
 2 
 
 14 
 
 9 
 
 
 20 
 
 18 
 
 6 
 
 16 
 
 0 
 
 11 
 
 2 
 
 20 
 
 1 
 
 18 
 
 11 
 
 13 
 
 2 
 
 
 24 
 
 16 
 
 10 
 
 14 
 
 7 
 
 10 
 
 2 
 
 18 
 
 11 
 
 17 
 
 3 
 
 12 
 
 0 
 
 3x8_ 
 
 12 
 
 27 
 
 2 
 
 25 
 
 4 
 
 17 
 
 8 
 
 27 
 
 2 
 
 27 
 
 2 
 
 20 
 
 10 
 
 
 16 
 
 24 
 
 9 
 
 21 
 
 11 
 
 15 
 
 3 
 
 24 
 
 9 
 
 24 
 
 9 
 
 18 
 
 1 
 
 
 20 
 
 22 
 
 7 
 
 19 
 
 7 
 
 13 
 
 8 
 
 23 
 
 0 
 
 23 
 
 0 
 
 16 
 
 2 
 
 
 24 
 
 20 
 
 7 
 
 17 
 
 11 
 
 12 
 
 6 
 
 21 
 
 7 
 
 21 
 
 2 
 
 14 
 
 9 
 
 2x 10_ 
 
 12 
 
 29 
 
 9 
 
 25 
 
 10 
 
 18 
 
 6 
 
 29 
 
 9 
 
 29 
 
 9 
 
 21 
 
 11 
 
 
 16 
 
 25 
 
 10 
 
 22 
 
 4 
 
 16 
 
 0 
 
 27 
 
 0 
 
 26 
 
 6 
 
 19 
 
 0 
 
 
 20 
 
 23 
 
 1 
 
 20 
 
 0 
 
 14 
 
 4 
 
 25 
 
 1 
 
 23 
 
 8 
 
 17 
 
 0 
 
 
 24 
 
 21 
 
 1 
 
 18 
 
 3 
 
 13 
 
 1 
 
 23 
 
 7 
 
 21 
 
 7 
 
 15 
 
 6 
 
 3 x 10_ 
 
 12 
 
 34 
 
 2 
 
 31 
 
 8 
 
 22 
 
 8 
 
 34 
 
 2 
 
 34 
 
 2 
 
 26 
 
 10 
 
 
 16 
 
 31 
 
 0 
 
 27 
 
 4 
 
 19 
 
 7 
 
 31 
 
 0 
 
 31 
 
 0 
 
 23 
 
 3 
 
 
 20 
 
 28 
 
 4 
 
 24 
 
 6 
 
 17 
 
 7 
 
 28 
 
 10 
 
 28 
 
 10 
 
 20 
 
 10 
 
 
 24 
 
 25 
 
 10 
 
 22 
 
 5 
 
 16 
 
 0 
 
 27 
 
 0 
 
 26 
 
 5 
 
 19 
 
 0 
 
 2x 12....... 
 
 12 
 
 35 
 
 8 
 
 31 
 
 0 
 
 22 
 
 3 
 
 35 
 
 8 
 
 35 
 
 8 
 
 26 
 
 4 
 
 
 16 
 
 31 
 
 0 
 
 26 
 
 10^- 
 
 19 
 
 3 
 
 32 
 
 6 
 
 31 
 
 10 
 
 22 
 
 10 
 
 
 20 
 
 27 
 
 8 
 
 24 
 
 0 
 
 17 
 
 3 
 
 30 
 
 1 
 
 28 
 
 5 
 
 20 
 
 5 
 
 
 24 
 
 25 
 
 3 
 
 21 
 
 11 
 
 15 
 
 £ 
 
 28 
 
 4 
 
 25 
 
 11 
 
 18 
 
 7 
 
 A—10 
 
SOUTHERN YELLOW PINE 
 
 Longleaf 
 
 Tabic III.—CEILING JOISTS 
 
 f 
 
 i 
 
 Limited attic storage 
 
 No attic storage 
 
 Nominal size (inches) 
 
 Spacing 
 c. to c. 
 
 No. 1 di¬ 
 mension 
 
 No. 2 di¬ 
 mension 
 1050-f 
 
 No. 2 di¬ 
 mension 
 
 No. 1 di¬ 
 mension 
 
 No. 2 di¬ 
 mension 
 1050-f 
 
 No. 2 di¬ 
 mension 
 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 2 x 4_ 
 
 12 
 
 9 
 
 2 
 
 9 
 
 2 
 
 6 
 
 3 
 
 11 
 
 6 
 
 11 
 
 6 
 
 10 
 
 9 
 
 
 16 
 
 8 
 
 3 
 
 7 
 
 11 
 
 5 
 
 5 
 
 10 
 
 6 
 
 10 
 
 6 
 
 9 
 
 4 
 
 
 20 
 
 7 
 
 9 
 
 7 
 
 1 
 
 4 
 
 10 
 
 9 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 8 
 
 8 
 
 4 
 
 
 24 
 
 7 
 
 3 
 
 6 
 
 5 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 9 
 
 1 
 
 9 
 
 1 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 2x6_ 
 
 12 
 
 14 
 
 2 
 
 14 
 
 2 
 
 10 
 
 2 
 
 17 
 
 10 
 
 17 
 
 10 
 
 17 
 
 7 
 
 
 16 
 
 12 
 
 10 
 
 12 
 
 3 
 
 8 
 
 10 
 
 16 
 
 5 
 
 16 
 
 5 
 
 15 
 
 3 
 
 
 20 
 
 12 
 
 0 
 
 11 
 
 0 
 
 7 
 
 10 
 
 15 
 
 0 
 
 15 
 
 0 
 
 13 
 
 8 
 
 
 24 
 
 11 
 
 3 
 
 10 
 
 0 
 
 7 
 
 2 
 
 14 
 
 2 
 
 14 
 
 2 
 
 12 
 
 5 
 
 2x8__ 
 
 12 
 
 18 
 
 11 
 
 18 
 
 11 
 
 13 
 
 2 
 
 23 
 
 10 
 
 23 
 
 10 
 
 22 
 
 10 
 
 
 16 
 
 17 
 
 1 
 
 16 
 
 5 
 
 11 
 
 5 
 
 21 
 
 10 
 
 21 
 
 10 
 
 19 
 
 10 
 
 
 20 
 
 16 
 
 0 
 
 14 
 
 8 
 
 10 
 
 3 
 
 20 
 
 0 
 
 20 
 
 0 
 
 17 
 
 9 
 
 
 24 
 
 15 
 
 0 
 
 13 
 
 4 
 
 9 
 
 4 
 
 18 
 
 11 
 
 18 
 
 11 
 
 16 
 
 2 
 
 2 x 10 . 
 
 12 
 
 23 
 
 11 
 
 23 
 
 11 
 
 17 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 
 
 16 
 
 21 
 
 8 
 
 20 
 
 9 
 
 14 
 
 10 
 
 
 
 
 
 20 
 
 20 
 
 3 
 
 18 
 
 6 
 
 13 
 
 4 
 
 
 
 
 
 24 
 
 19 
 
 0 
 
 16 
 
 11 
 
 12 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 Table IV.—RAFTERS 
 
 [Hoof slopes greater than 3 in 12. Span is the actual length of the rafter between the plate and the ridge or 
 
 an intermediate support] 
 
 Nominal size (inches) 
 
 Spacing 
 c. to c. 
 
 No 
 
 1 dimension 
 
 No. 2 dimension 
 1050-f 
 
 No. 2 dimension 
 
 Light 
 
 roofing 
 
 Heavy 
 
 roofing 
 
 Light 
 
 roofing 
 
 Heavy 
 
 roofing 
 
 Light 
 
 roofing 
 
 Heavy 
 
 roofing 
 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 2 x 4.,. 
 
 12 
 
 13 
 
 3 
 
 11 
 
 9 
 
 11 
 
 5 
 
 10 
 
 2 
 
 7 
 
 10 
 
 7 
 
 0 
 
 
 16 
 
 11 
 
 6 
 
 10 
 
 2 
 
 9 
 
 11 
 
 8 
 
 10 
 
 6 
 
 9 
 
 6 
 
 1 
 
 
 20 
 
 10 
 
 3 
 
 9 
 
 2 
 
 8 
 
 10 
 
 7 
 
 11 
 
 6 
 
 1 
 
 5 
 
 5 
 
 
 24 
 
 9 
 
 4 
 
 8 
 
 4 
 
 8 
 
 1 
 
 7 
 
 3 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
 4 
 
 11 
 
 2x6.. 
 
 12 
 
 20 
 
 6 
 
 18 
 
 3 
 
 17 
 
 9 
 
 15 
 
 ; 10 
 
 12 
 
 9 
 
 11 
 
 4 
 
 
 16 
 
 17 
 
 9 
 
 15 
 
 10 
 
 15 
 
 5 
 
 13 
 
 8 
 
 11 
 
 0 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 
 20 
 
 15 
 
 11 
 
 14 
 
 2 
 
 13 
 
 9 
 
 12 
 
 3 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 8 
 
 10 
 
 
 24 
 
 14 
 
 6 
 
 12 
 
 11 
 
 12 
 
 7 
 
 11 
 
 2 
 
 9 
 
 0 
 
 8 
 
 0 
 
 2 x 8...'.. 
 
 12 
 
 27 
 
 4 
 
 24 
 
 4 
 
 23 
 
 8 
 
 21 
 
 1 
 
 16 
 
 6 
 
 14 
 
 8 
 
 
 16 
 
 23 
 
 9 
 
 21 
 
 1 
 
 20 
 
 6 
 
 18 
 
 3 
 
 14 
 
 4 
 
 12 
 
 9 
 
 
 20 
 
 21 
 
 2 
 
 18 
 
 11 
 
 18 
 
 4 
 
 16 
 
 4 
 
 12 
 
 10 
 
 11 
 
 5 
 
 
 24 
 
 19 
 
 4 
 
 17 
 
 3 
 
 16 
 
 9 
 
 14 
 
 11 
 
 11 
 
 8 
 
 10 
 
 5 
 
 2 x 10.. 
 
 12 
 
 34 
 
 7 
 
 30 
 
 10 
 
 30 
 
 0 
 
 26 
 
 9 
 
 21 
 
 6 
 
 19 
 
 2 
 
 
 16 
 
 30 
 
 0 
 
 26 
 
 8 
 
 26 
 
 0 
 
 23 
 
 2 
 
 18 
 
 8 
 
 16 
 
 7 
 
 
 20 
 
 26 
 
 10 
 
 23 
 
 10 
 
 23 
 
 3 
 
 20 
 
 8 
 
 16 
 
 8 
 
 14 
 
 10 
 
 
 24 
 
 24 
 
 6 
 
 21 
 
 10 
 
 21 
 
 3 
 
 18 
 
 11 
 
 15 
 
 2 
 
 13 
 
 6 
 
 Light Roofing: Material weighing, in place, 5 pounds or less per square foot. 
 Heavy Roofing: Material weighing, in place, over 5 pounds per square foot. 
 
 ( 
 
 A—11 
 
SOUTHERN YELLOW PINE 
 
 Shortleaf 
 
 Table I—FLOOR JOISTS 
 
 DRESSED LUMBER, Includes S4S and S2E 
 
 
 
 • 
 
 
 
 No. 2 Di- 
 
 No. 
 
 2 Di- 
 
 
 
 
 Nominal size (inches) 
 
 Spacing 
 c. to c. 
 
 No. 1 Di¬ 
 mension 
 
 mension 
 
 Dense 
 
 1050-f 
 
 mension 
 
 Medium 
 
 Grain 
 
 900-f 
 
 No. 2 Di¬ 
 mension 
 
 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 2x6 ... 
 
 
 12 
 
 11 
 
 3 
 
 11 
 
 3 
 
 11 
 
 3 
 
 8 
 
 6 
 
 
 
 16 
 
 10 
 
 2 
 
 10 
 
 2 
 
 10 
 
 2 
 
 7 
 
 3 
 
 
 
 20 
 
 9 
 
 6 
 
 9 
 
 6 
 
 9 
 
 2 
 
 6 
 
 6 
 
 
 
 24 
 
 8 
 
 11 
 
 8 
 
 11 
 
 8 
 
 4 
 
 6 
 
 0 
 
 2x8 _ 
 
 12 
 
 15 
 
 0 
 
 15 
 
 0 
 
 15 
 
 0 
 
 11 
 
 0 
 
 
 
 16 
 
 13 
 
 8 
 
 13 
 
 8 
 
 13 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 7 
 
 
 
 20 
 
 12 
 
 8 
 
 12 
 
 8 
 
 12 
 
 2 
 
 8 
 
 7 
 
 
 
 24 
 
 11 
 
 11 
 
 11 
 
 11 
 
 11 
 
 1 
 
 7 
 
 10 
 
 3x8 _ 
 
 12 
 
 17 
 
 8 
 
 17 
 
 8 
 
 17 
 
 8 
 
 14 
 
 0 
 
 
 
 16 
 
 16 
 
 0 
 
 16 
 
 0 
 
 16 
 
 0 
 
 12 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 20 
 
 14 
 
 11 
 
 14 
 
 11 
 
 14 
 
 11 
 
 10 
 
 10 
 
 
 
 24 
 
 14 
 
 0 
 
 14 
 
 0 
 
 14 
 
 0 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 2 x 10_ 
 
 12 
 
 19 
 
 0 
 
 19 
 
 0 
 
 3 
 
 19 
 
 0 
 
 3 
 
 14 
 
 3 
 
 
 
 16 
 
 17 
 
 3 
 
 17 
 
 17 
 
 12 
 
 5 
 
 
 
 20 
 
 16 
 
 1 
 
 16 
 
 1 
 
 15 
 
 5 
 
 11 
 
 0 
 
 
 
 24 
 
 15 
 
 1 
 
 15 
 
 1 
 
 14 
 
 2 
 
 10 
 
 3 
 
 3 x 10 _ 
 
 12 
 
 22 
 
 4 
 
 22 
 
 4 
 
 22 
 
 4 
 
 J8 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 16 
 
 20 
 
 3 
 
 20 
 
 3 
 
 20 
 
 3 
 
 15 
 
 8 
 
 
 
 20 
 
 18 
 
 10 
 
 18 
 
 10 
 
 18 
 
 10 
 
 14 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 24 
 
 17 
 
 9 
 
 17 
 
 9 
 
 17 
 
 9 
 
 12 
 
 10 
 
 2 x 12... 
 
 
 12 
 
 23 
 
 0 
 
 23 
 
 0 
 
 23 
 
 0 
 
 17 
 
 3 
 
 
 
 16 
 
 20 
 
 10 
 
 20 
 
 10 
 
 20 
 
 10 
 
 15 
 
 0 
 
 
 
 20 
 
 19 
 
 5 
 
 19 
 
 5 
 
 18 
 
 8 
 
 13 
 
 5 
 
 
 
 24 
 
 18 
 
 3 
 
 18 
 
 3 
 
 17 
 
 1 
 
 12 
 
 3 
 
 ROUGH LUMBER 
 
 2 x 6_ 
 
 12 
 
 12 
 
 10 
 
 12 
 
 10 
 
 12 
 
 10 
 
 10 
 
 1 
 
 
 16 
 
 11 
 
 8 
 
 11 
 
 8 
 
 11 
 
 8 
 
 8 
 
 8 
 
 
 20 
 
 10 
 
 10 
 
 10 
 
 10 
 
 10 
 
 10 
 
 i 
 
 9 
 
 
 24 
 
 10 
 
 3 
 
 10 
 
 3 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 t 
 
 l 
 
 2x8___ 
 
 12 
 
 17 
 
 2 
 
 17 
 
 2 
 
 17 
 
 2 
 
 13 
 
 1 
 
 
 16 
 
 15 
 
 7 
 
 15 
 
 7 
 
 15 
 
 7 
 
 11 
 
 4 
 
 
 20 
 
 14 
 
 6 
 
 14 
 
 6 
 
 14 
 
 5 
 
 10 
 
 0 
 
 
 24 
 
 13 
 
 7 
 
 13 
 
 I 
 
 13 
 
 3 
 
 9 
 
 2 
 
 3x8_ . _ 
 
 12 
 
 19 
 
 8 
 
 19 
 
 8 
 
 19 
 
 8 
 
 15 
 
 11 
 
 
 16 
 
 17 
 
 10 
 
 17 
 
 10 
 
 17 
 
 10 
 
 13 
 
 10 
 
 
 20 
 
 16 
 
 7 
 
 16 
 
 7 
 
 16 
 
 7 
 
 12 
 
 5 
 
 
 24 
 
 15 
 
 7 
 
 15 
 
 7 
 
 15 
 
 7 
 
 11 
 
 4 
 
 2 x 10_ 
 
 12 
 
 21 
 
 6 
 
 21 
 
 6 
 
 21 
 
 6 
 
 16 
 
 7 
 
 
 16 
 
 19 
 
 6 
 
 19 
 
 6 
 
 19 
 
 6 
 
 14 
 
 5 
 
 
 20 
 
 18 
 
 1 
 
 18 
 
 1 
 
 18 
 
 0 
 
 12 
 
 10 
 
 
 24 
 
 17 
 
 1 
 
 17 
 
 1 
 
 16 
 
 6 
 
 11 
 
 9 
 
 3 x 10--.__ 
 
 12 
 
 24 
 
 7 
 
 24 
 
 7 
 
 24 
 
 7 
 
 20 
 
 ■5 
 
 
 16 
 
 22 
 
 4 
 
 22 
 
 4 
 
 22 
 
 4 
 
 17 
 
 8 
 
 
 20 
 
 20 
 
 8 
 
 20 
 
 8 
 
 20 
 
 8 
 
 15 
 
 10 
 
 
 24 
 
 19 
 
 6 
 
 19 
 
 6 
 
 19 
 
 6 
 
 14 
 
 5 
 
 2 x 12...__ ... 
 
 12 
 
 25 
 
 9 
 
 25 
 
 9 
 
 25 
 
 9 
 
 19 
 
 11 
 
 
 16 
 
 23 
 
 5 
 
 23 
 
 5 
 
 23 
 
 5 
 
 17 
 
 6 
 
 
 20 
 
 21 
 
 8 
 
 21 
 
 8 
 
 21 
 
 7 
 
 15 
 
 5 
 
 
 24 
 
 20 
 
 5 
 
 20 
 
 5 
 
 19 
 
 9 
 
 14 
 
 2 
 
 A—12 
 
 / 
 
SOUTHERN YELLOW PINE 
 
 Shortleaf 
 
 Table II.—FLAT ROOF JOISTS 
 
 [Roof slopes 3 in 12 and less. Span is the horizontal distance between supports 
 DRESSED LUMBER, Includes S4S and S2E 
 
 Supporting finished ceiling 
 
 Not supporting finished ceiling 
 
 Nominal 
 
 size 
 
 (inches) 
 
 Spacing 
 c. to c. 
 
 No..l Di¬ 
 mension 
 
 No. 2 Di¬ 
 mension 
 Dense 
 1050-f 
 
 No. 2 Di¬ 
 mension 
 Medium 
 Grain 
 900-f 
 
 No. 2 Di¬ 
 mension 
 
 No. 1 Di¬ 
 mension 
 
 No. 2 Di¬ 
 mension 
 Dense 
 1050-f 
 
 No. 2 Di¬ 
 mension 
 Medium 
 Grain 
 900-f 
 
 No. 2 Di 
 mension 
 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. In. 
 
 2 x 6_ 
 
 12 
 
 14 
 
 0 
 
 13 
 
 1 
 
 12 
 
 1 
 
 8 
 
 8 
 
 15 
 
 7 
 
 15 
 
 6 
 
 14 
 
 4 
 
 10 3 
 
 
 16 
 
 12 
 
 1 
 
 11 
 
 4 
 
 10 
 
 6 
 
 i 
 
 6 
 
 14 
 
 2 
 
 13 
 
 5 
 
 12 
 
 6 
 
 8 10 
 
 
 20 
 
 10 
 
 10 
 
 10 
 
 2 
 
 9 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
 9 
 
 12 
 
 10 
 
 12 
 
 0 
 
 11 
 
 1 
 
 7 11 
 
 
 24 
 
 9 
 
 11 
 
 9 
 
 3 
 
 8 
 
 7 
 
 6 
 
 2 
 
 11 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 11 
 
 10 
 
 2 
 
 7 3 
 
 2x8.. 
 
 12 
 
 18 
 
 8 
 
 17 
 
 6 
 
 16 
 
 2 
 
 11 
 
 4 
 
 20 
 
 10 
 
 20 
 
 8 
 
 19 
 
 2 
 
 13 5 
 
 
 16 
 
 16 
 
 2 
 
 15 
 
 2 
 
 14 
 
 0 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 18 
 
 11 
 
 17 
 
 11 
 
 16 
 
 7 
 
 11 7 
 
 
 20 
 
 14 
 
 6 
 
 13 
 
 6 
 
 12 
 
 6 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 17 
 
 2 
 
 16 
 
 0 
 
 14 
 
 10 
 
 10 4 
 
 
 24 
 
 13 
 
 2 
 
 12 
 
 4 
 
 11 
 
 5 
 
 8 
 
 0 
 
 15 
 
 7 
 
 14 
 
 7 
 
 13 
 
 6 
 
 9 6 
 
 3 x 8.. 
 
 12 
 
 23 
 
 9 
 
 22 
 
 2 
 
 20 
 
 7 
 
 14 
 
 5 
 
 24 
 
 5 
 
 24 
 
 5 
 
 24 
 
 4 
 
 17 0 
 
 
 16 
 
 20 
 
 7 
 
 19 
 
 3 
 
 17 
 
 10 
 
 12 
 
 5 
 
 22 
 
 2 
 
 22 
 
 2 
 
 21 
 
 1 
 
 14 9 
 
 
 20 
 
 18 
 
 5 
 
 17 
 
 2 
 
 15 
 
 11 
 
 11 
 
 2 
 
 20 
 
 7 
 
 20 
 
 4 
 
 18 
 
 10 
 
 13 2 
 
 
 24 
 
 16 
 
 9 
 
 15 
 
 8 
 
 14 
 
 6 
 
 10 
 
 2 
 
 19 
 
 5 
 
 18 
 
 7 
 
 17 
 
 2 
 
 12 0 
 
 2 x 10_ 
 
 12 
 
 23 
 
 "f 
 
 7 
 
 22 
 
 1 
 
 20 
 
 ' 6 
 
 14 
 
 8 
 
 26 
 
 4 
 
 26 
 
 2 
 
 24 
 
 2 
 
 17 4 
 
 
 16 
 
 20 
 
 5 
 
 19 
 
 1 
 
 17 
 
 9 
 
 12 
 
 8 
 
 24 
 
 0 
 
 22 
 
 8 
 
 21 
 
 0 
 
 15 0 
 
 
 20 
 
 18 
 
 4 
 
 17 
 
 1 
 
 15 
 
 10 
 
 11 
 
 4 
 
 21 
 
 8 
 
 20 
 
 2 
 
 18 
 
 9 
 
 13 5 
 
 
 24 
 
 16 
 
 8 
 
 15 
 
 7 
 
 14 
 
 6 
 
 10 
 
 4 
 
 19 
 
 9 
 
 18 
 
 6 
 
 17 
 
 1 
 
 12 3 
 
 3 x 10_ 
 
 12 
 
 30 
 
 0 
 
 28 
 
 i 
 
 26 
 
 0 
 
 18 
 
 8 
 
 31 
 
 0 
 
 31 
 
 0 
 
 30 
 
 8 
 
 22 0 
 
 
 16 
 
 26 
 
 0 
 
 24 
 
 2 
 
 22 
 
 i 
 
 16 
 
 1 
 
 28 
 
 1 
 
 28 
 
 1 
 
 26 
 
 8 
 
 19 1 
 
 
 20 
 
 23 
 
 4 
 
 21 
 
 8 
 
 20 
 
 2 
 
 14 
 
 5 
 
 26 
 
 1 
 
 25 
 
 7 
 
 23 
 
 10 
 
 17 1 
 
 
 24 
 
 21 
 
 2 
 
 19 
 
 10 
 
 18 
 
 5 
 
 13 
 
 1 
 
 24 
 
 7 
 
 23 
 
 6 
 
 21 
 
 8 
 
 15 7 
 
 2 x 12_ 
 
 12 
 
 28 
 
 7 
 
 26 
 
 10 
 
 24 
 
 10 
 
 17 
 
 9 
 
 31 
 
 10 
 
 31 
 
 8 
 
 29 
 
 4 
 
 21 0 
 
 
 16 
 
 24 
 
 10 
 
 23 
 
 2 
 
 21 
 
 5 
 
 15 
 
 4 
 
 29 
 
 0 
 
 27 
 
 5 
 
 25 
 
 5 
 
 18 2 
 
 
 20 
 
 22 
 
 2 
 
 20 
 
 8 
 
 19 
 
 2 
 
 13 
 
 9 
 
 26 
 
 2 
 
 24 
 
 6 
 
 22 
 
 8 
 
 16 3 
 
 
 24 
 
 i>6 
 
 3 
 
 18 
 
 11 
 
 17 
 
 6 
 
 12 
 
 7 
 
 24 
 
 0 
 
 22 
 
 5 
 
 20 
 
 9 
 
 14 10 
 
 ROUGH LUMBER 
 
 2 x 6. 
 
 12 
 
 16 
 
 •J 
 
 1 
 
 15 
 
 6 
 
 14 
 
 4 
 
 10 
 
 3 
 
 17 
 
 10 
 
 17 
 
 10 
 
 17 
 
 0 
 
 12 
 
 2 
 
 
 16 
 
 14 
 
 4 
 
 13 
 
 5 
 
 12 
 
 5 
 
 8 
 
 11 
 
 16 
 
 2 
 
 15 
 
 11 
 
 14 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 6 
 
 
 20 
 
 12 
 
 10 
 
 12 
 
 0 
 
 11 
 
 i 
 
 ( 
 
 11 
 
 15 
 
 I 
 
 14 
 
 2 
 
 13 
 
 2 
 
 9 
 
 5 
 
 
 24 
 
 11 
 
 8 
 
 11 
 
 0 
 
 10 
 
 2 
 
 7 
 
 3 
 
 13 
 
 10 
 
 13 
 
 0 
 
 12 
 
 0 
 
 8 
 
 7 
 
 2x8_ 
 
 12 
 
 22 
 
 1 
 
 20 
 
 8 
 
 19 
 
 i 
 
 13 
 
 5 
 
 23 
 
 9 
 
 23 
 
 9 
 
 22 
 
 7 
 
 15 
 
 10 
 
 
 16 
 
 19 
 
 1 
 
 17 
 
 11 
 
 16 
 
 7 
 
 11 
 
 t 
 
 21 
 
 7 
 
 21 
 
 2 
 
 19 
 
 7 
 
 13 
 
 9 
 
 
 20 
 
 17 
 
 1 
 
 16 
 
 0 
 
 14 
 
 10 
 
 10 
 
 4 
 
 20 
 
 1 
 
 18 
 
 11 
 
 17 
 
 6 
 
 12 
 
 3 
 
 
 24 
 
 15 
 
 7 
 
 14 
 
 7 
 
 13 
 
 6 
 
 9 
 
 6 
 
 18 
 
 6 
 
 17 
 
 3 
 
 16 
 
 0 
 
 11 
 
 2 
 
 3x8 _ 
 
 12 
 
 27 
 
 0 
 
 25 
 
 4 
 
 23 
 
 5 
 
 16 
 
 5 
 
 27 
 
 2 
 
 27 
 
 2 
 
 27 
 
 2 
 
 19 
 
 5 
 
 
 16 
 
 23 
 
 5 
 
 21 
 
 11 
 
 20 
 
 3 
 
 14 
 
 2 
 
 24 
 
 9 
 
 24 
 
 9 
 
 24 
 
 0 
 
 16 
 
 10 
 
 
 20 
 
 21 
 
 0 
 
 19 
 
 1 
 
 18 
 
 2 
 
 12 
 
 8 
 
 23 
 
 0 
 
 23 
 
 0 
 
 21 
 
 5 
 
 15 
 
 0 
 
 
 24 
 
 19 
 
 2 
 
 17 
 
 11 
 
 16 
 
 •7 
 
 t 
 
 11 
 
 7 
 
 21 
 
 7 
 
 21 
 
 2 
 
 19 
 
 7 
 
 13 
 
 8 
 
 ■2 x 10.. 
 
 12 
 
 27 
 
 7 
 
 25 
 
 10 
 
 23 
 
 11 
 
 17 
 
 i 
 
 29 
 
 9 
 
 29 
 
 9 
 
 28 
 
 3 
 
 20 
 
 o 
 
 
 16 
 
 23 
 
 11 
 
 22 
 
 4 
 
 20 
 
 8 
 
 14 
 
 10 
 
 27 
 
 0 
 
 26 
 
 6 
 
 24 
 
 6 
 
 17 
 
 6 
 
 
 20 
 
 21 
 
 5 
 
 20 
 
 0 
 
 18 
 
 6 
 
 13 
 
 3 
 
 25 
 
 1 
 
 23 
 
 8 
 
 21 
 
 11 
 
 15 
 
 8 
 
 
 24 
 
 19 
 
 6 
 
 18 
 
 3 
 
 16 
 
 11 
 
 12 
 
 1 
 
 23 
 
 1 
 
 21 
 
 7 
 
 20 
 
 0 
 
 14 
 
 4 
 
 3 x 10_ 
 
 12 
 
 33 
 
 10 
 
 31 
 
 8 
 
 29 
 
 4 
 
 20 
 
 11 
 
 34 
 
 2 
 
 34 
 
 2 
 
 34 
 
 2 
 
 24 
 
 8 
 
 
 16 
 
 29 
 
 4 
 
 27 
 
 4 
 
 25 
 
 4 
 
 18 
 
 2 
 
 31 
 
 0 
 
 31 
 
 0 
 
 30 
 
 0 
 
 21 
 
 5 
 
 
 20 
 
 26 
 
 3 
 
 24 
 
 6 
 
 22 
 
 8 
 
 16 
 
 3 
 
 28 
 
 10 
 
 28 
 
 10 
 
 26 
 
 10 
 
 19 
 
 2 
 
 
 24 
 
 23 
 
 11 
 
 22 
 
 5 
 
 20 
 
 9 
 
 14 
 
 10 
 
 27 
 
 0 
 
 26 
 
 5 
 
 24 
 
 6 
 
 17 
 
 7 
 
 2 x 12. 
 
 12 
 
 33 
 
 2 
 
 31 
 
 0 
 
 28 
 
 8 
 
 20 
 
 6 
 
 35 
 
 8 
 
 35 
 
 8 
 
 34 
 
 0 
 
 24 
 
 3 
 
 
 16 
 
 28 
 
 8 
 
 26 
 
 10 
 
 24 
 
 10 
 
 17 
 
 9 
 
 32 
 
 6 
 
 31 
 
 10 
 
 29 
 
 5 
 
 21 
 
 (» 
 
 
 20 
 
 25 
 
 8 
 
 24 
 
 0 
 
 22 
 
 3 
 
 15 
 
 10 
 
 30 
 
 1 
 
 28 
 
 5 
 
 26 
 
 3 
 
 18 
 
 10 
 
 
 24 
 
 23 
 
 5 
 
 21 
 
 11 
 
 20 
 
 4 
 
 14 
 
 6 
 
 27 
 
 9 
 
 25 
 
 11 
 
 24 
 
 0 
 
 17 
 
 2 
 
 A—13 
 
SOUTHERN YELLOW PINE 
 
 Shortleaf 
 
 Table III.—CEILING JOISTS 
 
 Nominal 
 
 size 
 
 (inches) 
 
 Spacing 
 c. to c. 
 
 Limited attic storage 
 
 No. 1 Di¬ 
 mension 
 
 No. 2 Di¬ 
 mension 
 Dense 
 105O-f 
 
 No. 2 Di¬ 
 mension 
 Medium 
 Grain 
 900-f 
 
 No. 2 Di¬ 
 mension 
 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 2x4.- 
 
 12 
 
 9 
 
 2 
 
 9 
 
 2 
 
 8 
 
 5 
 
 5 
 
 9 
 
 
 16 
 
 8 
 
 3 
 
 7 
 
 11 
 
 7 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 0 
 
 
 20 
 
 7 
 
 7 
 
 7 
 
 1 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 4 
 
 6 
 
 
 24 
 
 7 
 
 0 
 
 6 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
 0 
 
 4 
 
 1 
 
 2x6. 
 
 12 
 
 14 
 
 2 
 
 14 
 
 2 
 
 13 
 
 1 
 
 9 
 
 4 
 
 
 16 
 
 12 
 
 10 
 
 12 
 
 3 
 
 11 
 
 4 
 
 8 
 
 1 
 
 
 20 
 
 11 
 
 9 
 
 11 
 
 0 
 
 10 
 
 2 
 
 7 
 
 3 
 
 
 24 
 
 10 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 0 
 
 9 
 
 3 
 
 6 
 
 8 
 
 2x8.. 
 
 12 
 
 18 
 
 11 
 
 18 
 
 11 
 
 17 
 
 6 
 
 12 
 
 3 
 
 
 16 
 
 17 
 
 1 
 
 16 
 
 5 
 
 15 
 
 2 
 
 10 
 
 7 
 
 
 20 
 
 15 
 
 8 
 
 14 
 
 8 
 
 13 
 
 7 
 
 9 
 
 5 
 
 
 24 
 
 14 
 
 4 
 
 13 
 
 4 
 
 12 
 
 5 
 
 8 
 
 8 
 
 2x 10. 
 
 12 
 
 23 
 
 11 
 
 23 
 
 11 
 
 22 
 
 1 
 
 15 
 
 10 
 
 
 16 
 
 21 
 
 8 
 
 20 
 
 9 
 
 19 
 
 3 
 
 13 
 
 9 
 
 
 20 
 
 19 
 
 10 
 
 18 
 
 6 
 
 17 
 
 2 
 
 12 
 
 3 
 
 
 24 
 
 18 
 
 1 
 
 16 
 
 11 
 
 15 
 
 8 
 
 11 
 
 2 
 
 No attic storage 
 
 No. 1 Di¬ 
 mension 
 
 No. 2 Di¬ 
 mension 
 Dense 
 1050-f 
 
 No. 2 Di¬ 
 mension 
 Medium 
 Grain 
 900-f 
 
 No. 2 Di¬ 
 mension 
 
 Ft. In. 
 11 6 
 
 10 6 
 
 9 8 
 
 9 1 
 
 Ft. In. 
 11 6 
 
 10 6 
 
 9 8 
 
 9 1 
 
 Ft. In. 
 11 6 
 
 10 6 
 
 9 8 
 
 9 1 
 
 Ft. In. 
 10 0 
 8 8 
 7 9 
 
 7 1 
 
 17 10 
 
 16 5 
 
 15 0 
 
 14 2 
 
 17 10 
 
 16 5 
 
 15 0 
 
 14 2 
 
 17 10 
 
 16 5 
 
 15 0 
 
 14 2 
 
 16 3 
 
 14 1 
 
 12 7 
 
 11 6 
 
 23 10 
 
 21 10 
 
 20 0 
 
 18 11 
 
 23 10 
 
 21 10 
 
 20 0 
 
 18 11 
 
 23 10 
 
 21 10 
 
 20 0 
 
 18 11 
 
 21 2 
 18 4 
 
 16 5 
 
 14 11 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Table IV.—RAFTERS 
 
 [Roof slopes greater than 3 in 12. Span is the actual length of the rafter between the plate and the ridge 
 
 or an intermediate support] 
 
 Nominal 
 
 size 
 
 (inches) 
 
 Spacing 
 c. to c. 
 
 No. 
 
 1 Dimension 
 
 No. 2 Dimension 
 Dense 1050-f 
 
 No. 2 Dimension 
 Medium Grain 900-f 
 
 No. 2 Dimension 
 
 Light 
 
 roofing 
 
 Heavy 
 
 roofing 
 
 Light 
 
 roofing 
 
 Heavy 
 
 roofing 
 
 Light 
 
 roofing 
 
 Heavy 
 
 roofing 
 
 Light 
 
 roofing 
 
 Heavy 
 
 roofing 
 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. In. 
 
 2x4_ 
 
 12 
 
 12 
 
 3 
 
 10 
 
 11 
 
 11 
 
 5 
 
 10 
 
 2 
 
 10 
 
 7 
 
 9 
 
 5 
 
 7 
 
 3 
 
 6 5 
 
 
 16 
 
 10 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 5 
 
 9 
 
 11 
 
 8 
 
 10 
 
 9 
 
 2 
 
 8 
 
 2 
 
 6 
 
 4 
 
 5 7 
 
 
 20 
 
 9 
 
 6 
 
 8 
 
 5 
 
 8 
 
 10 
 
 7 
 
 11 
 
 8 
 
 3 
 
 7 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 8 
 
 5 0 
 
 
 24 
 
 8 
 
 8 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 8 
 
 1 
 
 7 
 
 3 
 
 7 
 
 6 
 
 6 
 
 8 
 
 5 
 
 2 
 
 4 7 
 
 2x6.. 
 
 12 
 
 19 
 
 0 
 
 16 
 
 11 
 
 17 
 
 9 
 
 15 
 
 10 
 
 16 
 
 5 
 
 14 
 
 8 
 
 11 
 
 9 
 
 10 5 
 
 
 16 
 
 16 
 
 6 
 
 14 
 
 8 
 
 15 
 
 5 
 
 13 
 
 8 
 
 14 
 
 3 
 
 12 
 
 8 
 
 10 
 
 2 
 
 9 1 
 
 
 20 
 
 14 
 
 8 
 
 13 
 
 1 
 
 13 
 
 9 
 
 12 
 
 3 
 
 12 
 
 9 
 
 11 
 
 4 
 
 9 
 
 1 
 
 8 1 
 
 
 24 
 
 13 
 
 5 
 
 12 
 
 0 
 
 12 
 
 7 
 
 11 
 
 2 
 
 11 
 
 8 
 
 10 
 
 4 
 
 8 
 
 4 
 
 7 5 
 
 2x8. 
 
 12 
 
 25 
 
 3 
 
 22 
 
 7 
 
 23 
 
 8 
 
 21 
 
 1 
 
 22 
 
 0 
 
 19 
 
 6 
 
 15 
 
 4 
 
 13 8 
 
 
 16 
 
 22 
 
 0 
 
 19 
 
 6 
 
 20 
 
 6 
 
 18 
 
 3 
 
 19 
 
 0 
 
 16 
 
 11 
 
 13 
 
 4 
 
 11 10 
 
 
 20 
 
 19 
 
 8 
 
 17 
 
 6 
 
 18 
 
 4 
 
 16 
 
 4 
 
 17 
 
 0 
 
 15 
 
 2 
 
 11 
 
 11 
 
 10 7 
 
 
 24 
 
 17 
 
 11 
 
 16 
 
 0 
 
 16 
 
 9 
 
 14 
 
 11 
 
 15 
 
 6 
 
 13 
 
 10 
 
 10 
 
 10 
 
 9 8 
 
 2x 10. 
 
 12 
 
 32 
 
 1 
 
 28 
 
 7 
 
 30 
 
 0 
 
 26 
 
 9 
 
 27 
 
 10 
 
 24 
 
 9 
 
 19 
 
 10 
 
 17 8 
 
 
 16 
 
 27 
 
 10 
 
 24 
 
 8 
 
 26 
 
 0 
 
 23 
 
 2 
 
 24 
 
 1 
 
 21 
 
 5 
 
 17 
 
 3 
 
 15 4 
 
 
 20 
 
 24 
 
 10 
 
 22 
 
 2 
 
 23 
 
 3 
 
 20 
 
 8 
 
 21 
 
 6 
 
 19 
 
 2 
 
 15 
 
 4 
 
 13 8 
 
 
 24 
 
 22 
 
 8 
 
 20 
 
 2 
 
 21 
 
 3 
 
 18 
 
 11 
 
 19 
 
 8 
 
 17 
 
 6 
 
 14 
 
 1 
 
 12 6 
 
 Light Roofing: Material weighing, in place, 5 pounds or less per square foot. 
 Heavy Roofing: Material weighing, in place, over 5 pounds per square foot. 
 
 (51)9071 0—47-7 
 
 A—14 
 
EASTERN SPRUCE 
 
 N. E. L. M. A. 
 
 Table I.—FLOOR JOISTS 
 
 DRESSED LUMBER, Includes S4S and S2E 
 
 Nominal size (inches) 
 
 Spacing 
 c. to c. 
 
 No. 1 
 Mer¬ 
 chantable 
 
 Nominal size (inches) 
 
 Spacing 
 c. to c. 
 
 No. 1 
 Mer¬ 
 chantable 
 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. In. 
 
 2 x 6___ 
 
 12 
 
 10 
 
 3 
 
 2 x 10..__. 
 
 12 
 
 17 3 
 
 
 16 
 
 9 
 
 4 
 
 
 16 
 
 15 8 
 
 
 20 
 
 8 
 
 5 
 
 
 20 
 
 14 7 
 
 
 24 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 
 24 
 
 13 9 
 
 2x8__ 
 
 12 
 
 13 
 
 8 
 
 3 x 10.... 
 
 12 
 
 20 2 
 
 
 16 
 
 12 
 
 5 
 
 
 16 
 
 18 5 
 
 
 20 
 
 11 
 
 6 
 
 
 20 
 
 17 2 
 
 
 24 
 
 10 
 
 10 
 
 
 24 
 
 16 1 
 
 3 x 8.___ 
 
 12 
 
 16 
 
 0 
 
 2x 12__ 
 
 12 
 
 20 10 
 
 
 16 
 
 14 
 
 7 
 
 
 16 
 
 19 0 
 
 
 20 
 
 13 
 
 7 
 
 
 20 
 
 17 8 
 
 
 24 
 
 12 
 
 9 
 
 
 24 
 
 16 7 
 
 ROUGH LUMBER 
 
 2 x 6__ 
 
 12 
 
 11 
 
 8 
 
 2x10... 
 
 12 
 
 19 
 
 6 
 
 
 16 
 
 10 
 
 8 
 
 
 16 
 
 17 
 
 7 
 
 
 20 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 
 20 
 
 16 
 
 5 
 
 
 24 
 
 9 
 
 0 
 
 
 24 
 
 15 
 
 6 
 
 2x8_ 
 
 12 
 
 15 
 
 7 
 
 3x10-. 
 
 12 
 
 22 
 
 4 
 
 
 16 
 
 14 
 
 2 
 
 
 16 
 
 20 
 
 3 
 
 
 20 
 
 13 
 
 2 
 
 
 20 
 
 18 
 
 10 
 
 
 24 
 
 12 
 
 5 
 
 
 24 
 
 17 
 
 9 
 
 3x8__ 
 
 12 
 
 17 
 
 10 
 
 2 x 12. 
 
 12 
 
 23 
 
 5 
 
 
 16 
 
 16 
 
 3 
 
 
 16 
 
 21 
 
 2 
 
 
 20 
 
 15 
 
 1 
 
 
 20 
 
 19 
 
 9 
 
 
 24 
 
 14 
 
 2 
 
 
 24 
 
 18 
 
 7 
 
 Table II.—FLAT ROOF JOISTS 
 
 [Roof slopes 3 in 12 and less. Span is the horizontal distance between supports] 
 DRESSED LUMBER, Includes S4S and S2E 
 
 Nominal size 
 (inches) 
 
 Spacing 
 c. to c. 
 
 No. 1 Merchantable 
 
 Nominal size 
 (inches) 
 
 Spacing 
 c. to c. 
 
 No. 
 
 1 Merchantable 
 
 Support¬ 
 ing fin¬ 
 ished 
 ceiling 
 
 Not sup¬ 
 porting 
 finished 
 ceiling 
 
 Support¬ 
 ing fin¬ 
 ished 
 ceiling 
 
 Not sup¬ 
 porting 
 finished 
 ceiling 
 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. In. 
 
 2x6... 
 
 12 
 
 11 
 
 1 
 
 13 
 
 1 
 
 2 x 10.... 
 
 12 
 
 20 
 
 4 
 
 24 0 
 
 
 16 
 
 9 
 
 7 
 
 11 
 
 4 
 
 
 16 
 
 17 
 
 7 
 
 20 10 
 
 
 20 
 
 8 
 
 7 
 
 10 
 
 2 
 
 
 20 
 
 15 
 
 9 
 
 18 8 
 
 
 24 
 
 7 
 
 10 
 
 9 
 
 3 
 
 
 24 
 
 14 
 
 5 
 
 17 0 
 
 2 x 8_ 
 
 12 
 
 16 
 
 1 
 
 18 
 
 11 
 
 3 x 10__ 
 
 12 
 
 25 
 
 10 
 
 28 1 
 
 
 16 
 
 13 
 
 11 
 
 16 
 
 6 
 
 
 16 
 
 22 
 
 4 
 
 25 7 
 
 
 20 
 
 12 
 
 5 
 
 14 
 
 9 
 
 
 20 
 
 20 
 
 0 
 
 23 8 
 
 
 24 
 
 11 
 
 5 
 
 13 
 
 5 
 
 
 24 
 
 18 
 
 4 
 
 21 7 
 
 3x8 ... 
 
 12 
 
 20 
 
 5 
 
 22 
 
 2 
 
 2xl2 . 
 
 12 
 
 26 
 
 5 
 
 29 0 
 
 
 16 
 
 17 
 
 8 
 
 20 
 
 2 
 
 
 16 
 
 22 
 
 10 
 
 26 5 
 
 
 20 
 
 15 
 
 10 
 
 18 
 
 8 
 
 
 20 
 
 20 
 
 5 
 
 24 2 
 
 
 24 
 
 14 
 
 5 
 
 17 
 
 1 
 
 
 24 
 
 18 
 
 8 
 
 22 1 
 
 ROUGH LUMBER 
 
 2x6___ 
 
 12 
 
 13 
 
 1 
 
 15 
 
 6 
 
 2x 10.. 
 
 12 
 
 23 
 
 10 
 
 27 
 
 0 
 
 
 16 
 
 11 
 
 4 
 
 13 
 
 5 
 
 
 16 
 
 20 
 
 7 
 
 24 
 
 3 
 
 
 20 
 
 10 
 
 2 
 
 12 
 
 1 
 
 
 20 
 
 18 
 
 5 
 
 21 
 
 10 
 
 
 24 
 
 9 
 
 3 
 
 11 
 
 0 
 
 
 24 
 
 16 
 
 10 
 
 19 
 
 11 
 
 2x8___ 
 
 12 
 
 19 
 
 0 
 
 21 
 
 7 
 
 3 x 10.. 
 
 12 
 
 29 
 
 2 
 
 31 
 
 0 
 
 
 16 
 
 16 
 
 5 
 
 19 
 
 6 
 
 
 16 
 
 25 
 
 2 
 
 28 
 
 1 
 
 
 20 
 
 14 
 
 8 
 
 17 
 
 5 
 
 
 20 
 
 22 
 
 7 
 
 26 
 
 1 
 
 
 24 
 
 13 
 
 5 
 
 15 
 
 11 
 
 
 24 
 
 20 
 
 8 
 
 24 
 
 5 
 
 3 x 8_ 
 
 12 
 
 23 
 
 4 
 
 24 
 
 9 
 
 2 x 12___ 
 
 12 
 
 30 
 
 7 
 
 32 
 
 5 
 
 
 16 
 
 20 
 
 2 
 
 22 
 
 5 
 
 
 16 
 
 26 
 
 5 
 
 29 
 
 5 
 
 
 20 
 
 18 
 
 1 
 
 20 
 
 10 
 
 
 20 
 
 23 
 
 7 
 
 27 
 
 5 
 
 
 24 
 
 16 
 
 6 
 
 19 
 
 6 
 
 
 24 
 
 21 
 
 7 
 
 25 
 
 7 
 
 A-15 
 
EASTERN SPRUCE 
 
 N. E. L. M. A. 
 
 Table III.—CEILING JOISTS 
 
 Nominal size 
 (inches) 
 
 Spacing 
 c. to c. 
 
 No. 1 Merchantable 
 
 Nominal size 
 (inches) 
 
 Spacing 
 c. to c. 
 
 No. 1 Merchantable 
 
 Limited 
 
 attic 
 
 storage 
 
 No 
 
 attic 
 
 storage 
 
 Limited 
 
 attic 
 
 storage 
 
 No 
 
 attic 
 
 storage 
 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. In. 
 
 2 x 4__ 
 
 12 
 
 6 7 
 
 10 
 
 5 
 
 2x 8... 
 
 12 
 
 17 
 
 2 
 
 21 7 
 
 
 16 
 
 5 8 
 
 9 
 
 6 
 
 
 16 
 
 15 
 
 1 
 
 19 10 
 
 
 20 
 
 5 1 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 
 20 
 
 • 13 
 
 6 
 
 18 1 
 
 
 24 
 
 4 8 
 
 8 
 
 0 
 
 
 24 
 
 12 
 
 4 
 
 17 2 
 
 2 x 6. 
 
 12 
 
 11 11 
 
 16 
 
 3 
 
 2 x 10. 
 
 12 
 
 21 
 
 9 
 
 
 
 16 
 
 10 4 
 
 14 
 
 11 
 
 
 16 
 
 19 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 20 
 
 9 3 
 
 13 
 
 •7 
 
 
 20 
 
 17 
 
 0 
 
 
 
 24 
 
 8 5 
 
 12 
 
 11 
 
 
 24 
 
 15 
 
 7 
 
 
 Table IV.—RAFTERS 
 
 [Roof slopes greater than 3 in 12. Span is the actual length of the rafter between the plate and the ridge or 
 
 an intermediate support! 
 
 Nominal size 
 (inches) 
 
 Spacing 
 c. to c. 
 
 No. 1 Merchantable 
 
 Nominal size 
 (inches) 
 
 Spacing 
 ' c. to c. 
 
 No. 1 Merchantable 
 
 Light 
 
 roofing 
 
 Heavy 
 
 roofing 
 
 Light 
 
 roofing 
 
 Heavy 
 
 roofing 
 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. In. 
 
 2 x 4... 
 
 12 
 
 8 3 
 
 7 
 
 4 
 
 2x8 . _ . 
 
 12 
 
 21 
 
 10 
 
 19 5 
 
 
 16 
 
 7 2 
 
 6 
 
 4 
 
 
 16 
 
 18 
 
 11 
 
 16 10 
 
 
 20 
 
 6 4 
 
 5 
 
 8 
 
 
 20 
 
 16 
 
 11 
 
 15 1 
 
 
 24 
 
 5 10 
 
 5 
 
 2 
 
 
 24 
 
 15 
 
 5 
 
 13 9 
 
 2x6. 
 
 12 
 
 15 0 
 
 13 
 
 4 
 
 2 x 10 
 
 12 
 
 27 
 
 8 
 
 24 7 
 
 
 16 
 
 13 0 
 
 11 
 
 7 
 
 
 16 
 
 24 
 
 0 
 
 21 3 
 
 
 20 
 
 11 8 
 
 10 
 
 4 
 
 
 20 
 
 21 
 
 5 
 
 19 0 
 
 
 24 
 
 10 8 
 
 9 
 
 5 
 
 
 24 
 
 19 
 
 7 
 
 17 5 
 
 Light roofing: Material weighing, in place, 5 pounds or less per square foot. 
 Heavy Roofing: Material weighing, in place, over 5 pounds per square foot. 
 
 A—16 
 
EASTERN HEMLOCK 
 
 Table I—FLOOR JOISTS 
 
 DRESSED LUMBER, Includes S4S and S2E 
 
 Nominal size (inches) 
 
 Spacing 
 c. to c. 
 
 No. 1 
 Common 
 Dimension 
 
 1000 S. G. 
 
 900 S. G. 
 
 800 S. 
 
 O. 
 
 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 Ft. 
 
 In. 
 
 2x6.... 
 
 
 12 
 
 9 
 
 11 
 
 9 
 
 11 
 
 9 
 
 11 
 
 9 
 
 11 
 
 
 
 16 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 9 
 
 0 
 
 9 
 
 0 
 
 9 
 
 0 
 
 
 
 20 
 
 7 
 
 10 
 
 8 
 
 5 
 
 8 
 
 5 
 
 8 
 
 5 
 
 
 
 24 
 
 7 
 
 2 
 
 7 
 
 11 
 
 7 
 
 11 
 
 7 
 
 11 
 
 2x8--.. 
 
 
 12 
 
 13 
 
 3 
 
 13 
 
 3 
 
 13 
 
 3 
 
 13 
 
 3 
 
 
 
 16 
 
 12 
 
 0 
 
 12 
 
 0 
 
 12 
 
 0 
 
 12 
 
 0 
 
 
 
 20 
 
 10 
 
 9 
 
 11 
 
 2 
 
 11 
 
 2 
 
 11 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 24 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 10 
 
 6 
 
 10 
 
 6 
 
 10 
 
 6 
 
 3x8-.-- 
 
 
 12 
 
 15 
 
 7 
 
 15 
 
 7 
 
 15 
 
 7 
 
 15 
 
 7 
 
 
 
 16 
 
 14 
 
 2 
 
 14 
 
 2 
 
 14 
 
 2 
 
 14 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 20 
 
 13 
 
 2 
 
 13 
 
 2 
 
 13 
 
 2 
 
 13 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 24 
 
 12 
 
 4 
 
 12 
 
 4 
 
 12 
 
 4 
 
 12 
 
 4 
 
 2 x 10... 
 
 
 12 
 
 16 
 
 9 
 
 16 
 
 9 
 
 16 
 
 9 
 
 16 
 
 9 
 
 
 
 16 
 
 15 
 
 2 
 
 15 
 
 2 
 
 15 
 
 2 
 
 15 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 20 
 
 14 
 
 2 
 
 14 
 
 2 
 
 14 
 
 2 
 
 14 
 
 Z 
 
 
 
 24 
 
 13 
 
 4 
 
 13 
 
 4 
 
 13 
 
 4 
 
 13 
 
 4 
 
 3 x 10... 
 
 
 12 
 
 19 
 
 8 
 
 19 
 
 8 
 
 19 
 
 8 
 
 19 
 
 8 
 
 
 
 16 
 
 17 
 
 10 
 
 17 
 
 10 
 
 17 
 
 10 
 
 17 
 
 10 
 
 
 
 20 
 
 16 
 
 8 
 
 16 
 
 8 
 
 16 
 
 8 
 
 16 
 
 8 
 
 
 
 24 
 
 15 
 
 8 
 
 15 
 
 8 
 
 15 
 
 8 
 
 15 
 
 8 
 
 2 x 12... 
 
 
 12 
 
 20 
 
 3 
 
 20 
 
 3 
 
 20 
 
 3 
 
 20 
 
 3 
 
 
 
 16 
 
 18 
 
 5 
 
 18 
 
 5 
 
 18 
 
 5 
 
 18 
 
 5 
 
 
 
 20 
 
 17 
 
 2 
 
 17 
 
 2 
 
 17 
 
 2 
 
 17 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 24 
 
 16 
 
 1 
 
 16 
 
 1 
 
 16 
 
 1 
 
 16 
 
 1 
 
 ROUGH LUMBER 
 
 2x6_■-.... 
 
 12 
 
 11 
 
 5 
 
 11 
 
 5 
 
 11 
 
 5 
 
 11 
 
 5 
 
 
 16 
 
 10 
 
 4 
 
 10 
 
 4 
 
 10 
 
 4 
 
 10 
 
 4 
 
 
 20 
 
 9 
 
 4 
 
 9 
 
 7 
 
 9 
 
 7 
 
 9 
 
 7 
 
 
 24 
 
 8 
 
 6 
 
 9 
 
 0 
 
 9 
 
 0 
 
 9 
 
 0 
 
 2x8..... 
 
 12 
 
 15 
 
 2 
 
 15 
 
 2 
 
 15 
 
 2 
 
 15 
 
 2 
 
 
 16 
 
 13 
 
 9 
 
 13 
 
 9 
 
 13 
 
 9 
 
 13 
 
 9 
 
 
 20 
 
 12 
 
 8 
 
 12 
 
 9 
 
 12 
 
 9 
 
 12 
 
 9 
 
 
 24 
 
 11 
 
 7 
 
 12 
 
 0 
 
 12 
 
 0 
 
 12 
 
 0 
 
 3x8..... 
 
 12 
 
 17 
 
 4 
 
 17 
 
 4 
 
 17 
 
 4 
 
 17 
 
 4 
 
 
 16 
 
 15 
 
 9 
 
 15 
 
 9 
 
 15 
 
 9 
 
 15 
 
 9 
 
 
 20 
 
 14 
 
 8 
 
 14 
 
 8 
 
 14 
 
 8 
 
 14 
 
 8 
 
 
 24 
 
 13 
 
 9 
 
 13 
 
 9 
 
 13 
 
 9 
 
 13 
 
 9 
 
 2 x 10.... 
 
 12 
 
 18 
 
 11 
 
 18 
 
 11 
 
 18 
 
 11 
 
 18 
 
 11 
 
 
 16 
 
 17 
 
 2 
 
 17 
 
 2 
 
 17 
 
 2 
 
 17 
 
 2 
 
 
 20 
 
 16 
 
 0 
 
 16 
 
 0 
 
 16 
 
 0 
 
 16 
 
 0 
 
 
 24 
 
 15 
 
 0 
 
 15 
 
 0 
 
 15 
 
 0 
 
 15 
 
 0 
 
 3 x 10.... 
 
 12 
 
 21 
 
 8 
 
 21 
 
 8 
 
 21 
 
 8 
 
 21 
 
 8 
 
 
 16 
 
 19 
 
 9 
 
 19 
 
 9 
 
 19 
 
 9 
 
 19 
 
 9 
 
 
 20 
 
 18 
 
 3 
 
 18 
 
 3 
 
 18 
 
 3 
 
 18 
 
 3 
 
 
 24 
 
 17 
 
 2 
 
 17 
 
 2 
 
 17 
 
 2 
 
 17 
 
 2 
 
 2 x 12. 
 
 12 
 
 22 
 
 9 
 
 22 
 
 9 
 
 22 
 
 9 
 
 22 
 
 9 
 
 
 16 
 
 20 
 
 7 
 
 20 
 
 7 
 
 20 
 
 7 
 
 20 
 
 7 
 
 
 20 
 
 19 
 
 2 
 
 19 
 
 2 
 
 19 
 
 2 
 
 19 
 
 2 
 
 
 24 
 
 - 18 
 
 0 
 
 18 
 
 0 
 
 18 
 
 0 
 
 18 
 
 0 
 
 A—17 
 
RAFTER SPAN CONVERSION DIAGRAM 
 
 HORIZONTAL SPANS IN FEET 
 
 To find the rafter span when its horizontal span and slope are known, follow the 
 vertical line from the horizontal span to its intersection with the radial line of 
 the slope. From the intersection follow the curve line to the sloping span. The 
 diagram also may be used to determine the horizontal span when the sloping span 
 and slope are known, or to determine the slope when the sloping and horizontal 
 spans are known. 
 
 Example: For a horizontal span of 20 feet and a slope of 10 in 12, the sloping 
 span of the rafter is read directly from the diagram as 26 feet. 
 
 A—18 
 
APPENDIX B 
 
 DEFINITIONS 
 
 Alley: A narrow service way providing a secondary public means of access 
 to abutting properties. 
 
 Building Area: The total of areas taken on a horizontal plane at the mean 
 grade level of the principal buildings and all accessory buildings, exclusive 
 of uncovered porches, terraces and steps. 
 
 Building Line: A line established by law or agreement beyond which a 
 building shall not extend. 
 
 Cesspool: A covered pit with open-jointed lining into which raw sewage 
 is discharged, the liquid portion of which is disposed of by seepage or 
 leaching into the surrounding porous soil, the solids or sludge being re¬ 
 tained in the pit. 
 
 Community System (Water or Sewerage) : Any system which is not a 
 public system or an individual system. 
 
 Note: Such systems usually serve one or more residential developments. It 
 should be noted that a community system as herein defined may include 
 systems defined by state law as public systems since state laws frequently 
 define a public system as one serving a given number of families (possibly 
 10 or 25) regardless of ownership or control. 
 
 Construction: 
 
 Existing Construction: Construction which was completed prior to the 
 date of the submission of the application for mortgage insurance, regard¬ 
 less of any contemplated repairs, alterations or additions. 
 
 Proposed Construction: Construction which is contemplated or parti¬ 
 ally built on the date of submission of the application for mortgage insur¬ 
 ance. The term “proposed construction” does not refer to contemplated 
 repairs, alterations or additions to existing construction. 
 
 Court: An open, unoccupied space bounded on two or more sides by the 
 exterior walls of a building or by exterior walls and lot lines. 
 
 Inner Court: A court enclosed on all sides by exterior walls of a build¬ 
 ing or by exterior walls and lot lines on which walls are allowable. 
 
 Outer Court: A court enclosed on not more than three sides by exterior 
 walls of a building or by exterior walls and lot lines on which walls are allow¬ 
 able, with one side or end open to a street, driveway, alley or yard. 
 
 Coverage: That percentage of the plot area covered by the building area. 
 
 B—1 , 
 
Driveway: A private way for the use of vehicles and pedestrians. 
 
 Dry Well: A covered pit with open-jointed lining through which drain¬ 
 age from roofs, basement floors, or areaways may seep or leach into the 
 surrounding porous soil. 
 
 Dwelling: A building designed or used as the living quarters for one or 
 more families. 
 
 Detached Dwelling: A dwelling which is completely surrounded by 
 permanent open spaces. 
 
 End Row Dwelling: Same as Semidetached Dwelling. 
 
 Multifamily Dwelling: A dwelling on one plot containing separate liv¬ 
 ing units for two or more families; sometimes having joint services or 
 facilities or both. 
 
 Row Dwelling: A dwelling the walls on two sides of which are party 
 or lot line walls. 
 
 Semidetached Dwelling: A dwelling one side wall of which is a party 
 cr lot line wall. 
 
 Easement: A vested or acquired right to use land, other than as a tenant, 
 for a specific purpose; such right being held by someone other than the 
 owner who holds title to the land. 
 
 Family: One or more persons living, sleeping, cooking and eating on the 
 same premises as occupants of one living unit. 
 
 Individual System (Water or Sewerage) : A system serving a single prop¬ 
 erty containing not more than 4 living units. 
 
 Living Facilities: Those provisions for living, sleeping, eating, cooking 
 and sanitation, ordinarily considered as part of a permanent abode. 
 
 Living Unit: A dwelling or portion thereof, providing complete living 
 facilities for one family, including permanently installed equipment for 
 cooking, or provisions for the same, and including rooms for living, sleeping 
 and eating. 
 
 Lot: A parcel of land in one ownership that is described by reference to a 
 recorded plat or by metes and bounds. 
 
 Corner Lot: A lot abutting upon two or more streets at their inter¬ 
 section. 
 
 Interior Lot: A lot bounded by a street on one side only. 
 
 Lot Line: A line bounding the lot as described in the title to the property. 
 
 B-2 
 
Definitions. Continued. 
 
 Plat: A map, plan or chart of a city, town, section or subdivision, indicat¬ 
 ing the location and boundaries of individual properties. 
 
 Plot: A parcel of land consisting of one or more lots or portions thereof 
 which is described by reference to a recorded plat or by metes and bounds. 
 
 Property: A lot or plot with any buildings or other improvements located 
 thereon. 
 
 Property Line: A recorded boundary of a plot. 
 
 Public System (Water or Sewerage) : A system which is owned and oper¬ 
 ated by a local governmental authority or by an established public utility 
 company which is adequately controlled by a governmental authority. 
 
 Note: Such systems are usually existing systems serving a municipality , a 
 township , an urban county, or a water or sewer district established and 
 directly controlled under the laws of a state. 
 
 Required Window: A window which provides all or part of the required 
 natural light and ventilation under these requirements. 
 
 Rooms: 
 
 Habitable Room: A room designed to be used for living, sleeping, eat¬ 
 ing, or cooking, excluding bathrooms, toilet compartments, closets, halls, 
 storage and similar spaces. 
 
 Utility Room: A room, other than a habitable room, designed or used 
 for laundry or heating equipment or for other related purposes. 
 
 Seepage Pit: A covered pit with open-jointed lining through which septic 
 tank or cesspool effluent or laundry wastes may seep or leach into the sur¬ 
 rounding porous soil. 
 
 Septic Tank: A covered watertight sewage settling tank intended to retain 
 the solids in immediate contact with the sewage flowing through the tank 
 for a sufficient period to secure satisfactory decomposition of settled solids 
 by bacterial action. 
 
 Shall: Indicates that which is required. 
 
 Should: Indicates that which is recommended but not required. 
 
 Street: A way which affords principal means of access to abutting 
 properties. 
 
 B-3 
 
Wall: 
 
 Party Wall: A wall, used jointly by two parties under easement agree¬ 
 ment, erected upon a line separating two parcels of land each of which is 
 a separate real estate entity. 
 
 Lot Line Wall: A wall, used only by the party upon whose lot the wall 
 is located, erected at a line separating two parcels of land each of which 
 is a separate real estate entity. 
 
 Way: A street, alley, or other thoroughfare or easement permanently 
 established for passage of persons or vehicles. 
 
 Yard: An open, unoccupied space on the same lot with a building, be¬ 
 tween the lot line and the extreme front, rear or side wall of the building. 
 
 Front Yard: A yard cross the full width of the lot, extending from the 
 extreme front line of the building to the front lot line. 
 
 Rear Yard: A yard across the full width of the lot, extending from the 
 extreme rear line of the building to the rear lot line. 
 
 Side Yard: A yard between the extreme side line of the building and 
 the adjacent side lot line, extending from the front yard to the rear yard. 
 
 / 
 
 B—4 
 
APPENDIX C 
 
 REFERENCE STANDARDS 
 
 Building Materials and Equipment 
 
 The following publications contain recognized Standards which will be 
 used as a guide in determining the acceptability of materials and equip¬ 
 ment, except in cases where these Minimum Construction Requirements 
 contain specific provisions which are in conflict with any of the Standards 
 (latest edition). 
 
 Name and Address of 
 
 Abbreviation 
 
 Organization referred to: 
 
 A. C. I. 
 
 American Concrete Institute, 7400 Second Boulevard, 
 Detroit, Michigan 
 
 A. G. A. 
 
 American Gas Association, 420 Lexington Avenue, 
 New York City 
 
 A. I. S. C. 
 
 American Institute of Steel Construction, New York 
 City 
 
 A. S. H. & V. E. 
 
 American Society of Heating & Ventilating Engineers, 
 51 Madison Avenue, New York City 
 
 A. S. M. E. 
 
 American Society of Mechanical Engineers, 29 West 
 39th Street, New York City 
 
 A. S. T. M. 
 
 American Society for Testing Materials, 206 S. Broad 
 Street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 
 
 A. W. P. A. 
 
 1 
 
 American Wood Preservers’ Association, 1427 Eye 
 Street, N.W. Washington, D. C. 
 
 B. M. S. 
 
 Building Materials and Structures, U. S. Department 
 of Commerce, Superintendent of Documents, Wash¬ 
 ington, D. C. 
 
 C. S. 
 
 Commercial Standards, U. S. Department of Commerce, 
 Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C. 
 
 F. S. 
 
 Federal Specifications, U. S. Department of Commerce, 
 Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C. 
 
 H. P. & A. C. C. N. A. Heating, Piping & Air Conditioning Contractors Na- 
 
 I. B. R. M. 
 
 tional Association, 1250 Sixth Avenue, New York 
 City 
 
 Institute of Boiler and Radiator Manufacturers, 60 
 East 42nd Street, New York City 
 
 C-l 
 
Abbreviation 
 N. B. F. U. 
 
 N. W. A. H. & A. C. A. 
 
 N. F. H. W. T. M. A. 
 
 S. P. R. 
 
 S. B. I. 
 
 T. S. 
 
 U. L. 
 
 Name and Address of 
 Organization referred to: 
 
 National Board of Fire Underwriters, 85 Johns Street, 
 New York City 
 
 National Warm Air Heating & Air Conditioning As¬ 
 sociation, 145 Public Square, Cleveland, Ohio 
 
 Non-Ferrous Hot Water Tank Manufacturers Asso¬ 
 ciation, 75 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 
 
 Simplified Practice Recommendations, U. S. Depart¬ 
 ment of Commerce, Superintendent of Documents, 
 Washington, D. C. 
 
 Steel Boiler Institute, 366 Madison Avenue, New 
 York City 
 
 Tentative Commercial Standards, U. S. Department of 
 Commerce, Superintendent of Documents, Washing¬ 
 ton, D. C. 
 
 Underwriters’ Laboratories, Inc., 207 E. Ohio Street, 
 Chicago, Illinois 
 
 Material 
 
 Specification Number or Vol - 
 ume Including Specification 
 
 Aggregates, concrete 
 
 lightweight_ 
 
 masonry mortar_ 
 
 F. S.-SS-A-281a 
 A. S. T. M.-C-33 
 A. S. T. M.-C-130 
 A. S. T. M.-C-144 
 
 Brick, building, clay or shale_ F. S.-SS-B-656 
 
 A. S. T. M.-C-62 
 
 concrete_ F. S.—SS-B-663 
 
 A. S. T. M.-C-55 
 
 sand lime_ F. S.-SS—B—681 
 
 A. S. T. M.-C-73 
 
 fire_ F. S.-HH-B-671b 
 
 A. S. T. M.-C-27 
 
 Building paper, see Paper. 
 
 Built-up roofs, materials for_ U. L.-Class B Covering 
 
 Cast stone_ A. C. I. 704 
 
 Cements, Keene’s_ F. S.-SS—C—161 
 
 A. S. T. M.-C-61 
 
 Portland_ F. S.—SS—C—191 a 
 
 F. S.-SS-C-201a 
 A. S. T. M.-C-9 
 
 prepared masonry (for mortar)_ F. S.-SS-C—181b 
 
 A. S. T. M.-C-91 
 
 C-2 
 
Material 
 
 Specification Number or Vol¬ 
 ume Including Specification 
 
 Concrete block, hollow 
 
 Load-bearing_ 
 
 non-load-bearing_ 
 
 solid, load-bearing_ 
 
 Concrete, reinforced_ 
 
 Copper, sheet- 
 
 F. S.-SS-C-621 
 A. S. T. M.-C-90 
 F. S.-SS—C-621 
 A. S. T. M.-C-129 
 A. S. T. M.-C-145 
 A. C. I. Building Code 
 F. S.-QQ-C-501a 
 
 Electric 
 
 Regulations for Electric Wiring & Apparatus_N. B. F. U.-70 
 
 List of Inspected Electrical Equipment_U. L. 
 
 Fiber board, insulating 
 
 structural_ 
 
 Fire-clay, plastic_ 
 
 Flooring, oak_ 
 
 F. S.-LLL-F-321b 
 F. S.-LLL-F-311 
 F. S.-HH-R-191 
 A. S. T. M.-C-105 
 C. S.-56 
 
 Galvanized sheet metal, see Sheet metal. 
 
 Glass, flat for glazing purposes_ F. S.-DD-G-451 
 
 Hardware, builders_C. S.-22 
 
 Heating, see mechanical equipment references. 
 
 Lath, gypsum board_ A. S. T. M.—C—37 
 
 metal_F. S.—QQ—B—101c 
 
 Lead, sheet_ F. S.-QQ-L—201 
 
 Lime, quick_ F. S.-SS—Q—351 
 
 A. S. T. M.-C-5 
 
 . hydrated_ F. S.-SS-L—351 
 
 A. S. T. M.-C-6 
 
 Linoleum, plain, jaspe and marbleized_F. S.—LLL-L—367 
 
 inlaid and molded_F. S.—LLL—L—359 
 
 Lumber_S. P. R.—R—16 
 
 Metal roofing, see Copper, lead, tin, zinc. 
 
 Mortar, see Cement, prepared masonry (for 
 
 mortar). See Aggregates, masonry mortar. 
 
 Paper, sheathing, waterproof_ F. S.-UU-P-536 
 
 Pipe 
 
 cast-iron___ F. S.-WW-P-401 
 
 A. S. T. M.-A-142 
 
 clay sewer_ F. S.—SS—P-36 la 
 
 A. S. T. M.-C-13 
 A. S. T. M.-C-200 
 
 wrought iron_ F. S.—WW—P-441 a 
 
 A. S. T. M.-A-72 
 
 brass_ F. S.-WW-P-351 
 
 A. S. T. M.-B-43 
 
 copper_ F. S.—WW—P—377 
 
 A. S. T. M.-B-42 
 
 C-3 
 
Material 
 
 Specification Number or Vol - 
 ume Including Specification 
 
 Plaster, gypsum_ F. S.—SS—P—401 
 
 A. S. T. M.-C-28 
 A. S. T. M.-C-36 
 
 Plaster, board, gypsum- F. S.-SS-P—431a 
 
 Plywood (Douglas Fir ) - C. S.—45 
 
 (Western Hemlock)- C. S.—122 
 
 Plumbing 
 
 fixtures_ F. S.—WW—P— 541a 
 
 Formed Metal Fixtures.F. S. WW-P-542 
 
 Plumbing Manual_ B. M. S.- 66 
 
 Sanitary Cast Iron Enameled Ware_C. S.-77 
 
 Prepared masonry cement, see Cement. 
 
 Roofing felt, asphalt-saturated 
 
 F. S.-HH-F-191 a 
 A. S. T. M.-D-226 
 
 Sheathing board, gypsum_ 
 
 Sheet metal, galvanized_ 
 
 Shingles, asbestos cement_ 
 
 asphalt, mineral surfaced_ 
 
 slate_ 
 
 wood_ 
 
 Siding, cement-asbestos_ 
 
 Slag_ 
 
 Stairs, Hardwood Treads and Risers- 
 Steel, design, fabrication and erection 
 
 reinforcing_ 
 
 structural_ 
 
 F. S.-SS-S-276 
 A. S. T. M.-C-79 
 F. S.-QQ-I-716 
 A. S. T. M.-A-93 
 F. S.-SS—S-291a 
 F. S.-SS-R-521 
 A. S. T. M.-D -225 
 F. S.-SS-S-451 
 C. S.-31 
 F. S.-SS-S-346 
 F. S.-SS-A-281a 
 A. S. T. M.-C-33 
 C. S.-89 
 
 A. I. S. C. Code of Standard 
 Practice 
 
 A. S. T. M.-A-15 and A-16 
 F. S.-QQ-S-741 
 A. S. T. M.-A-7 
 
 Tile, clay for floor and walls (ceramic)- S, P. R.-R-61 
 
 drain_ F. S.-SS-T-310 
 
 A. S. T. M.-C-4 
 
 floor, asphalt_ F. S.-SS-T-306a 
 
 floor, rubber_ F.S.-ZZ-T-301 
 
 load-bearing clay_ F. S.-SS-T-341 a 
 
 A. S. T. M.-C-34 
 
 non-load-bearing clay_ F. S.-SS-T-351 a 
 
 A. S. T. M.-C-56 
 
 Tin, roofing (terne-plate)_ F. S.-QQ-T-201 
 
 Wallboard, composition_ F. S.-UU-W-lOla 
 
 gypsum-F. S.-SS-W-51a 
 
 A. S. T. M.-C-36 
 
 C—4 
 
 7 9 304 
 

 
 
 
. / 
 
 Specification Number or Vol- 
 
 Material ume Including Specification 
 
 Planter, gypsum- F. S.—SS-P—401 
 
 A. S. T. M.-G-28 
 A. S. T. M.-C-3(y 
 
 Plaster,\board, gypsum- F. S.-SS—P-43 la 
 
 Plywood\(Douglas Fir)- C. S.—45 
 
 (Western Hemlock)_ G. S.-122 
 
 Plumbing 
 
 fixtures_.V_ F. S.-WW^-P-541a 
 
 Plumbing Manual_B. M. S.-66 
 
 Sanitary Cast Iron Enameled Ware- C. S.-77 
 
 \ 
 
 Prepared masonry cement, see Cement. 
 
 A 
 / 
 
 Roofing felt, asphalt^aturated_F. S.—HH-F-191 a 
 
 A. S. T. M.-D-226 
 
 I 
 
 Sheathing board, gypsum\___F. S.-SS-S—276 
 
 A. S. T, M.-G-79 
 
 Sheet metal, galvanized_\_ F. S.-QQ-I-716 
 
 A. S. T. M.-A-93 
 
 Shingles, asbestos cement__ J. _F. S.-SS-S—291 a 
 
 asphalt, mineral surfaced_'_ F. S.-SS-R-521 
 
 A. S. T. M.-D-225 
 
 slate_1,_F. S.-SS-S—451 
 
 wood_V_ C. S.-31 
 
 Siding, cement-asbestos_ F. S.-SS-S—346 
 
 Slag_\_F. S.-SS-A-28la 
 
 A. S. T. M.-C-33 
 
 Stairs, Hardwood Treads and Risers_C. S.-89 
 
 Steel, design, fabrication and erection_A. I. S. C. Code of Standard 
 
 Practice 
 
 reinforcing__A. S. T. M.-A-15 and A—16 
 
 structural_,_\_F. S.-QQ-S-741 
 
 A. S. T. M.-A-7 
 
 Tile, clay for floof and walls (ceramic)-\ S. P. R.-R-61 
 
 drain_ F. S.-SS-T-310 
 
 S. T. M.-C-4 
 
 floor, asphalt_ F.\S—SS-T—306a 
 
 floor, rubber_ F.S.-ZZ-T-301 
 
 load-bearing clay_ F. SASS-T-341a 
 
 A. S. T. M.-C-34 
 
 non-lpfad-bearing clay_F. S.-SS-T-351a 
 
 A. S. T. M.-C-56 
 
 Tin,/roofing (terne-plate)_F. S.-QQ-T-201 
 
 \ 
 
 \ 
 
 r allboard, composition_F. S.-UU—W-l 01 a 
 
 gypsum__F. S.-SS-W-5la 
 
 A. S. T. M.-C-36 
 
 A 
 
 \ 
 
 \ 
 
Specification Number or Vol- 
 Material ume Including Specification 
 
 Wood preservatives_ A. W. P. A. 
 
 Wood siding, see Lumber. 
 
 Wire fabric, galvanized_ F. S.-QQ-B-lOlc 
 
 Zinc 
 
 F. S.-QQ-Z-301a 
 A. S. T. M.-B-69 
 
 Source & Number 
 
 Mechanical Equipment References or Volume 
 
 Heating, Ventilating & Air-Conditioning Engineers’ 
 
 Guide_ A. S. H. & V. E. 
 
 Measurements of Heat Losses From Slab Floors_B. M. S.-103 
 
 Building Code Recommended by the National Board 
 
 of Fire Underwriters_ 
 
 Regulation for the Installation of Air-Conditioning, 
 
 Warm Air Heating, Air Cooling & Ventilating 
 
 Systems, Part II_ 
 
 Regulations for the Installation of Oil Burning 
 
 Equipment_ 
 
 Regulations for the Installation, Maintenance & Use 
 of Small Heating & Cooking Appliances (Kero¬ 
 sene & Fuel Oil)- 
 
 "List of Inspected Gas, Oil & Miscellaneous Appli¬ 
 ances _ 
 
 N. B. F. U. 
 
 N. B. F. U.-90 
 N. B. F. U.-31 
 
 N. B. F. U.-310 
 U. L. 
 
 Directory of Approved Gas Appliances & Listed 
 
 Accessories_ A. G. A. 
 
 Requirements for House Piping & Appliance Instal¬ 
 lation_ A. G. A. 
 
 Approval Requirements for Gas Water Heaters_A. G. A. 
 
 Approval Requirements for Central Heating Gas 
 
 Appliances_ A. G. A. 
 
 Listing Requirements for Attachable Gas Water 
 
 Heating Units_ A. G. A. 
 
 Approval Requirements for Gas Space Heaters_A. G. A. 
 
 Approval Requirements for Domestic Gas Ranges_A. G. A. 
 
 Listing Requirements for Gas Conversion Burners_A. G. A. 
 
 Approval Requirements for Hot Plates & Laundry 
 
 Stoves_ A. G. A. 
 
 Approval Requirements for Gas Unit Heaters_A. G. A. 
 
 Approval Requirements for Refrigerators Using Gas 
 
 Fuel_ A. G. A. 
 
 The Gravity Code and Manual for the Design & In¬ 
 stallation of Gravity Warm Air Heating Systems— N. W. A. H. & A. C. A. 
 
 The Code and Manual for the Design and Installa¬ 
 tion of Warm Air Winter Air Conditioning Sys¬ 
 tems _N. W. A. H. & A. C. A. 
 
 A Yardstick for the Evaluation of a Forced Warm 
 
 Air Heating System_ N. W. A. H. & A. C. A. 
 
 C—5 
 
Source & Number 
 or Volume 
 
 Mechanical Equipment References 
 
 I—B-R Testing & Rating Code_ I. B. R. M. 
 
 I—B-R Ratings for Cast Iron Boilers- I. B. R. M. 
 
 I-B-R Installation Guide—One Pipe Forced Circu¬ 
 lation Hot Water Heating Systems—#1-I. B. R. M. 
 
 I-B-R Installation Guide No. 2 - 
 
 One Pipe Steam Heating System- ---I.B.R.M. 
 
 Steel Boiler Institute, Rating Code_ S. B. I. 
 
 A. S. M. E. Code for Low Pressure Heating Boilers. A- S. M. E. 
 Specifications for Non-Ferrous Range Boilers & Hot 
 Water Storage Tanks Used for Heating Water or 
 
 Storing Water Under Street Pressure_ N. F. H. W. T. M. A. 
 
 Automatic Mechanical Draft Oil Burners Designed 
 
 for Domestic Installations_ C. S. 75 
 
 Domestic Burners for Pennsylvania Anthracite (Un¬ 
 derfeed Type)_ C. S. 48 
 
 Fuel Oils_*_ C. S. 12 
 
 Flue-Connected Oil-Burning Space Heaters Equipped 
 
 With Vaporizing Pot-Type Burners_C. S.-101 
 
 Gas Floor Furnaces—Gravity Circulating Type_C. S.--99 
 
 Oil Burning Floor Furnaces Equipped With Vaporiz¬ 
 ing Pot-Type Burners-C. S.-113 
 
 Solid Fuel Burning Forced Air Furnaces_C. E.-109 
 
 Warm-Air Furnaces Equipped With Vaporizing Pot- 
 
 Type Burners_C. S.-104 
 
 Tentative Standard for Coal Burning Space Heaters. T. S.-3443 
 Recommended Commercial Standard for Testing and 
 
 Rating Hand-Fired Hot Water Supply Boilers_T. S.-3560a 
 
 Large Tube Cast Iron Radiators_ S. P. R.-174 
 
 Steel Horizontal Firebox Heating Boilers_ S. P. R.-157 
 
 Net Load Recommendations for Heating Boilers_H. P. & A. C. C. N. A. 
 
 C-6 
 
 79304 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
V o ' A. / 
 
 Source & Number 
 
 Mechanical Equipment References or Volume 
 
 % 7 
 
 IAB—R Testing & Rating Code- I. B. R. M. 
 
 I-Br-R Ratings for Cast Iron Boilers- I. B. R. M. 
 
 I—B-R Installation Guide—One Pipe Forced Circu¬ 
 lation Hot Water Heating Systems—#1_I. B. R. M. 
 
 Steel Boiler Institute, Rating Code_ S. B. I. 
 
 A. S. M. E. Code.for Low Pressure Heating Boilers- A. S. M. E. 
 
 Specifications for Non-Ferrous Range Boilers & Hot 
 Water Storage Tanks Used for Heating Water or 
 
 Storing Water Under Street Pressure_ N. F. H. W. T. M. A. 
 
 / 
 
 Automatic Mechanical Draft Oil Burners Designed 
 
 for Domestic Installations_ C. S. 75 
 
 \ 
 
 Domestic Burners for Pennsylvania Anthracite (Un¬ 
 derfeed Type)_-v-- C. S. 48 
 
 Fuel Oils_\_ C. S. 12 
 
 Flue-Connected Oil-Burning Space Heaters Equipped 
 
 With Vaporizing Pot-Type Burners_ -/--- C. S.-101 
 
 Gas Floor Furnaces—Gravity Circulating Type._C. S.-99 
 
 Oil Burning Floor Furnaces Equipped With Vaporiz¬ 
 ing Pot-Type Burners_ f. _C. S.—113 
 
 Solid Fuel Burning Forced Air Furnaces_C. E.-109 
 
 Warm-Air Furnaces Equipped With Vaporizing Pot- 
 
 Type Burners__C. S.—104 
 
 Tentative Standard for Coal Burning Space Heaters- T. S.—3443 
 Recommended Commercial Standard for Testing and 
 
 Rating Hand-Fired Hot Water Supply Boilers_T. S.-3560a 
 
 / \ 
 
 Large Tube Cast Iron Radiators_ S. P. R.—174 
 
 Steel Horizontal Firebox Heating Boilers_ S. P. R.-157 
 
 Net Load Recommendations for Heating Boilers_H. P. & A. C. C. N. A. 
 
 / A 
 
 \ 
 
 \ 
 
 % 
 
 \ 
 
 \ 
 
 C-6 
 
APPENDIX D 
 
 DRAWING AND SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS 
 
 A. General. Drawings and specifications shall be accurate and sufficiently 
 complete to set forth and describe the intended physical improvements, and 
 the size, grade, and quality of materials and workmanship to be incor¬ 
 porated in the improvements. 
 
 B. Drawings. Drawings shall be submitted in duplicate, and shall include 
 the following: 
 
 1. Plot Plan 
 
 2. Floor Plans 
 
 3. Exterior Elevations 
 A. Details 
 
 5. Sections 
 
 6. Heating, plumbing, and wiring layouts. 
 
 C. Specifications. 
 
 1. Submit FHA Form No. 2005, Description of Materials, in duplicate, 
 completed in accordance with instructions contained therein. 
 
 2. If work cannot be described adequately on FHA Form No. 2005, sup¬ 
 plemental specifications shall also be submitted in duplicate. 
 
 3. When items of accessory equipment such as cooking range, gas or me¬ 
 chanical refrigerator, water softener, etc., are to be included as part of 
 the mortgaged property, each item shall be described adequately by name, 
 manufacturer, model number, type of finish, and size or capacity. 
 
 Note: The term “specifications” were used in this booklet refers to FHA Form No. 2005, 
 Description of Materials, and any required supplemental specifications. FHA Form No. 2005 
 may be obtained without charge from any approved mortgagee, or from the FHA field 
 office. 
 
 D. Requirements for Individual Water-Supply and Sewage-Disposal 
 Systems. With each application involving a proposed installation of an 
 individual water-supply or sewage-disposal system, or both, not less than the 
 following exhibits shall be submitted in triplicate. 
 
 1. FHA Form No. 2217-13, for water-supply system, approved by the 
 Illinois Department of Public Health. 
 
 D-l 
 
2. FHA Form No. 2218-13, for sewage-disposal system, approved by the 
 Illinois Department of Public Health. 
 
 3. Drawings and specifications as called for by FHA publication entitled 
 “Requirements for Individual Water-Supply and Sewage-Disposal Systems” 
 
 E. Detailed Check List of Information Desired. Drawings and specifica¬ 
 tions shall be accurate and sufficiently complete to set forth and describe 
 the intended physical improvements and the sizes, grade and quality of 
 material and workmanship to be incorporated in the improvements. In 
 general, the following information will be necessary for each item listed 
 under B. Any variations will be subject to acceptance of the Chief Under¬ 
 writer. 
 
 1. Plot Plan 
 
 a. Street address and description of property location, adequate to direct 
 the inspector. 
 
 b. Location and overall dimensions of all existing or proposed structures, 
 steps, terraces, and retaining walls. 
 
 c. Distances from building f lines to all lot lines. 
 
 d. Easements and zoning or restriction requirements, if any. 
 
 e. Proposed elevation of first floor and related elevations of: 
 
 (1) Finished grade at all corners of building and at all corners of lot. 
 If the gradient between the building and the lot boundaries is not uniform, 
 show additional finished grade elevations at intervals of not more than 
 lO'-O". 
 
 (2) Finished grade of adjoining improved lots, if any. 
 
 (3) Established grade of adjoining thoroughfares at the extensions of the 
 lot lines. 
 
 (4) Walks, steps, terraces, porches, driveways, and garage. 
 
 (5) Public sidewalk and curb. 
 
 (6) Public sewer and stub, if any. 
 
 (7) Average existing grade if plot slopes less than 2 feet in 100 feet. Show 
 contour lines with an interval of elevation of 2 feet if plot slopes 2 feet or 
 more in 100 feet. 
 
 L North point. 
 
 g. Dimensions of plot and angles at intersections of boundary lines of 
 plot, if such angles are more than 5° greater or smaller than 90°. 
 
 h. Size and location of public sewer serving subject property. 
 
 i. Established building lines. 
 
 j. Existing buildings or obstructions within 5 feet of boundary lines of lot. 
 
 k. Show all trees which are to remain on plot, and if specifications include 
 landscaping indicate location, species, quantity, and size of all plants, shrubs, 
 and trees to be planted. 
 
 2. Floor Plans (Including basement or foundation wall plans, and.future 
 finished attic of one and one-half (1 l /i) story houses). All floor plans shall 
 be drawn at a scale of not less than *4" equals l'-O", and shall include: 
 
 D—2 
 
 699071 0—47 
 
 8 
 
Direction, size, and spacing of all framing members; lintels for exterior 
 masonry openings; materials of walls and partitions by crosshatching or 
 other indication; height, width, and swing of doors; equipment, such as 
 kitchen cabinets, bookcases, etc., drawn to scale. If reinforced concrete is 
 used, show all details of construction, including size, bending, and spacing 
 of reinforcing bars. Show complete overall and intermediate dimensions 
 sufficient to locate all walls, partitions, stairs, floor openings, windows, 
 doors, chimneys, etc. 
 
 3. Exterior Elevations. Show at not less than 54" equals l'-O": front, rear, 
 sides, and offsets, indicating location, height, and width of all openings; 
 finish floor and ceiling heights, and other necessary vertical dimensions; 
 wall finish materials*,gutters and downspouts; flashing; depth of footings; 
 finish grades at building (same to agree with grades shown on plot plan 
 and profile section). 
 
 4. Details, Interior and Exterior. Indicate design and construction, includ¬ 
 ing any special items such as cabinet work, millwork, and entrance, drawn 
 at a scale sufficiently large to indicate all essential information. A mini¬ 
 mum scale of Z 2 " equals l'-O", is recommended. Standard methods of 
 construction or stock details, if fully described in the specifications, need 
 not be shown on drawings. 
 
 5. Sections. 
 
 1. Through Building. (Scale not less than 54" equals l'-O".) 
 
 a. Typical wall section through typical windows, showing all construc¬ 
 tion above and below grade, including roof and footing construction. 
 Show all dimensions and related elevations of floor levels and finished grade 
 at building. 
 
 b. Section through wall where materials and/or framing vary from those 
 shown in typical section. 
 
 c. Section through eatfes where windows do not occur. 
 
 d. Section through special windows. 
 
 e. Section through bays, and other projections showing construction at 
 junction of roof and ceiling with main wall. 
 
 f. Section through stairs. 
 
 2. Through lot. Show profile of lot, indicating related elevations of finished 
 exterior grades and finished first floor, basement floor, entrance platform, 
 slope of front yard, and walk to public sidewalks. 
 
 6. Heating, Plumbing, and Wiring Layouts. Show on separate draw¬ 
 ings, or on applicable floor plan: 
 
 1. Heating. 
 
 a. Size and layout of heating units, pipes,- ducts, registers, radiators, 
 breechings, and any special arrangements. 
 
 b. Total maximum heat loss of dwelling, and of each room, in Btu per 
 hour. 
 
 O—3 
 
c. Location of thermostat in automatic systems. 
 
 d. Design data, such as water temperature, air temperature at bonnet 
 and registers, capacity of fan or pump, air velocities, and outside tem¬ 
 perature. 
 
 2. Plumbing. 
 
 a. Fixtures. 
 
 b. Soil stacks and vents. 
 
 c. Horizontal runs of fixture drains. 
 
 d. House sewer. 
 
 e. Storm water drains. 
 
 f. Domestic hot water equipment. 
 
 g. Catch basin or grease trap, if provided. 
 
 h. Sump pump, if provided. 
 
 3. Wiring (Use appropriate symbols). 
 
 a. Light, power, and convenience outlets. 
 
 b. Switches, showing type and connections to outlets. 
 
 c. Location of meter and master switch. 
 
 F. Individual Water-Supply and Sewage-Disposal Systems. See FHA 
 
 publication entitled “Requirements for Individual Water-Supply and 
 Sewage-Disposal Systems”, for necessary drawings. 
 
 D—4 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
APPENDIX E 
 
 DETAILED HEATING REQUIREMENTS 
 
 The material under this heading is a part of Heating Requirements, 500 
 through 503, compliance with which shall determine acceptability of heat¬ 
 ing equipment, and design and installation of heating systems. Any other 
 method proposed, which, in the opinion of the Chief Underwriter, will 
 result in installations which irieet or exceed the performance requirements 
 may be used. 
 
 SAFETY PROVISIONS 
 
 I—A. Protection From Fire Hazard. Provide protection from fire hazards 
 by heater foundations, clearances and venting in accordance with the stand¬ 
 ards published by the National Board of Fire Underwriters. 
 
 I-B. Heater Foundations. 
 
 1. Heating units of conventional design for house heating or domestic water 
 heating shall be mounted on: 
 
 a. Floors of fire proof construction. 
 
 b. Fire resistive construction with noncombustible flooring and finish. 
 
 c. Fireproof slabs or arches having no combustible material or insulating 
 material against the underside, or 
 
 d. On a hollow masonry base at least 4 inches thick laid with ends open 
 to permit free air circulation through the base. 
 
 2. The following types of heating units may be mounted on floors other 
 than as described above provided the floor under the unit is protected with 
 not less than >4-inch asbestos covered with not less than #24 U. S. gauge 
 sheet metal: 
 
 a. Forced warm air furnace units in which 4 the fan chamber or intake 
 plenum is constructed integrally with the unit and occupies the entire area 
 beneath the firing chamber and forms a well ventilated air space, between 
 the furnace (including ashpit of solid fuel burning units) and the floor, of 
 18 inches or more in height. 
 
 b. Boilers for central heating and domestic water heating, of the wet- 
 base type in which the entire ashpit and firebox are water-legged. 
 
 c. Space heaters and domestic water heaters supported on legs which 
 provide clear space under the appliance of not less than 6 inches. 
 
 3. The floor protection (asbestos & sheet metal) provided in B-2 above 
 shall extend 6 inches beyond the appliance on all sides when gas or oil 
 is used and 18 inches beyond the side or front of a solid fuel burning 
 appliance where ashes are removed. 
 
 I—C. Clearances. Locate heating equipment so that the clear space be¬ 
 tween any heated surface and combustible construction is sufficient to 
 prevent temperatures of more than 160° F. on such constructions. Unless 
 specifically provided otherwise, the clearances generally shall be as follows: 
 
 E—1 
 
l-C. Clearances. 
 
 Continued. 
 
 
 Clearances ( 
 
 inches) 
 
 Temp. of Surface 
 
 Example 
 
 
 One Side 
 
 Other Side 
 
 Radiating Heat 
 
 Surface 
 
 T op 
 
 and Rear 
 
 and Front 
 
 200 to 400 
 
 Warm Air Fur- 
 n a c e Jackets, 
 Space Heaters, 
 (Circ. type) 
 
 12 
 
 12 
 
 18 
 
 400 to 600 
 
 Cleanout doors, 
 Fire doors 
 
 18 
 
 18 
 
 18 
 
 600 to 1,000 
 
 Radiant Space 
 Heaters, smoke 
 pipe 
 
 36 
 
 36 
 
 48 
 
 When the combustible construction or 
 
 the surface radiating heat is pro- 
 
 tected the clearances may be reduced in amount proportioned to the 
 effectiveness of the protection provided. 
 
 In systems where the air is heated by a coal fired furnace, all portions of the 
 supply ducts and supply plenums exposed to direct heat rays from the fur¬ 
 nace heating surface shall clear combustible construction, including in¬ 
 combustible surface material mounted against combustible construction, by 
 at least 8 inches. 
 
 HEAT LOSS CALCULATION 
 
 II—A. The maximum hourly heat loss for each heated space shall be calcu¬ 
 lated in accordance with the procedure described in the the current edi¬ 
 tion of the “Guide” of the American Society of Heating and Ventilating 
 Engineers or by any recognized method which is suitable to local condi¬ 
 tions provided the results obtained are in substantial agreement with, and 
 not less than those obtained by using the procedure described in the “Guide” 
 of the ASHVE. Regardless of the method used, and for the purpose of 
 simplifying the calculations, the following basic data shall be used: 
 
 1. The outside design temperature used in the calculation shall be that 
 established by FHA for the locality in which the dwelling is located. 
 
 2. The inside design temperature used in the calculations shall be not less 
 than 70° F. except that a lower inside design temperature acceptable to 
 the Chief Underwriter may be used in calculating the heat loss from play¬ 
 rooms, laundry rooms, enclosed service porches, heated garages, and similar- 
 spaces. 
 
 3. The calculation of heat loss from heated spaces into adjacent spaces 
 such as attics, basementless areas and heated or unheated garages shall be 
 based on the assumption that the temperature of such adjacent spaces is 
 the same as the outside design temperature. 
 
 4. All conventionally constructed floors over basements or other warmed 
 spaces are assumed to have no heat loss into those spaces. 
 
 5. Transmission coefficients used in the calculation shall be those listed in 
 the “Guide” or Federal Housing Administration Circular “Calculation of 
 Building Section, Heat Transmission Coefficients”, or as established by 
 tests acceptable to the Chief Underwriter. 
 
 E-2 
 
6. Infiltration heat loss shall be calculated as the heat required to raise the 
 temperature of an amount of air equal to the cubical contents of all the 
 heated space in the dwelling from the outside design temperature to the 
 inside design temperature in one hour (one air-change per hour). 
 
 7. Heat losses through concrete floor slabs on the ground shall be calcu¬ 
 lated in accordance with the perimeter method described in BMS Report 
 No. 103 by the National Bureau of Standards. See II-B. 
 
 8. The reduction in heat loss effected by storm windows and doors specified 
 and furnished shall be credited in the heat loss calculation. 
 
 II-B. Heat Loss Through Slab Floors on the Ground. The slab type of 
 concrete floor laid on the ground presents an individual problem. Recent 
 tests at the National Bureau of Standards indicate that slab floors laid on 
 the ground lose heat principally from areas near the exposed edge. Al¬ 
 though some heat is lost from other portions of the slab, the rate of loss 
 decreases rapidly as the distance from the exposed edge increases. The 
 conclusions drawn from the tests are that: 
 
 1. The heat loss through the floor is proportional to the exposed perimeter 
 of the floor and to the total degree days occurring in the locality during 
 the month preceding the date for which the calculation is made. 
 
 2. The use of stone, gravel, or cinders in a depth of several inches and a 
 
 layer of tar paper or other material impervious to water, placed under the 
 floor 
 
 a. prevents the penetration of water 
 
 b. insulates the floor sufficiently to permit the temperature of the floor to 
 follow the temperature of the air above it and thus lessen the probability 
 
 of condensation on the floor surface in summer. . 
 
 3. The temperature variation on the floor surface is significant for only a 
 
 short distance (4' or less) from the edge. 
 
 4. The use of an insulating strip at the edge or between the edge of the 
 floor slab and the foundation wall materially lowers the edge heat loss, 
 raises the floor surface temperature in the area near the edge and thereby 
 improves the comfort conditions and lessens the probability of condensation 
 
 on this portion of the floor surface in winter. 
 
 The foregoing tests and the conclusions derived therefrom indicate that 
 the heat loss from slab floors on the ground can be determined easily and 
 more accurately than by previously used methods, by a method employing 
 the Perimeter Formula. This formula which follows shall be used for 
 calculating the heat loss from slab floors on the ground. 
 
 Hf^F.XPXDj, 
 
 in which 
 
 H f = Total heat loss from slab floor (Btu per hour). 
 p i =Heat loss factor obtained from Building Materials and Structures 
 Report, BMS 103 of the National Bureau of Standards. Typical 
 factors range from 0.020 to 0.040. 
 
 P= Perimeter of floor is feet. 
 
 = Average January degree days over a period of at least five years, 
 as issued by the United States Weather Bureau. 
 
 E-3 
 
ACCEPTABILITY OF HEATING SYSTEMS ACCORDING TO THE HEATING 
 MEDIUM AND METHOD OF DISTRIBUTION 
 
 lll-A. When the heating medium is hot water or steam circulated through 
 a system of pipes connected to radiators, convectors or other heat exchanging 
 devices: 
 
 1. Circulation may be by gravity when the top of the boiler is below the floor 
 level of all first floor habitable spaces provided the system is designed in 
 accordance with the requirements for gravity circulation hot water or steam 
 systems, whichever is applicable. 
 
 2. Mechanical circulation shall be provided when the top of the boiler is 
 above the first floor level, or when the boiler is below the first floor level and 
 the system is not designed to operate by gravity circulation. The system 
 shall be designed in accordance with the requirements for a forced circula¬ 
 tion hot water system or mechanical condensate return system, whichever 
 is applicable. 
 
 Ill—B. When the heating medium is warm air supplied to or returned from 
 the spaces to be heated through a system of ducts: 
 
 1. Circulation may be by gravity when the top of the furnace is below the 
 floor level of all first floor habitable spaces and the tops of all supply regis¬ 
 ters are within 18 inches of the floor provided the system is designed in 
 accordance with the requirements for a gravity circulation warm air system. 
 
 2. Mechanical circulation shall be provided if the duct resistance due to 
 limited size, length and turns will prevent adequate gravity circulation, if 
 the top of any supply register is more than 18 inches from the floor, or if 
 the top of any supply register is below the top of the furnace. The system 
 shall be designed in accordance with the requirements for a forced circula¬ 
 tion warm air system unless the system comes under the provisions of III-C. 
 
 E—4 
 
Ill—C. If heated air is supplied by means of a device such as a space heater, 
 floor furnace, wall heater, pipelines furnace or similar device the following 
 requirements shall apply: 
 
 1. The distance center to center between a supply outlet and any space to 
 be heated by it, measured through the center of intervening openings, shall 
 not exceed 18 feet. 
 
 2. If the supply outlet and return inlet of the device are in the same space, 
 there shall be no more than one doorway and one archway between the 
 supply outlet and any space to be heated by it. 
 
 3. If the only supply outlet and the only return inlet of the device are not 
 in the same space there shall be no more than one doorway and one archway 
 between the supply outlet and any space to be heated by it and no more than 
 one doorway and one archway between the supply outlet and the return inlet 
 of the device. If there is a doorway between the supply outlet and the 
 return inlet it shall have a fixed louvered opening with a net free area not 
 less than 8 square inches per 1,000 Btu gross output rating of the device. 
 
 4. If the principal supply outlet and the principal return inlet are not in 
 the same space and if ductwork has been added to the device, there shall 
 be no more than one doorway and one archway between a supply outlet and 
 any room to be heated by it except where the kitchen is in the path of 
 return air to the principal return inlet. Each door in path of air flow, 
 between the principal supply outlet and the principal return inlet shall be 
 provided with fixed louvered openings with the opening in each door having 
 a net free area of not less than 8 square inches per 1,000 Btu of gross output 
 rating of the device. 
 
 5. The maximum hourly heat loss from the dwelling or that portion of the 
 dwelling which one unit is intended to heat shall not exceed 45,000 Btu. 
 
 This may be increased to 50,000 Btu if an air circulating fan is incorporated 
 in the unit. 
 
ACCEPTABILITY OF HEATING SYSTEMS Continued. 
 
 6. If a fan is provided it shall have a quiet performance capacity as in¬ 
 stalled of not less than 10 cfm per 1,000 Btu gross rated capacity of the de¬ 
 vice. A fan of insufficient capacity is indicated by an air temperature rise 
 through a heater of more than 100° F when the heater is fired at its maxi¬ 
 mum rating. Fan shall be so controlled that it will operate at all times when 
 the air temperature at the device outlet is above 135° F. No means shall be 
 provided for manually breaking the fan electrical .circuit. Except for quiet¬ 
 ness, this paragraph does not apply to free standing fan-equipped space 
 heaters not installed in connection with ductwork. 
 
 7. If ductwork is added to the device but of insufficient extent for the system 
 to be considered a conventional gravity , or forced circulation system, the 
 following additional requirements shall apply: 
 
 a. Ductwork installations shall comply with the provisions of National 
 Board of Fire Underwriters Pamphlet No. 90. 
 
 b. Ductwork shall be connected to the device. 
 
 c. A fan complying with 6 above shall be provided if top of device is above 
 floor level of any space to be heated by it, or if top of any outlet register 
 is more than 18 inches above the floor. 
 
 d. A total net free area of not less than 8 square inches per 1,000 Btu of 
 gross output rating of the device shall be maintained throughout the supply 
 system and also throughout the return system. 
 
 e. If more than one supply outlet is provided the net free area of the 
 outlets and branch ducts shall be proportioned approximately in accordance 
 with the heat losses of the portions of the dwelling they are intended to heat. 
 Unless the bathroom is otherwise heated in a manner acceptable to the 
 Chief Underwriter, a supply outlet shall be provided in the bathroom. 
 
 f. If device is coal fired or if manual control is used for other fuels, at 
 least % of the branch supply duct area shall run untrapped from top of 
 heater to unvalved outlet or outlets. Balancing dampers, if provided, 
 shall not close more than 50% of the area of any duct. 
 
 Ill—D. No return air inlet shall be located in a bathroom, a room or space 
 likely to be used for fuel or other storage, a confined space in which the 
 combustion air intake is located such as the air intake of a gas- or oil-fired 
 unit or the ash pit door of a coal-fired unit, or a confined space in which 
 a draft diverter or draft regulator is located. A basement space shall not 
 be used as a return plenum. A crawl space below first floor may be used 
 as a return plenum provided the enclosing materials are not subject to decay 
 or corrosion in the presence of moisture, the space is made tight against 
 excessive air leakage and the ground is surfaced with at least 2 inches of 
 concrete or other suitable material and the space is not designed to serve 
 for storage. 
 
 E—6 
 
CAPACITY OF HEATING EQUIPMENT 
 
 IV—A. The net outputs in Btu per hour of radiators, convectors, registers, 
 heat exchangers and heating surfaces shall be not less than the heat loss of 
 the spaces which they heat and shall be proportioned so as to provide an 
 acceptable uniformity of temperature throughout the dwelling. 
 
 For air heating devices net output shall be not less than the calculated heat 
 loss of the spaces which it is intended to heat. For boilers net output shall 
 be not less than the calculated heat loss of the spaces plus the prescribed 
 allowance for attached domestic water heaters, if any. The manufacturer’s 
 published net output shall be used when it is less than the net output as 
 defined below. 
 
 IV—B. The following definitions of ratings are applicable when the heating 
 device or equipment is operated within the limits of the applicable code or 
 rating, procedure: 
 
 1. Input rating is the rated fuel consuming capacity of a heating device. 
 
 2. Gross output is the heat delivered in Btu per hour: 
 
 a. In the air at the bonnet of a furnace or at the register of a floor, wall, 
 or pipeless gravity furnace. 
 
 b. In the steam or water at the nozzle of a boiler. 
 
 c. At the discharge of an overflow heater. 
 
 3. Net output is the gross output less allowance for ordinary piping losses 
 and pickup. 
 
 PIPED DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS 
 
 Systems consisting of boilers in which water is heated and pipes conducting 
 
 hot water or steam to radiators or convectors shall comply with the 
 following: 
 
 V—A. Boilers. 
 
 1. Construction. The construction of all hot water or steam heating boil¬ 
 ers in which water is heated directly by the fuel and in which water is or 
 may be subjected to pressures in excess of 5 lbs. per sq. in. and due solely 
 to hydrostatic head of water shall be required to comply with the American 
 Society of Mechanical Engineers’ Code for Low Pressure Heating Boilers 
 and each such boiler shall bear the symbol indicating compliance with 
 A. S. M. E. Standards. 
 
 E—7 
 
V—A. Boilers. Continued. 
 
 2. Boiler Capacity. Net boiler capacity shall be not less than the sum of 
 all calculated loads and shall be as follows: 
 
 a. Hand fired or mechanically fired. The current Net Load Recom¬ 
 mendation for Heating Boilers of the Heating, Piping and Air Condition¬ 
 ing Contractors National Association except that, where manufacturer’s 
 published or nameplate rating is less, the lower rating shall be used, or 
 
 b. Net load determined from certified test data submitted by the manu¬ 
 facturer to the Chief Underwriter and ruled by him as acceptable. Certi¬ 
 fied test data are to be substantially that required in the “I-B-R Testing 
 and Rating Code” for cast iron boilers and the “S. B. I. Rating Code” for 
 steel boilers. 
 
 c. Gas-fired boilers—50% of the American Gas Association input rating. 
 Note: For boilers supplying domestic hot water to living units add 6,000, 
 
 Btu fo ^ each living unit in excess of one. 
 
 d. Boilers and boiler room equipment shall be so piped and valved as to 
 be readily serviced and repaired. Electrical equipment shall not .be in¬ 
 stalled beneath or adjacent to cleanouts of chimney or breeching. 
 
 e. All pumps shall be isolated by suitable connections to prevent trans¬ 
 mission of vibration or noise. 
 
 3. Trimmings and Firetools. 
 
 a. Necessary firetools and cleaning brushes for properly maintaining the 
 boiler shall be furnished. 
 
 b. Steam boilers shall be provided with safety valve, gauge glass and 
 trycocks. Automatically fired steam boilers shall be provided with a low 
 water cut-off supplied with the boiler by the boiler manufacturer. 
 
 c. Hot water heating boilers shall be equipped with an altitude or pres¬ 
 sure gauge, thermometer, and, when connected to closed systems, shall be 
 provided with a relief valve. 
 
 d. Boilers shall be connected to the house cold water supply with a 
 shut-off valve and shall be provided with a drain cock suitable for con¬ 
 nection with a hose for draining, or shall be piped to a drain. 
 
 4. Insulation. Boiler insulation shall be securely applied and shall be of 
 thickness and insulating value adequate to prevent the overheating of 
 living space. In no case shall the conductance of the insulating material 
 plus any protective casing which may be used be greater than 0.50 Btu. 
 
 V—B. Pipe and Fittings. 
 
 1. All pipe for steam and hot water systems shall be steel, copper, brass 
 or wrought iron and the ends shall be reamed full size. 
 
 2. Fittings shall be standard design and weight and of a material accept¬ 
 able to the Chief Underwriter. 
 
 3. Installation. 
 
 a. Screw pipe and fittings shall be joined together with pipe compound 
 applied to the pipe and not to the fitting. 
 
 E—8 
 
b„ Threads shall be clean and free from burrs. 
 
 c. All union connections shall be made so that there is no strain on the 
 pipe and unions shall be accessible after the building is completed. 
 
 d. There shall be a in. drain valve at each low point of the system. 
 
 e. Piping passing through masonry walls shall be provided with sheet 
 metal sleeves. 
 
 f. All supply piping and fittings of steam systems and all piping of hot 
 water systems shall be insulated with material having an overall conductance 
 of not more than 0.67 Btu. 
 
 g. All main piping shall be supported by suitable hangers located at least 
 every 10 feet. 
 
 V—C. Radiators and Convectors. 
 
 1. Each radiator or convector shall be separately valved. 
 
 2. In addition each radiator or convector shall be provided with means of 
 balancing the distribution of heat in the system. Balancing device may be 
 integral with control valve but it shall be designed for locking in position and 
 when so set shall not be affected by the operation of the control valve. 
 
 3. Enclosed unit shall be sized to compensate for effect of enclosure. 
 
 4. Top of radiators or outlet grilles: Maximum height above floor, 32 inches. 
 
 5. Convectors. Install in completely enclosing cabinets. Convector cabinets 
 not of same manufacture as heating element shall have similar clearances 
 around heating element, equally effective cabinet heights, and equivalent 
 free areas of inlet and outlets, as cabinets with which the element was rated. 
 
 6. Insulate walls behind radiator recesses and recessed convectors with ma¬ 
 terial having an overall conductance of not more than 0.67 Btu. 
 
 V—D. Hot Water System Design. 
 
 1. Design and install according to the recommendations in the current edi¬ 
 tion of the American Society of Heating & Ventilating Engineers “Guide”. 
 One pipe Forced Circulation systems may be designed in accordance with 
 the procedure described in steps 2 through 11 inclusive in “I-B-R Installa¬ 
 tion Guide #1”. 
 
 2. The maximum temperature drop through each radiator shall be: 
 
 a. 20° for forced circulation systems, 
 
 b. 35° for gravity circulation systems. 
 
 3. Radiators and convectors shall be selected so that they deliver their re¬ 
 quired output at temperatures not in excess of 
 
 a. 220° for fully automatically fired systems, 
 
 b. 180° for manually fired systems. 
 
 E-9 
 
V-D. Hot Water System Design. Continued. 
 
 4. Protect from excessive pressures and loss of water by: 
 
 a. An open expansion tank with a visible overflow, all inside the build¬ 
 ing, or 
 
 b. A closed tank equipped with a relief valve. 
 
 5. Install'one-pipe mains dead level except when specifically directed other¬ 
 wise by manufacturer of special one-pipe fittings used. Run supply mains 
 in two-pipe systems with a pitch upward in the direction of water flow at 
 least Z\" in 10 feet and return mains downward in the direction of water 
 flow at least *4" in 10 feet. 
 
 6. All branches to radiators shall pitch upward toward the radiator not 
 less than /i" in 10 feet. 
 
 7. Install piping so that there are no air pockets in the system. 
 
 8. Provide accessible air valves and balancing fitting (see V-C-2) on all 
 radiators and convectors and coils. 
 
 9. Provide an air chamber of not less than 6 cubic inches for each 
 convector. 
 
 V—E. Steam System Design. 
 
 1. The design of steam systems shall be in accordance with the recom¬ 
 mendations of the current “Guide” of the American Society of Heating 
 & Ventilating Engineers. 
 
 2. Steam piping for one-pipe systems shall be sized in accordance with the 
 following table: 
 
 Pipe Sizes for One-Pipe, Gravity, Low-Pressure Steam Heating System 
 Capacity in Sq. Ft. of Equivalent Radiation 
 
 Pipe Size 
 
 1 nches 
 
 Supply Main 
 Dripped, 
 Steam & 
 Condensate 
 Flow in Same 
 Direction 
 
 Supply 
 Risers ' 
 Up-Feed 
 
 Branches 
 to Supply 
 Risers & 
 Rads, not 
 Dripped* 
 
 Wet Return 
 Main 
 
 Dry Return 
 Main 
 
 Rad Valve 
 Sizes 
 
 U 
 
 1 
 
 
 25 
 
 45 
 
 
 
 
 
 56 
 
 28 
 
 
 
 28 
 
 
 
 m 
 
 122 
 
 98 
 
 62 
 
 1,200 
 
 670 
 
 62 
 
 l'A 
 
 190 
 
 152 
 
 93 
 
 1,900 
 
 1,060 
 
 93 
 
 2 
 
 386 
 
 288 
 
 169 
 
 4,000 
 
 2,300 
 
 169 
 
 2 H 
 
 635 
 
 464 
 
 260 
 
 6, 700 
 
 3, 800 
 
 
 *Note: Radiator branches more than 8’ in length shall be one size larger than 
 shown. Minimum return pipe size l l A". 
 
 E—10 • 
 
3. Run main vertically full size of boiler tapping and pitch horizontal run 
 down in direction of steam flow at least in 10 feet. 
 
 4. Take off undripped runouts at 45° from horizontal main and pitch 
 upward in direction of steam flow at least 1 inch in 10 feet. 
 
 5. Provide automatic quick vent in the main, set vertically in a tee at 
 least 2 feet beyond the last runout on one-pipe systems. 
 
 6. Provide an adjustable air vent valve in each radiator in one-pipe systems. 
 
 7. Provide swing joints at the foot of all second floor risers. 
 
 8. Provide for balancing in one-pipe systems by means of adjustable air 
 vent valves; in two-pipe systems by means of orifices or orificed supply 
 valves. 
 
 9^ Connect return pipe to boiler through a Hartford connection. 
 
 10. Equip automatically fired systems with low water cut-off supplied with 
 the boiler by the boiler manufacturer. 
 
 DUCT DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS 
 
 VI—A. Furnace Capacity. 
 
 1. Gravity Furnaces . Net register output rating in Btu. per hour shall be: 
 a. For coal burning, hand fired: 
 
 (1) With secondary heating surface of at least five times grate area and 
 
 (a) With any ratio of total heating surface to grate area between 15 
 to 1 and 25 to 1 inclusive: not more than 1785 times the heating surface 
 in sq. ft. 
 
 (b) With a ratio of total heating surface to grate area greater than 
 25 to 1: not more than 1785 x 25 x grate area in sq. ft. 
 
 (2) Without secondary heating surface or with secondary heating sur¬ 
 face less than five times the grate area and with a ratio of total heating 
 surface to grate area of at least 15 to 1: not more than that determined 
 by multiplying the grate area in sq. in. by the factor opposite the applicable 
 ratio in the following table: 
 
 
 Btu per 
 
 
 Btu per 
 
 
 Btu per 
 
 
 sq. in. of 
 
 
 sq. in. of 
 
 
 sq. in. of 
 
 Ratio 
 
 Grate Area 
 
 Ratio 
 
 Grate Area 
 
 Ratio 
 
 Grate Area 
 
 15-1 
 
 156 
 
 21-1 
 
 220 
 
 26-1 
 
 267 
 
 16-1 
 
 167 
 
 22-1 
 
 230 
 
 27-1 
 
 272 
 
 17-1 
 
 177 
 
 23-1 
 
 241 
 
 28-1 
 
 276 
 
 18-1 
 
 188 
 
 24-1 
 
 251 
 
 29-1 
 
 281 
 
 19-1 
 
 198 
 
 25-1 
 
 262 
 
 30-1 
 
 
 20-1 
 
 209 
 
 
 
 and over 
 
 286 
 
 E—11 
 
VI—A. Furnace Capacity. Continued. 
 
 b. For oil fired gravity furnace-burner units (any type burner) : not 
 more than 75 percent of the bonnet capacity determined in accordance 
 with “Warm Air Furnaces Equipped with Vaporizing Pot Type Burners,” 
 Commercial Standard CS104. 
 
 c. For gravity gas fired furnace units: not more than 75 percent of the 
 AGA bonnet output rating. 
 
 d. For gravity furnaces with or without secondary surface, converted to 
 automatic firing with stokers, oil burners, or conversion gas burners or 
 for furnace-burner units for which adequate test data are not available: 
 not more than the corresponding gravity coal-burning hand-fired rating. 
 
 2. Forced Air Furnaces. Net register output rating in Btu per hour shall 
 be: 
 
 a. For coal burning hand fired 
 
 (1) With or without secondary heating surface and with any ratio of 
 total heating surface to grate area: not more than 85 percent of the bonnet 
 output rating determined in accordance with “Solid Fuel Burning Forced- 
 Air Furnaces” Commercial Standard CS109 or, when such rating has not 
 been determined, 
 
 (2) With secondary heating surface at least five times the grate area and 
 
 (a) With any ratio of total heating surface to grate area between 15 
 and 25 to 1 inclusive: not more than 2265 times the heating surface in sq. ft. 
 
 (b) With a ratio of total heating surface to grate area greater than 25 
 to 1: not more than 2265 x 25 x grate area in sq. ft. 
 
 (3) Without secondary heating surface or with secondary heating surface 
 less than five times the grate area and with a ratio of total heating surface 
 to grate area of at least 15 to 1: not more than that determined by multi¬ 
 plying the grate area in sq. in. by the factor opposite the applicable ratio in 
 the following table: 
 
 
 Btu per 
 
 
 Btu per 
 
 
 Btu per 
 
 
 sq. in. of 
 
 
 sq. in. of 
 
 
 sq. in. of 
 
 Ratio 
 
 Grate Area 
 
 Ratio 
 
 Grate Area 
 
 Ratio 
 
 Grate Area 
 
 15-1 
 
 198 
 
 21-1 
 
 278 
 
 26-1 
 
 338 
 
 16-1 
 
 211 
 
 22-1 
 
 292 
 
 27-1 
 
 344 
 
 17-1 
 
 225 
 
 23-1 
 
 305 
 
 28-1 
 
 .350 
 
 18-1 
 
 238 
 
 24-1 
 
 319 
 
 29-1 
 
 356 
 
 19-1 
 
 252 
 
 25-1 
 
 332 
 
 30-1 
 
 
 20-1 
 
 265 
 
 
 
 and over 
 
 362 
 
 b. For oil fired forced circulation furnace-burner units (any type burner) : 
 not more than 85% of the bonnet capacity determined in accordance with 
 “Warm Air Furnaces Equipped with Vaporizing Pot Type Burners”, Com¬ 
 mercial Standard CS104. 
 
 c. For forced circulation gas fired furnace units: 85% of the AGA bonnet 
 output rating. 
 
 d. For forced circulation warm air furnaces converted to automatic firing 
 with stokers, oil burners, or conversion gas burners or for furnace-burner 
 
 E-l 2 
 
units for which adequate test data are not available: not more than the 
 corresponding forced air coal-burning hand-fired rating. 
 
 e. Heating surface and grate area shall be measured according to the 
 current edition of the Codes and Manuals of the National Warm Air Heating 
 and Air Conditioning Association. Secondary heating surface is heating 
 surface so constructed and located that direct light of the fuel bed or burner 
 does not shine upon any part of it. 
 
 f. Forced air furnace blower shall have a capacity in cfm of not less than 
 1/75 of the maximum net output in Btu per hour of the furnace to which 
 it is attached when the blower wheel is operating at a peripheral speed not 
 greater than 1600 fm and when the pressure in the bonnet is not less than 
 0.20 inches of water. The blower shall be built and installed in a manner 
 which will assure continued quiet operation. 
 
 Vl-B. Furnace Construction. 
 
 1. All cast iron warm air furnaces for gravity or forced warm air systems, 
 
 except gas fired furnace-burner units, shall be constructed so that the 
 minimum thickness at any point is not less than and thickness at areas 
 exposed to high temperature is not less than Gas fired furnace-burner 
 
 units shall comply with the Approval Requirements, American Gas Assoc. 
 
 2. All steel furnaces shall be constructed with a minimum thickness of No. 
 14 U. S. S. gauge for secondary heating surfaces and No. 10 U. S. S. gauge 
 for primary heating surfaces except for oil fired furnace-burner units,which 
 may be constructed in accordance with the requirements in “Warm Air 
 Furnaces Equipped with Vaporizing Pot-Type Burners” Commercial Stand¬ 
 ard CS-104 and for gas fired furnaces which shall comply with the Approval 
 Requirements of the American Gas Association. 
 
 3. Heating surface on the suction side of the fan is acceptable only when: 
 
 a. Certified test data show that the temperature of the air measured at 
 the inlet of the fan does not exceed 120° F. when the furnace is operating 
 at its rated capacity. 
 
 b. In the absence of certified test data indicating compliance with (a) 
 above, the actual measured area of such heating surface on the suction side 
 of the fan shall not exceed 30% of the total heating surface. 
 
 c. Such surface is constructed of material not less durable than the mini¬ 
 mum required by the applicable code or requirement for the construction 
 of the primary heating surface of the combustion chamber section. 
 
 d. All joints between secondary and primary surfaces are welded or made 
 with tight fitting bolted gasket external to that part of the furnace casing 
 on the suction side of the fan. 
 
 e. The smokepipe extension, if any, is an integral part of the secondary 
 surface and extends outside the casing and is constructed of material the 
 same as the combustion chamber. 
 
 4. Casings shall -be of incombustible material, tight fitting and securely 
 fastened to the furnace so as to maintain proper clearances. A liner or 
 insulation shall be applied to prevent the casing surface temperatures rising 
 above 230° F. when operating at maximum rated capacity. 
 
 699071 0—47 
 
 9 
 
 E-l 3 
 
VI—B. Furnace Construction. Continued. 
 
 5. Filters shall not be exposed to direct radiant heat and shall be located 
 so that the temperature of the filter is not raised by furnace heat more than 
 90° F. Filters shall not be installed in coal burning furnace installations. 
 
 VI—C. Furnace Installation—Forced or Gravity. 
 
 1. Locate gravity furnace so that lengths of supply ducts are as nearly equal 
 as possible. 
 
 2. Joints between the bottom of the furnace and the foundation through 
 which air may pass into the heating air stream shall be tightly sealed. The 
 furnace parts shall be assembled plumb and level and joints requiring ce¬ 
 ment shall be well fitted. 
 
 3. Warm air furnaces which are fired by hand and equipped with a fan to 
 circulate air shall be provided with an automatic damper regulator con¬ 
 trolled by a room thermostat. 
 
 4. An air circulating fan connected to a warm air furnace shall be controlled 
 by means of a temperature-actuated control located in the bonnet of the 
 furnace or in the main supply duct near the furnace and shielded from 
 radiated heat. This control shall cause the fan to operate at all times when 
 the air in bonnet is above a predetermined temperature and shall be pro¬ 
 vided with a limit on the setting so that it cannot be set at a temperature 
 higher than 200°. Any other method of automatic control designed to 
 accomplish the same result shall be submitted as a special method for con¬ 
 sideration of acceptability. There shall be no manual disconnect switch 
 in the fan electrical circuit. 
 
 5. Warm air furnaces which are automatically fired or are equipped with 
 an automatic damper regulator shall be equipped with a temperature- 
 actuated limit control, located in the bonnet of the furnace or in a main 
 supply duct near the furnace and shielded from radiated heat. This con¬ 
 trol shall shut off or reduce the fuel supply to the oil burner, gas burner, 
 or stoker, or cause the damper regulator to check the fire in the case of a 
 hand fired installation, whenever the air temperature exceeds a predeter¬ 
 mined setting (not higher than 250°), until the temperature has returned 
 to a lower predetermined setting. 
 
 6. The controls required in 4 and 5 above may be combined in a single 
 combination control. 
 
 VI—D. Duct Work Construction and Installation—Gravity and Forced 
 Systems. 
 
 1. General. Comply with current Standards of the National Board of Fire 
 Underwriters, Pamphlet No. 90. A combination of gravity and forced cir¬ 
 culation of air is not acceptable. Use of propeller fan will not alter the 
 requirements for a gravity system nor permit a reduction in supply or return 
 duct sizes. 
 
 E-14 
 
2. Supply and return ducts. 
 
 a. All supply registers and return grilles shall be connected to the furnace 
 or other heating unit by means of fittings or fittings and ducts which are 
 closed, continuous and substantially air tight and throughout which the cal¬ 
 culated required free area is maintained. 
 
 b. All fittings are to be of standard design without sharp turns and so 
 fabricated and assembled that friction is minimized. 
 
 c. Slip joints shall provide at least 1 inch lap. 
 
 d. Calculated area of round duct shall be increased 10 percent to deter¬ 
 mine area of equivalent rectangular duct. 
 
 e. Calculated area of rectangular duct may be reduced 10 percent to 
 determine area of equivalent round duct. 
 
 f. Duct fittings and connections shall be of sheet metal or other material 
 accepable to the Chief Underwriter. 
 
 3. Insulate all supply or return ducts in exterior walls, attics and spaces 
 under basementless houses with material having an overall conductance of 
 not more than 0.67 Btu. 
 
 4. Supply ducts and registers. 
 
 a. Supply duct area shall be determined as in E or F following, depending 
 on whether forced or gravity system is used. Free area of register shall be 
 not less than the calculated area of the respective supply duct. 
 
 b. Provide register valves in all bedroom and kitchen supply registers. 
 
 c. A means other than a register valve such as a splitter, turn, or stack- 
 head damper shall be provided to control the air distribution to each supply 
 register. When a splitter or turn damper is used, it shall have an accessible 
 operating handle which indicates the position of the blade. 
 
 d. All supply ducts in warm air systems shall be constructed entirely of 
 metal or other noncombustible material equivalent in structural strength and 
 durability to the following: 
 
 Round Ducts 
 
 Diameter, Min. Wgt. Min. Thickness 
 
 Inches of Tin of Galv. Iron 
 
 10 and less IG (107 lbs.) 28 U. S. Gauge 
 
 10 to 14 IX (135.lbs.) 26 U. S. Gauge 
 
 Larger than 14 _ 24 U. S. Gauge 
 
 Rectangular Ducts 
 
 Largest Dimension, 
 Inches 
 
 Less than 14 
 14 or more 
 
 Min. Thickness 
 
 of Galv. Iron 
 28 U. S. Gauge 
 26 U. S. Gauge 
 
 (Cross-break top and bottom panels of all ducts 24" and wider.) 
 
 e. Any lining used in supply ducts shall be of fire-resistant material 
 acceptable to the Chief Underwriter. 
 
 f. Joints and seams of all supply ducts shall be securely fastened and made 
 substantially air tight; seams made with a drive cleat or Pittsburgh lock. 
 
 E—15 
 
Vl-D. Duct Work—Gravity and Forced Systems. Continued 
 
 g. Supply ducts shall be securely supported by metal hangers, straps, or 
 brackets. No nails shall be driven through the duct walls and no unneces¬ 
 sary holes shall be cut therein. When access or hand holes are cut they 
 shall be provided with tightly fitted cover plates. 
 
 5. Safety Provisions Relating to Ducts. 
 
 a. Supply ducts which run in the open, such as those which run approxi¬ 
 mately horizontal and near the ceiling, shall have clearances as follows: 
 
 (1) From metal ducts to combustible material, including wood lath and 
 plaster: not less than one inch; 
 
 (2) From metal ducts to metal lath and plaster or other incombustible 
 finish attached to combustible material: not less than % inch; 
 
 (3) For metal ducts covered with % inch or more of incombustible 
 insulating material: no clearance required; 
 
 (4) From ducts made of asbestos-cement (or equivalent) to combustible 
 material: one-half that specified for metal ducts. 
 
 b. Supply ducts which pass through combustible floor or ceiling shall: 
 
 (1) Clear such construction by at least 5 /ie", or 
 
 (2) Be of double wall construction with a continuous air space of not 
 less than 5 /i 6 " between the inner and outer walls and any remaining space 
 around the duct filled with incombustible material. 
 
 c. Supply ducts enclosed in combustible floor, wall or ceiling shall: 
 
 _ - (1) Clear combustible construction by 5 /iq”, or 
 
 (2) Be of double wall construction with a continuous air space of not 
 less than 5 /l6" between the inner and outer walls, or 
 
 (3) Be insulated with incombustible material having a conductance of 
 not more than 0.67 Btu. 
 
 d. Where supply ducts are located in closets and similar spaces, they shall 
 be insulated with incombustible material having an overall conductance of 
 not more than 0.67 Btu and shall be protected against mechanical damage. 
 
 e. Where installation of supply ducts in walls, floors or ceilings requires 
 the removal of fire-stopping the spaces around the ducts where such fire¬ 
 stopping was removed shall be tightly filled with incombustible insulating 
 material having an overall conductance of not more than 0.67 Btu. 
 
 f. Where registers are installed in the floors or walls of combustible con¬ 
 struction, the register box shall clear the construction by not less than 5 /ie"- 
 
 g. Pipeless furnace-registers shall be installed in a register box constructed 
 with an air space of not less than 4 inches between it and combustible con¬ 
 struction except when the warm air passage is surrounded by a cold air 
 passage. 
 
 h. Warm air systems using coal as fuel shall be protected against hazards 
 due to overheating by the following: 
 
 (1) Omit filters. 
 
 (2) Omit register valves from registers supplying living room and bath. 
 
 (3) Arrange each balancing damper so that it cannot reduce by more 
 than 50% the air flow through the duct in which it is installed. 
 
 E-16 
 
 t 
 
6. Return ducts and grilles. 
 
 a. One or more return grilles for each living unit shall be installed in the 
 floor or at floor level and shall be so located that it is not necessary for return 
 air from one habitable room to traverse another habitable room to enter the 
 return opening nor for air admitted through a main outside entrance door 
 or being returned from upstairs spaces to pass across the principally used 
 portion of the living room floor to enter the return. 
 
 b. Free area of return: not less than calculated leader pipe or trunk 
 area. See D-2 above. 
 
 c. Returns from bathrooms or garages are not acceptable. 
 
 d. Provide register valve for each return opening located in bedroom 
 
 or kitchen. 
 
 * 
 
 e. Return ducts or grilles serving one living unit shall not be connected 
 with those serving any other living unit nor shall air returned from one 
 living unit be re-circulated to any other living unit. Public halls shall not 
 be used as a return plenum chamber. 
 
 f. Joist spaces, other than those adjacent to the outside walls, may serve 
 as return ducts for gravity systems only. The upper portion of such 
 spaces shall be made tight with sheet metal or heavy asbestos paper tightly 
 secured to the subfloor and the framing members. The sides of the framing 
 members need not be covered except as required in 6-g below. Joist spaces 
 may be closed for this purpose with metal, dense composition board, cement- 
 asbestos board, or other similar rigid material acceptable to the Chief 
 Underwriter. 
 
 g. Incombustible material shall be used in the construction of return 
 ducts, and for complete lining of joist spaces used as return ducts in the 
 following locations: 
 
 (1) Within 2 feet, by shortest measurement, of casing, supply plenum, 
 smoke pipe or vent, of any heater. 
 
 (2) For a vertical return duct located at the heater, and, in addition, 
 the portion of a horizontal duct or joist space for a distance of 2 feet from 
 the near edge of the connection of this horizontal duct or joist space with 
 the vertical duct. 
 
 (3) Where a fire hazard may exist in ducts due to particles dropped 
 through a register or heater, such as directly under floor registers or return 
 grilles, at the bottom of vertical ducts, or directly under heaters having a 
 bottom return. 
 
 Vl-E. Desigh of Gravity Circulation Warm Air Systems. See also VI-D. 
 
 1. General. 
 
 a. Design and install according to the current edition of the “Gravity 
 Code and Manual” of the National Warm Air Heating and Air Condition¬ 
 ing Association except where specifically provided otherwise in this appendix. 
 
 b. For Heat Loss Calculation see II-A. 
 
 2. Run separate duct from furnace to each supply register. 
 
 E-17 
 
VI—E. Design of Gravity Circulation Warm Air Systems. Continued. 
 
 3. Area of leaders and stacks shall be determined in accordance with a or b 
 following: 
 
 a. The “Gravity Code and Manual” of the National Warm Air Heating 
 and Air Conditioning Association. 
 
 b. The following formulae and limitations: 
 (1) First story baseboard or floor registers: 
 
 Round leader pipe area in sq. in.= 
 
 Btu hourly heat loss 
 130-4£-1.5L 
 
 For second story baseboard registers: 
 Rectangular wall stack area in sq. in. 
 
 Btu hourly heat loss 
 283— 13E—3L 
 
 Round leader pipe area =150 percent of calculated wall stack 
 area. 
 
 Rectangular leader pipe area =165 percent of calculated wall 
 stack area. 
 
 in which: 
 
 L =total equivalent feet of run as follows: 
 
 Each foot of leader pipe from furnace to boot= 1L 
 Each foot of horizontal duct at other than basement level: 
 
 Area not less than calculated stack area= 1.5L 
 Area not less than calculated leader pipe area= 1L 
 E =number of equivalent elbows as follows: ' 
 
 Each direction change occurring in horizontal or vertical run between fur¬ 
 nace and register box shall be considered at its equivalent E value as follows: 
 Each direction change greater than 45° and not greater than 90° = 1£ 
 Each direction change greater than 30° and not greater than 45° = 0.52i 
 . Each direction change greater than 15° and not greater than 30° = 0.25£' 
 Direction changes less than 15° shall be disregarded. 
 
 (3) Minimum leader pipe size: 6 inches diameter round or equivalent. 
 
 (4) Minimum stack area: 26 sq. in. with minimum depth of 2 /i in. and 
 a width not over 6 times the depth used. 
 
 E—18 
 
VI—F. Design for Forced Circulation Warm Air Systems. See also Vl-D 
 above. 
 
 1. General. 
 
 a. Design and install in accordance with the “Code and Manual for the 
 Design and Installation of Warm Air Winter Air Conditioning Systems” of 
 the National Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Association, except 
 as otherwse provided in this Appendix. 
 
 b. For Heat Loss Calculation see II-A. 
 
 c. As a guide, use “Yardstick for Classifying Warm Air Winter Air Con¬ 
 ditioning Systems” as published by the N. W. A. H. A. C. A. 
 
 Note: Class C in Yardstick will not be acceptable. Materials other than 
 those covered in paragraphs 310 and 311 of the “Yardstick ” may be used 
 provided they are acceptable to the Chief Underwriter. 
 
 d. Use of propeller fan requires compliance with requirements for gravity 
 warm air systems. No reduction in duct sizes will be permitted. 
 
 i ' 
 
 2. Supply and return ducts. 
 
 a. Connect to heater with flexible joint of fireproof material. 
 
 b. Air velocities in feet per minute for supply and return shall not exceed 
 750 in trunks, 600 in branches, and 500 in stacks. 
 
 c. Area of rectangular supply ducts shall be in accordance with “Code and 
 Manual for the Design and Installation of Warm Air Winter Air Condition¬ 
 ing Systems.” 
 
 d. A fresh air intake with an area not less than 20 percent of total required 
 return area should be provided which shall be insect-screened and protected 
 from the weather and connected separately to the return air plenum system 
 through a tight and continuous duct fitted with an accessible tight damper 
 adjustable to all positions from wide open to closed. No reduction in return 
 grille or duct area shall be made because of the use of the cold air intake. 
 
 e. Each trunk duct connection shall be made to the sides of the plenum 
 with a transition fitting. The area of the fitting at the intersection with the 
 plenum shall be not less than 1*4 times the trunk duct area and the center 
 line of the transition fitting shall be not more than 45° from the horizontal. 
 
 f. All changes of direction in trunk, branch and risers shall be made with 
 fittings with an internal radius of not less than 2 inches or properly designed 
 turning vanes shall be used in the fittings. 
 
 g. Trunk take-off connections shall be made so that the angle between 
 the center line of the take-off and the center line of the duct is 45° or less. 
 
 3. Run a separate riser to each supply register. 
 
 4. Top of supply register shall not be more than 7'-0" above the floor. 
 
 E—19 
 
VI—G. Plenum Systems. 
 
 1. Design and installation shall be as required for forced circulation warm 
 air systems. Top of supply registers shall not be located closer to ceiling 
 than 2 inches. 
 
 2. Supply Plenum. '• 
 
 a. Use material acceptable to the Chief Underwriter with all joints sealed 
 air-tight. 
 
 b. Install register collars not less than 6 inches long, with accessible 
 damper. 
 
 3. Return Plenum. 
 
 a. Crawl space under first floor is acceptable as a return plenum provided 
 the surrounding wall construction is tight, the enclosing structural materials 
 are such that they will not rot or corrode in the presence of moisture, 
 and the ground is surfaced with at least 2 inches of concrete. 
 
 b. Basement space is not acceptable as a return plenum. 
 
 OVERFLOW HEATERS 
 Vll-A. General. See 1II-A. 
 
 VII—B. Space Heaters. 
 
 1. Coal Fired. 
 
 a. Construction. 
 
 (1) Coal fired space heaters shall be constructed of cast iron or steel 
 or both. Minimum thickness of cast iron combustion chamber sections or 
 parts in direct contact with flue gases shall be not less than J/ 4 ". Minimum 
 thickness of steel combustion chamber or parts in contact with flue gases 
 shall be not less than No. 10 U. S. S. gauge. Steel combustion chamber 
 shall be lined with a minimum thickness of 1 " of refractory material. 
 
 (2) Grates shall be constructed of cast iron and arranged so that they 
 shall not be dislodged during the shaking or dumping operation. 
 
 (3) All doors and access openings into the firebox, ashpit, or gas passages 
 shall be provided with paper-tight joints. All handles for doors and dampers 
 shall be designed so as to minimize the danger of burns from personal contact. 
 The firedoor of surface fired heaters shall be protected from the heat of 
 combustion by a suitable liner. 
 
 E—20 
 
(4) Outside metal surfaces of heaters, grilles, jackets and accessories 
 shall be protected against rust or corrosion. 
 
 b. Rating. The maximum and minimum ratings shall be determined 
 in accordance with Tentative Standard for Coal Burning Space Heaters 
 TS-3443, except that the indirect efficiency need not be more than 45 
 percent. 
 
 2. Oil Fired. 
 
 a. Construction and Rating shall be in accordance with the requirements 
 of Commercial Standard CS-101 “Flue-Connected Oil-Burning Space 
 Heaters Equipped with Vaporizing Pot-Type Burners.” See also IX-B. 
 
 b. Installation: See III. 
 
 3. Gas Fired. 
 
 a. Construction and Rating shall be in accordance with the American 
 Standards Association Approval Requirements for Gas Space Heaters pub¬ 
 lished by the American Gas Association. See also VIII-A and B. 
 
 b. Installation: See III. 
 
 VII—C. Floor Furnaces. 
 
 1. General. S 
 
 a. Placement. Locate so that no door, drapery, or similar object can be 
 nearer than 12" to any portion of the floor furnace or register. 
 
 b. Installation: In accordance with CS-99. 
 
 (1) Bracing. The floor around the furnace shall be braced and headed 
 with a framework of material not lighter than the joists. The inside dimen¬ 
 sions of the framework shall be approximately Z 2 in. longer and wider than 
 the furnace to be installed. 
 
 (2) Support. Means shall be provided to support the furnace when 
 the floor grille is removed. 
 
 (3) Clearance. The bottom of the floor furnace shall have at least a 
 6-inch clearance from the ground, obtained, when necessary, by excavating 
 the ground below and to the sides to form a “basin-like” pit under the 
 furnace so that there is a 6-inch clearance beneath the furnace and a 12-inch 
 clearance on all sides, except the control side, which shall have an 18-inch 
 clearance. This facilitates any servicing that may be required and allows 
 ample air for proper combustion. 
 
 (4) Seepage pan. Whenever the excavation exceeds 12 inches or water 
 seepage is apparent under the house, a water-tight copper pan, concrete pit, 
 or other suitable material shall be used. A copper pan shall be made of 
 not less than 16 oz. sheet copper. The pan shall extend at least 4 inches 
 above the ground level, with 12-inch clearance from the furnace on all 
 sides except the control side, which shall have 18-inch clearance. 
 
 (5) Access. Adequate provision shall be made for easy access to the 
 furnace under the house by means of an opening in the foundation wall or 
 through a trap door of at least 18 x 24 inches, located at some convenient 
 point in the house, and a clear unobstructed passageway to the furnace at 
 
 E—21 
 
VII—C. Floor Furnaces. Continued. 
 
 least 24 inches high by 24 inches wide. The local utility should be consulted 
 with reference to the access facilities for servicing where it provides service. 
 
 (6) Appliance alterations. All gas floor furnaces, including those having 
 single- or dual-wall register outlets, shall be installed without alterations, 
 extensions, or changes of any kind in the furnace. 
 
 (7) Upper-floor installations. Gas floor furnaces may be installed in an 
 upper floor, provided the furnace assembly projects below into a utility room, 
 closet, garage, or similar non-habitable space. In such installations, the 
 furnace shall be enclosed completely, with means for air intake to meet the 
 requirements of Commercial Standard CS-99, with provision for service, 
 with furnace clearances of 6 inches on all sides and bottom, and with the 
 enclosure constructed of portland cement plaster on metal lath or material 
 of equal fire resistance. 
 
 (8) Adjustment. All gas floor furnaces except those using liquefied 
 petroleum gases shall be equipped with a gas-pressure regulator, which shall 
 be adjusted and sealed so that the gas input does not exceed the approved 
 input rating. 
 
 2. Oil Fired . Construction and Rating shall be in accordance with the Re¬ 
 quirements of Commercial Standard CS-113 “Oil Burning Floor Furnaces 
 Equipped with Vaporizing Pot-Type Burners.” 
 
 3. Gas Fired. Construction and Rating shall comply with the American 
 Standard Association Approval Requirements for Central Gas Heating 
 Appliances Z-21-13, published by the American Gas Association. See 
 VIII-A and B. 
 
 VII- D. Pipeless Furnaces. 
 
 1. General. 
 
 a. Placement. Locate so that no door, drapery, or similar object can be 
 nearer than 12" to any portion of the floor furnace or register. 
 
 b. Installation. See VI-C. 
 
 GAS BURNING EQUIPMENT 
 
 VIII— A. All gas burning equipment shall comply with Standards of the 
 American Gas Association and evidence of such compliance shall be: 
 
 1. Seal of the American Gas Association, or 
 
 « * 
 
 ( 
 
 2. Manufacturer’s certification of compliance. 
 
 Note: The approval of the local utility may also be required .. 
 
 VIII—B. A. G. A. ratings are determined for installation at sea level. The 
 output rating is to be reduced 5 percent for each 1000 feet above sea level. 
 
 E-22 
 
VIII—C. Gas piping shall be installed so as to provide a supply of gas suf¬ 
 ficient to meet the maximum demand due to simultaneous operation of all 
 gas burning appliances installed. The maximum demand is the sum of the 
 input ratings of all appliances served. The piping is to be sized according 
 to the following tables: 
 
 Capacity of Pipe in cu. ft. per hour 
 
 Iron Pipe 
 
 Length 
 
 of Pipe 
 
 Diameter 
 
 15 ft. 
 
 30 ft. 
 
 /* 
 
 76 
 
 52 
 
 3 A 
 
 172 
 
 120 
 
 l 
 
 345 
 
 241 
 
 1/4 
 
 750 
 
 535 
 
 1/2 
 
 1,220 
 
 850 
 
 Typical Demand of Common Appliances 
 
 Appliance Btu per Hour 
 
 Range_ 62, 500 
 
 Water Heater- 25, 000 
 
 Instantaneous Water Heater Per gpm_ 37, 500 
 
 Room Heater_ 15, 000 
 
 Refrigerator_ 2, 000 
 
 House Heater_ 1.40 x house heat loss 
 
 VIII—D. Pipe and fittings shall be steel, wrought iron or wrought steel or 
 other materials acceptable to the Chief Underwriter. 
 
 VIII—E. Piping shall not be run on or in outside walls. A drip, in which 
 liquid condensate may collect and from which it may be removed shall be 
 provided at any point in the piping where condensate will collect. Drips 
 should not be located where the condensate is likely to freeze. 
 
 VIII—F. A tee fitting with the bottom outlet plugged or fitted with short 
 nipple and cap shall be used at the bottom of all risers and drops. 
 
 VIII—G. Piping shall not be installed within any air ducts. 
 
 v 
 
 VIII—H. Locate meter in accessible and unconfined space and support 
 rigidly. 
 
 VIII—I. White lead or other joint compound shall be applied sparingly to 
 the male threa4s only. Ip the case of liquefied petroleum gases (propane, 
 butane or butane-air gases) the compounds used in making up joints shall 
 be resistant to the action of such gases. 
 
 VIII—J. All branch outlet pipes shall be taken from the top or sides of main 
 lines above the center line. 
 
 VIII—K. All connections shall be free from strain. 
 
 E—23 
 
OIL BURNING EQUIPMENT 
 
 IX—A. Mechanical Draft Oil Burners shall comply with the requirement 
 of Commercial Standard CS-75 and evidence of such compliance shall be: 
 
 1. Label of the Underwriters’ Laboratories specifying that the burner com¬ 
 plies with CS-75. 
 
 2. Certificate posted on the installation in accordance with CS-75. 
 
 3. The firing rate at which the burner is set shall be within the firing range 
 for which the burner has received Underwriters’ CS-75 approval (see list 
 of Inspected Gas, Oil and Miscellaneous Appliances), and not more than 
 the firing rate designated on the boiler, furnace, or unit, or as may be desig¬ 
 nated by the FHA field office. (This requirement supersedes the firing rate 
 requirements, Article 25 (4) of CS-75.) 
 
 Note: An oil burner to which air for combustion is supplied by a power- 
 driven fan is to be considered as a Mechanical Draft Oil Burner. 
 
 IX—B. Natural Draft Oil Burners shall comply with the requirements of 
 the Underwriters’ Laboratories and evidence of such compliance shall be: 
 
 1. Label of the Underwriters’ Laboratories, Inc. 
 
 2. Pot-type burners. 
 
 a. Minimum chimney height, 18 feet above burner. 
 
 b. Maximum length of smoke pipe measured horizontally, 3 feet. 
 
 c. Permissible number of 90 degree smoke pipe elbows, not more than 
 two. 
 
 Note: When acceptable to the Chief Underwriter 2 above may be modi¬ 
 fied, provided suitable tests on a completed installation indicate adequate 
 draft, meeting the requirements of the Underwriters’ Laboratories for the 
 equipment installed. 
 
 IX-C. Installation of tank, piping, controls and burner shall comply with 
 the following: 
 
 1. Gravity Feed to Burners. 
 
 a. Gravity feed shall be used only with burners arranged to prevent 
 abnormal discharge of oil at the burner by automatic means specifically 
 approved for the burner with which it is used. 
 
 b. Gravity supply tanks shall not exceed 275 gallons individual capacity.^- 
 Where more than one gravity supply tank is used, such tanks shall be con¬ 
 nected to the feed pipe leading to the burner through a manually operated, 
 approved three-way valye in such a way that only one tank can discharge 
 its contents at a time. 
 
 c. Where oil is supplied to the burner by gravity and a constant level 
 device is not incorporated in the burner assembly or in an auxiliary tank 
 used in connection with an automatic pump, an approved constant level 
 
 E—24 
 
device shall be installed in the oil feed line at the gravity tank or as close 
 thereto as practicable, to insure uniform delivery of oil to the burner. The 
 vent opening of such constant level device shall be connected by piping or 
 Cubing to the gravity tank vent pipe. 
 
 2. Installation of Underground Tanks. 
 
 a. Oil supply tanks should preferably be located outside of buildings and 
 underground with top of tank below the level of all piping to which the 
 tank is connected, to prevent discharge of oil through a broken pipe or 
 connection by syphoning. 
 
 b. Underground tanks shall be so buried as to have a cover of earth not 
 less than 2 feet thick, or shall be covered with not less than 1 foot of earth on 
 top of which shall be placed a slab of reinforced concrete not less than 4 
 inches thick. The slab shall be set on a firm, well tamped earth foundation 
 and shall extend at least 1 foot beyond the tank in all directions. Where 
 tanks are buried underneath buildings such a concrete slab shall be provided 
 in every instance. 
 
 3. Installation of Tanks Inside Buildings. 
 
 a. Oil supply tanks larger than 60 gallons capacity shall not be located 
 in buildings above the cellar or basement or above the lowest story of a 
 basementless dwelling. 
 
 b. Unenclosed inside storage tanks and auxiliary tanks shall not be located 
 within 7 feet, horizontally, of any fire or flame. 
 
 c. Oil supply tanks located inside buildings shall not exceed 275 gallons 
 individual capacity or 550 gallons aggregate capacity. 
 
 4. Installation of Outside Tanks above ground. Tanks shall be enclosed in 
 
 a manner which is acceptable to the Chief Underwriter. 
 
 5. Setting of Tanks. 
 
 a. Underground tanks shall be set on a firm foundation and surrounded 
 with soft earth or sand well tamped in place. Where necessary to prevent 
 floating they shall be securely anchored or weighted. 
 
 b. Inside storage and auxiliary tanks shall be securely supported by sub¬ 
 stantial incombustible supports to prevent settling, sliding or lifting. 
 
 c. Inside storage tanks shall be installed with the bottom pitched to the 
 draw-off or drain opening with a slope of not less than %-inch per foot of 
 length. The draw-off or the drain openings shall be provided with suitable 
 piping connections in a form to provide a sump from which water or sedi¬ 
 ment can be readily drained at regular intervals. 
 
 d. Outside above ground tanks shall be set on a firm foundation. Those 
 more than one foot above the ground shall have supports of masonry or 
 protected steel, except that wooden cushions may be used. No combustible 
 material shall be stored under or within 10 feet of outside above ground 
 tanks. 
 
 E—25 
 
IX—C. Oil Burning Equipment. Continued. 
 
 6. Construction and Coating of Tanks. 
 
 a. Oil supply tanks shall be constructed of steel or wrought iron. The 
 minimum gauge (U. S. Standard) shall be in accordance with the following 
 table: 
 
 V 
 
 Capacity 
 
 Gallons 
 
 1 to 60 
 
 Underground 
 and Masonry 
 Enclosed Inside 
 Tanks 
 
 16 
 
 Inside 
 
 Tanks 
 
 16 
 
 Outside 
 
 Above 
 
 Ground 
 
 Tanks 
 
 18 
 
 61 to 180 
 
 16 
 
 16 
 
 16 
 
 181 to 275 
 
 16 
 
 14 
 
 16 
 
 276 to 285 
 
 16 
 
 
 16 
 
 286 to 350 
 
 14 
 
 - 
 
 16 
 
 351 to 560 
 
 14 
 
 
 14 
 
 561 to 1,100 
 
 12 
 
 
 12 
 
 b. Oil supply tanks shall have an exterior coating as follows, or a suitable 
 equivalent: 
 
 Underground tanks—Two coats of asphaltum. 
 
 Masonry enclosed inside tanks—One coat of asphaltum. 
 
 Inside tanks—Rust inhibiting paint. 
 
 Outside above ground tanks—Rust inhibiting paint. 
 
 7. Tank Vents. 
 
 a. Storage tanks shall be equipped with an open vent or an approved 
 automatically operated vent, arranged to discharge to the open air. Vent 
 openings and vent pipes shall be of ample size to prevent abnormal pressure 
 in the tank during filling but not smaller than 1*4 inch pipe size. 
 
 Note: Where storage tanks are filled by the use of a pump through tight 
 connections special consideration should be given to the size of the vent 
 pipe to insure that it is adequate to prevent the development of abnormal 
 pressure in the tank during filling. This may be accomplished by providing 
 a vent pipe commensurate in size with the discharge of the pump used or 
 by means of a signaling or limiting device. 
 
 b. Vent pipes shall be arranged to drain to the tank. The lower end of 
 the vent pipe shall not extend through the top into the tank for a distance 
 of more than one inch. 
 
 c. Vent pipes shall terminate outside of buildings at a point not less than 
 2 feet measured vertically or horizontally from any window or other build¬ 
 ing opening. Outer ends of vent pipes shall be provided with a weather¬ 
 proof hood. Vent pipes should terminate sufficiently above the ground to 
 prevent their being obstructed with snow and ice. 
 
 d. Vent pipes shall not be cross-connected with fill pipes or return lines 
 from burners. 
 
 / _ ^ 
 
 8. Tank Fill and Overflow Pipes. Storage tanks shall be filled through fill 
 
 pipes terminating outside of any enclosing structure at a point at least 5 
 
 E—26 
 
feet from any opening in the dwelling at the same or lower level. Fill 
 terminals, when not in use, shall be closed tight by a metal cover designed to 
 prevent tampering. 
 
 9. Oil Gauging. 
 
 a. All tanks in which a constant oil level is not maintained by an automatic 
 pump shall be equipped with a method of determining the oil level. 
 
 b. Gauging devices such as liquid level indicators or signals, when pro¬ 
 vided, shall be installed so that oil or vapor will not be discharged into the 
 building from the fuel supply system. 
 
 10. Piping. 
 
 a. All piping shall be standard full weight wrought iron, steel or brass pipe 
 with standard fittings or brass or copper tubing and fittings. 
 
 b. Pipe used in the installation shall not be smaller than inch iron 
 pipe size. Copper or brass tubing shall not be smaller in size than the equiv¬ 
 alent of the iron pipe sizes mentioned above, with wall thickness not less 
 than 0.049 inch. 
 
 c. Piping shall be rigidly secured in place and protected from injury in 
 a workmanlike manner, and where necessary, shall be protected against 
 corrosion. Where practicable, oil piping shall be buried underground or in 
 a concrete floor. 
 
 d. Pipe joints and connections shall be made tight in a workmanlike 
 manner. Unions and tubing fittings shall be of approved type. Unions 
 requiring gaskets or packing, and right and left couplings shall not be used 
 in oil lines. 
 
 e. Proper allowance shall be made for expansion, contraction, jarring and 
 vibration. Pipe lines, other than tubing, connected to underground tanks, 
 except fill lines and test wells, shall be provided with double swing joints 
 arranged to permit the tank to settle without impairing the efficiency of 
 the pipe connections. 
 
 11. Values. Readily accessible shut-off valves shall be installed in oil supply 
 lines near each burner and close to supply tanks. 
 
 12. Tests of Covered. Tanks and Piping. After installation and before being 
 covered, underground or inaccessible tanks and piping shall be tested hydro¬ 
 statically, or with equivalent air pressure, at a pressure not less than 1 / 2 times 
 the maximum working pressure but not less than 5 pounds per square inch 
 gauge at the highest point of the system. Instead of a pressure test, suction 
 lines may be tested under a vacuum of not less than 20 inches of mercury. 
 Tests should continue for at least 30 minutes without a noticeable drop in 
 pressure or vacuum. 
 
 13. Installation of the Burner. 
 
 a. Oil burners shall be securely installed in a workmanlike manner, in 
 accordance with the instructions of the manufacturer, by qualified mechanics 
 experienced in making such installations. 
 
 b. The burner and combustion chamber shall be installed so that vapors 
 will not accumulate in the portion of the furnace or boiler outside of and 
 below the top of the combustion chamber. 
 
 / 
 
 E—27 
 
COAL BURNING EQUIPMENT, STOKERS 
 
 X—A. The capacity of a stoker shall be sufficient to develop the rated 
 output of the equipment in which it is installed and the coal burning rate 
 in lbs. per hour shall be not less than: 
 
 Gross output of furnace or boiler 
 .60 X C ' 
 
 The minimum coal burning rate shall be not more than: 
 
 Net Load on furnace or boiler 
 ‘ 2A~C 
 
 where 
 
 C is the calorific value of the coal used. 
 
 X-B. The furnace dimensions shall be not less than shown in the following 
 table: 
 
 Max. 
 
 lbs. 
 
 Setting 
 
 Base 
 
 Firebox 
 
 Firebox 
 
 Furnace 
 
 per hr. 
 
 Height 
 
 Height 
 
 Width 
 
 Length 
 
 Volume 
 
 15 
 
 l7/ 2 
 
 ll/ 2 
 
 16/a 
 
 17 
 
 3 
 
 20 
 
 18 
 
 113/4 
 
 173/4 
 
 19 
 
 4 
 
 25 
 
 18/a 
 
 12 
 
 19 
 
 21 
 
 5 
 
 30 
 
 19/4 
 
 12 
 
 20 
 
 23 
 
 6 
 
 For stokers designed to discharge ash by gravity into the ash pit the clear¬ 
 ance between tuyere sides and furnace or boiler shall be not less than 2/ 2 
 inches. 
 
 X—C. Stokers shall be provided with a hopper with a capacity not less than 
 15 times the maximum burning rate unless bin-feed. The charging edge 
 of hoppers shall be not more than 48" above the charging floor. 
 
 X—D. Anthracite coal stokers shall be constructed and installed in accord¬ 
 ance with the requirements of “Domestic Burners for Pennsylvania Anthra¬ 
 cite (Underfeed Type) (Current Edition)”, Commercial Standards, 
 CS-48. 
 
 X—E. Bituminous stokers shall be rated and installed in accordance with the 
 recommendation of the Stoker Manufacturers’ Association. 
 
 E-28 
 
BREECHINGS, DAMPERS AND DRAFT CONTROLS 
 
 XI—A. General Requirements. 
 
 1. Smoke breechings shall have a free area not less than the smoke or vent 
 outlet of the connected appliance, shall be fitted with adequate clean¬ 
 outs, and shall be constructed of iron or steel in weights not less than the 
 following: 
 
 
 Diameter 
 
 
 Gauges 
 
 to 
 
 12 
 
 in. 
 
 
 24 
 
 12 
 
 in. 
 
 to 16 
 
 in. 
 
 20 
 
 16 
 
 in. 
 
 to 20 
 
 in. 
 
 18 
 
 20 
 
 in. 
 
 to 30 
 
 in. 
 
 16 
 
 over 30 in. 
 
 
 14 
 
 2. Maximum length, 8 feet. 
 
 i 
 
 3. Pitch of breeching; upward toward chimney, 1 inch in 4 feet, minimum. 
 
 4. Provide acceptable thimble or special breeching connection in chimney. 
 
 XI—B. Provide the following dampers and draft controls in the breeching 
 between the smoke outlet and the chimney connection. 
 
 1. Coal Burning Hand Fired. 
 
 a. All equipment. Check damper and turn damper in breeching unless 
 included as integral part of heating device. Turn damper shall have not 
 less than 20% nor more than 25% free opening when in the closed position. 
 
 b. Furnaces and space heaters. In addition to the above an automatic 
 draft regulator (barometric or equivalent) permanently set to limit the 
 burning rate to the maximum acceptable rated output of the heater. 
 
 * 
 
 2. Gas Fired Equipment. Draft diverter on outlet of heater. No turn 
 damper permitted. 
 
 3. Oil fired and stoker fired equipment. Draft regulator (barometric type) 
 listed by the Underwriters’ Laboratories, Inc. 
 
 XI—C. Design, Construction and Installation of dampers and regulators 
 shall comply with Recommendations of National Board of Fire Underwriters. 
 
 699071 0—47 
 
 10 
 
 E—29 
 
APPENDIX F 
 
 DETAILED DOMESTIC WATER HEATING 
 AND STORAGE REQUIREMENTS 
 
 The material under this heading is a part of Domestic Water Heating and 
 Storage 502, compliance with which shall determine acceptability of do¬ 
 mestic water heating and storage equipment, and design and installation of 
 such heating and storage systems. Any other method proposed, which, 
 in the opinion of the Chief Underwriter, will result in installations which 
 meet or exceed the performance requirements may be used. 
 
 I—A. General. 
 
 1. All hot water heaters or systems shall be valved in a manner to provide 
 control separate from the cold water supply system. 
 
 2. Pressure and Temperature Relief Valves. 
 
 a. Protect water heater installation against excessive temperatures and 
 pressures as follows: 
 
 (1) For direct fired* systems using oil or gas burning heaters which are 
 equipped with a thermostatic shut-off of the main fuel supply: Install in a 
 supply line near the tank or directly in a tank tapping a pressure relief valve 
 
 set to operate at not more than 20 pounds above highest normal water 
 pressure. 
 
 (2) For all other direct fired* systems: Install a pressure relief valve 
 as described in (1) above, and install in the main hot water supply line 
 within 5 inches of the tank outlet or directly in a tapping on top of the tank 
 a temperature relief valve set to relieve at a temperature not higher than 
 220° F. A combination temperature and pressure relief valve may be used 
 in lieu of separate valves. 
 
 (3) No valve or other device which may interfere with flow shall be 
 installed between any relief valve and the tank or heater which the relief 
 valve serves. 
 
 * A direct fired system is one in which the water heating coil or surface is exposed 
 directly to flame or hot gases. An indirect system is one in which the water heating 
 coil or surface does not come in contact with the flame or hot gases but is exposed to 
 an intermediate heating medium such as water or steam which is, in turn, heated by 
 the flame or hot gases. 
 
 b. Construction, Relieving Capacity, and Installation. 
 
 (1) The construction and relieving capacity rating of relief valves shall 
 conform to the standards of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers. 
 Each shall bear the manufacturer’s name or trade mark, type, style, pressure, 
 or temperature or vacuum setting and the relieving capacity. 
 
 F-l 
 
(2) Regardless of storage capacity installed the relieving capacity of 
 temperature relief valves in gallons per hour or in thousands of Btu per hour 
 shall not be less than the recovery capacity in gallons per hour at 100° rise 
 for coal fired heaters or one-half the recovery capacity in gallons per hour 
 100° rise for gas or oil fired heaters. 
 
 3. Indirect water heating surface heated by the heating boiler is not accepta¬ 
 ble as only source of domestic hot water unless heating boiler is automatically 
 fired and controlled so as to provide \yinter house heating and year-round 
 hot water independently of one another according to their individual 
 demands. 
 
 4. Breechings and dampers shall comply with XI—A, B, C of Appendix E. 
 
 5. Chimneys, flues and vents shall comply with 503-A, B, C.; and IX-B of 
 Appendix E. 
 
 6. Pumps on circulating lines shall be thermostatically controlled. 
 
 I—B. Storage Tanks. 
 
 1. Storage capacity per living unit may be selected as desired provided it 
 complies with the provisions of Table I. 
 
 2. Materials and construction. 
 
 a. Steel tanks shall be “extra heavy” weight and shall be welded or riveted, 
 or both welded and riveted. 
 
 b. Tanks of 120 gallons capacity or less shall be nonferrous material or 
 shall be coated with corrosion-resistant material, such as zinc or porcelain 
 enamel, glass or cement lined. 
 
 c. Tanks should be insulated with material having an overall conductance 
 of not more than 0.67 Btu. 
 
 d. Nonferrous tanks shall comply with the specifications of the “Non- 
 Ferrous Water Tank Manufacturers Association, Inc.” 
 
 I—C. Water Heaters. Construction, installation and performance shall 
 be as follows: 
 
 a. Installation, all types. All piping of circulating lines between heaters 
 and storage tanks and between indirect heaters and heating boilers shall be 
 maintained throughout at the full size of the heater tappings. Changes of 
 direction in piping shall be kept to a practicable minimum and shall be 
 made wherever possible with fittings of less than 90°. All piping shall be 
 fully reamed and joint compound applied to male threads only. 
 
 b. Gas Fired. Comply with Standards and Approval Requirements of 
 American Gas Association. 
 
 (1) Evidence of Compliance. A. G. A. seal or manufacturer’s written 
 certification that equipment conforms to applicable A. G. A. Standards and 
 
 F-2 
 
I—C. Water Heaters. Continued. 
 
 Approval Requirements. The approval of the local utility company also 
 may be required. 
 
 (2) A. G. A. ratings are indicated as Btu input or in gallons per hour 
 raised 60° F. determined on the basis of 1192 Btu input per gallon per 
 100° rise for sea level installations. Appliances shall be selected on basis of 
 output reduced 5 percent for each 1,000 feet above sea level. Gallons per 
 hour raised 60° may be converted to gallons per hour raised 100° by 
 multiplying by 0.60. 
 
 c. Oil burning heaters shall comply with the applicable provisions of 
 IX-A, B, C of Appendix E. 
 
 d. Coal burning heaters shall be rated in accordance with the Recom¬ 
 mended Commercial Standard for Testing and Rating Hand Fired Hot 
 Water Supply Boilers TS-3560a and with the superseding Commercial 
 Standard. 
 
 e. Indirect Heaters. Recovery capacity of all indirect heaters shall be 
 based on boiler water temperature not over 180° F. 
 
 I—D. Capacity of Domestic Water Heating Equipment. Heater Recov¬ 
 ery Capacity in gallons per hour raised 100° F. shall be not less than shown 
 for the corresponding selected storage capacity in the following table: 
 
 Table I 
 
 Required Water Heater Recovery Capacities for Tankless Heaters and for 
 
 Heaters with Various Storage Tank Sizes 
 
 Storage 
 
 Equivalent Recovery 
 
 >-gph-100° R 
 
 Tank Size * 
 
 1 living 
 
 2 living 
 
 ( Gallons) 
 
 unit 
 
 units 
 
 0 (Tankless) 
 
 180. 0 
 
 300. 0 
 
 20 
 
 22.5 
 
 _ 
 
 25 
 
 20.0 
 
 _ 
 
 30 
 
 17.5 
 
 _ 
 
 35 
 
 15.0 
 
 ___ __ 
 
 40 
 
 12.5 
 
 40.0 
 
 45 
 
 10.0 
 
 37.5 
 
 50 
 
 7.5 
 
 35. 0 
 
 55 
 
 5.0 
 
 32.5 
 
 60 
 
 5. 0 
 
 30. 0 
 
 65 
 
 5.0 
 
 27.5 
 
 70 
 
 5.0 
 
 25.0 
 
 80 
 
 5. 0 
 
 20.0 
 
 90 
 
 5.0 
 
 15. 0 
 
 100 or over 
 
 5. 0 
 
 10.0 
 
 *Minimum acceptable tank capacity except where tankless system is used: 
 
 a. For indirect or automatically fired heater serving 1 living unit, 20 gallons. 
 
 b. For direct hand fired or manually controlled heater serving 1 living unit, 30 
 gallons. 
 
 c. For any heater serving 2 living units, 40 gallons. 
 
 F-3 
 
SUGGESTED CONSTRUCTION DETAILS 
 
 ■s lb asphalt saturated 
 
 FELT MOP PE 0 OM SLAB 
 4-INCH CONCRETE SLAB 
 
 MEMBRANE WATERP'F'G 
 I* LEAN CINDER CONC 
 GRAVEL, CINDER, OR 
 CRUSHED ROCK FILL 
 
 
 WOOD FLOOR OVER 
 SLAB•ON • GROUND 
 
 (?) 
 
 jPUNCH HOLE FOR SILL ANCHOR BOLT 
 'caulk THOROUGLY WITH COAL tar 
 
 PITCH AFTER INSTALLATION 
 
 © 
 
 TERMITE 
 
 © 
 
 EXTERIOR 
 
 SECTION A-A 
 
 © 
 
 FLASHING AT FILLED PORCH OR TERRACE 
 
 SILL • CONSTRUCTION 
 
 i 
 
 Details 1-10 
 
SUGGESTED CONSTRUCTION DETAILS 
 
 COLUMN • FRAMING 
 
 (S) - METAL • JOIST • HANGER 
 
 JOISTS FRAMING- 
 INTO • MASONRY • WALLS- 
 
 SPACE 
 
 
 LEDGER BOARD 
 
 JOIST - FRAMING 
 
 INTO GIRDERS, 
 HEAOERS, ft TRIMMERS 
 
 -JOIST-LAP 
 OVER • GIRDER- 
 
 metal 
 
 ties 
 
 OR I •• WOOD 24 LG 
 
 BUTTEO JOINT- 
 
 
 -n 1 
 
 
 -^-1 J 
 
 =J 
 
 
 CUTTING • JOISTS • FOR • PIPING- JOIST TIE AT BUTTED JOINT 
 
 Details 11-20 
 
SUGGESTED CONSTRUCTION DETAILS 
 
 PARTITION CORNER 
 
 ELEVATION OF • CORNER • BRACING • 
 
 PARTITION CORNER 
 
 CORNER • POST 
 
 CORNER POST 
 
 CORNER•POST 
 
 8 8 H H H H H I 
 
 TRUSSED HEADER FOR WIDE OPENINGS 
 
 NONBEARING PARTITION 
 • PARALLEL -TO CEILING 
 -JOISTS- 
 
 r 
 
 HEADER 
 
 I’.*' 
 
 t" PARTITION 
 
 1 *;: 
 
 HEAOER 
 
 ■ 
 
 HEAOER 
 
 - 2 *6 
 
 31 
 
 2" PARTITION 
 
 3" a 4-- PARTITION 
 
 BOARD LATH • JOINTING AT • 
 •HEAD OF-OPENING 
 
 FRAMING OF OPENINGS IN 
 NON BEARING • PARTITIONS 
 
 Details 21-31 
 
SUGGESTED CONSTRUCTION DETAILS 
 
 \ 
 
 RIDGE BOARD AND COLLAR BEAM 
 
 2V< CEILING JOISTS SPACED 
 ACCORDING TO ROOF JOISTS 
 
 I I 
 I I 
 L J 
 
 T 
 
 2"iA"CEILING JOISTS 
 MAX SPACING EA'OC 
 
 HUNG CEILING-FRAMING 
 
 TILE-I i- \'/<r MIN 
 
 FIN FLOOR 
 
 iW MIN. — I-TILE 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 - WIRE 
 
 
 » 
 
 • -JOISTS 
 
 4 
 
 water resisting paper 
 
 TILE FLOOR ON WOOD CONSTRUCTION 
 
 JOIST • BEARING AND 
 PLATE • REINFORCING 
 
 HEADROOM AT•DOOR NEAR 
 FOOT-OF MAIN STAIRS 
 
 STRINGER FRAMING 
 AT- HEAD OF STAIRS- 
 
 Details 32-42 
 
SUGGESTED CONSTRUCTION DETAILS 
 
 •PLYWOOD SHEATHING 
 • EAVE DETAIL- 
 
 SHINGLE SIDING 
 
 FIBER BOARD A 
 GYPSUM BOARD 
 SHEATHING 
 
 IT 
 
 A 
 
 \\t NAILING STRIPS 
 SPA ACCORDING TO 
 SHINGLE EXPOSURE 
 
 I 
 
 JLOG PAPER 
 
 NAILING • STRIPS 
 OVER- FIBER AND 
 GYPSUM SHEATHING- 
 
 SILL 
 
 SILL 
 
 •CHIMNEY • SADDLE • a • FLASHING- 
 
 • WINDOW • FLASHING- 
 
 TRIMMER-C 
 
 STAGGERED JOINTS 
 
 V ASBESTOS BOARD 
 OR E" OTHER FIRE 
 RESISTANT MATERIAL 
 
 sVmi* WITHE 
 
 TAlb BEAMS 
 
 HEADER 
 
 CHIMNEY 
 
 FLUE Ho AREA OF 
 H TT FIREPLACE OPENING ^49 
 
 / ^ 
 
 
 APPROX PITCH 3 Cf 
 SMOKE CHAMBER 
 OAMPER 
 THROAT 
 
 OPENING MAY 
 EXTEND TO 
 OAMPER 
 
 FIREPLACE OPENINO 
 
 ELEVATION 
 
 8’ MIN-lt* RECOMMENOED IF OUTSIDE WALL 
 
 PLAN 
 
 LIMIT OF 
 WOOO FRAMING 
 
 SECTION 
 
 FIREPLACE • AND CHIMNEY DETAILS 
 
 Details 43-51 
 
• N 
 
 ' 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 - 
 
 
 - 
 
 . 
 
 ♦ 1 
 
 . 
 
 * 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 4 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ■ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 •• 
 
 ■ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 - 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 - 
 
 
 
 
 . 
 
 - 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 . 
 
 ‘ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INDEX 
 
 Access: 
 
 to attics. 304-A 
 
 to basementless spaces. 304-A 
 
 to dwelling. 103-B 
 
 to living unit. ? . 103—G 
 
 to plot. 103—A 
 
 Accessory buildings. 106-D 
 
 Adhesives, floor. 415—D 
 
 Alcoves, light and ventilation . : . 301-D 
 
 Anchors, sill and plate. 406-A 
 
 Area, lot. 201 
 
 Areaways. 308 
 
 Asbestos-cement: 
 
 roof shingles. 411-D 
 
 siding. 410-C 
 
 Asphalt: 
 
 shingles. 411-B 
 
 tile floors. 415-D 
 
 Attics: 
 
 access. 304—A 
 
 light and ventilation. 301-L 
 
 Balloon frame. 408-F 
 
 Barriers, vapor. 402-B 
 
 Basement: 
 
 ceiling height. 305 
 
 habitable rooms. 303 
 
 light and ventilation. 301-G 
 
 Basementless space: 
 
 access.. 304—A 
 
 clearance. 403-B 
 
 light and ventilation. 301-K 
 
 Bathroom: 
 
 finish. 414—C 
 
 light and ventilation. 301-E 
 
 size. 302—G 
 
 Beams, steel. 407 
 
 Bedroom, privacy. 304-B 
 
 Board, lumber. 408-A 
 
 Bonding: 
 
 masonry. 406-C 
 
 masonry veneer. 406-J 
 
 Bracing, corner. 408-F 
 
 Bridging. 408-C 
 
 Built-up roofs. 411-G 
 
 Caulking. 408-L 
 
 Ceiling: 
 
 framing. 408-D 
 
 height. 305 
 
 sloping height. 302-B 
 
 Ceramic tile: 
 
 floor. 415-C 
 
 floor base. 408-C 
 
 walls. 414-B 
 
 Changes. 200-D, 300-1), 401-E 
 
 Chases. 406-1 
 
 Chimneys: 
 
 flashing. 412-G 
 
 flues and vents, general. 501-B 
 
 foundations. 406-F 
 
 masonry. 406-L 
 
 saddles. 408-E 
 
 Chimney-flues, size. 503-A 
 
 Circuits, electric. 703 
 
 Closets. * . 302-C 
 
 Collar beams. 408-E 
 
 Columns, steel. 407 
 
 Common services and facilities. . 401-K 
 
 Concrete. 405, 406 
 
 Condensation: 
 
 in chimneys. 406-L 
 
 vapor barrier. 402-B 
 
 Construction: 
 
 general. 400 
 
 steel. 407 
 
 wood. 408 
 
 Conventional construction. 401-H 
 
 Corner bracing. 408-F 
 
 Courts. 207 
 
 Coverage, lot. 202 
 
 Criteria for heating.App. E 
 
 Curtain walls. 406-H 
 
 Damper, fireplace. 406-M 
 
 Dampproofing. 406-G, 417-A 
 
 Decorating. 417 
 
 Defective conditions. 108 
 
 Definitions. App. B 
 
 Deliveries. 10 3-B 
 
 Distance between buildings. 208 
 
 Domestic hot water. 502 
 
 Doors: 
 
 flashing. 412 
 
 framing. 408-F 
 
 general. 306 
 
 Downspouts. 413 
 
 Drain tile, footing. 406-D 
 
 Drainage: 
 
 lot. 800, 806 
 
 roof. 606 
 
 Drains, plumbing. 603-C 
 
 Drawings.App. D 
 
 Driveways: 
 
 concrete construction. 406-E 
 
 general. 800 
 
 Dry wall, finish. 414-D 
 
 Dry wells. 606 
 
 Dwellings, types eligible. 104 
 
 Electric: 
 
 requirements. 700 
 
 service. 107, 700 
 
 Eligible dwellings. 104 
 
Equipment: 
 
 acceptability. 401 -F 
 
 standards.App. G 
 
 Excavation. 403 
 
 Facilities. 107, 401-K 
 
 Facilities, heating. 501-A 
 
 Fibre board: 
 
 lath. 414-A 
 
 wall sheathing. 408-H 
 
 Finish: 
 
 drywall. 414-D 
 
 exterior wall. 410 
 
 interior. 414 
 
 Fire places. 406-M 
 
 Firestops. 408-B 
 
 Fixtures: 
 
 electric. 703-B 
 
 plumbing. 602 
 
 Flashing. 412 
 
 Floor: 
 
 cement. 406-E 
 
 finish. 415 
 
 finishing. 417 
 
 framing. 408-C 
 
 garage.,. 406-E 
 
 heater room. 415-A 
 
 joists. 408-C 
 
 Flue: 
 
 lining. 406-L 
 
 size. 503-A 
 
 Flues and vents, general. 501-B 
 
 Footings: 
 
 general. 406-D 
 
 step. 403-A, 406-D 
 
 Forms, concrete. 406-B 
 
 Foundation walls. 406-F 
 
 Frame, balloon. 408-F 
 
 Framing: 
 
 ceiling. 408-D 
 
 floors. 408-C 
 
 lumber. 408-A 
 
 openings. 408-F 
 
 roof. 408-E 
 
 wood. 408 
 
 Front yards. 204 
 
 Fuel storage. 302-C 
 
 Furring. 406-1 
 
 Garage: 
 
 concrete floor. 406-E 
 
 construction. 419 
 
 size. 310 
 
 Garbage removal. 103-B 
 
 Girder pockets. 406-F 
 
 Girder: 
 
 steel. 407 
 
 wood. 408-C 
 
 Glazing. 416 
 
 Grading. 800, 806 
 
 Gutters. 413 
 
 Gypsum board: 
 
 lath. 414-A 
 
 wall sheathing. 408-H 
 
 Habitable rooms: 
 
 light and ventilation. 301-C 
 
 size. 302-C 
 
 Handrails. 
 
 Hardware, finish. 
 
 Hearth, fireplace. 
 
 Heat loss, limitations.. 
 Heater room: 
 
 floors. 
 
 light and ventilation 
 
 Heating. 
 
 equipment, capacity 
 
 requirements. 
 
 space for. 
 
 standards. 
 
 Hip rafters. 
 
 Hot water. 
 
 . 307-B 
 
 . 418 
 
 . 406-M 
 
 . 402-A 
 
 . 415-A 
 
 . 301-J 
 
 107, 500, App. E 
 
 . 501-C 
 
 107, 500 App. E 
 
 . 302-C 
 
 .App. E 
 
 . 408-E 
 
 . 107,502 
 
 Improvements, lot. 800, 806 
 
 Influence on properties. 109 
 
 Insulation, house. 402-A 
 
 Ir on. 407 
 
 Joints, mortar. 406-C 
 
 Joists: 
 
 ceiling. 408-D 
 
 floor. 408-C 
 
 Kitchen storage. .. 302-C 
 
 Landscaping. 806 
 
 Lath. 414-A 
 
 Laundries, light and ventilation . 301-H 
 
 Leaders. 413 
 
 Light, natural. 301 
 
 Linoleum: 
 
 base for. 408-C 
 
 floors. 415-D 
 
 Lintels. 406-1 
 
 Living units, number of. 105 
 
 Lot: 
 
 areas. 201 
 
 coverage. 202 
 
 improvements. 800, 806 
 
 line walls. 104-B, 406-K 
 
 Lumber. 408-A 
 
 Masonry. 405, 406 
 
 chimneys. 406-L 
 
 exterior walls. 406-1 
 
 interior walls. 406-K 
 
 veneer. 406-J 
 
 Materials. 401-F 
 
 standards.App. C 
 
 Metal: 
 
 lath. 414-A 
 
 roofs. 411-H 
 
 termite shields. 409-D 
 
 Mortar. 405, 406-C 
 
 Nailing. 408-B 
 
 Nonresidential use. 106 
 
 Objectives: 
 
 basement rooms. 303-A 
 
 ceiling height. 305-A 
 
 courts. 207-A 
 
 coverage. 2.02-A 
 
 distance between buildings.... 208-A 
 
Objectives—Continued 
 
 electric. 700 
 
 light. 301-A 
 
 lot area . 201-A 
 
 lot improvements. 800 
 
 plumbing. 600 
 
 privacy. 304-B 
 
 sanitation. 600 
 
 space requirements. 302-A 
 
 stairways. 307-A 
 
 structural. 400 
 
 ventilation. 301-A 
 
 yards. 203-A 
 
 Openings, flashing. 412 
 
 Outlets, electric. 703 
 
 Painting. 417 
 
 Partitions: 
 
 masonry. 406-K 
 
 nonbearing..: 408-G 
 
 wood framing. 408-F 
 
 Party walls.. 104-B, 406-K 
 
 Piers. 406-H 
 
 Pilasters. 406-F 
 
 Piping, plumbing. 603 
 
 Pitch of roof. 411-A 
 
 Planning requirements. 200, 300 
 
 Planting. 806 
 
 Plaster.414-A 
 
 Plates, bearing, wood. 408-F 
 
 Plumbing. 600 
 
 Plywood: 
 
 exterior finish. 410-D 
 
 roof sheathing. 408-J 
 
 subfloor. 408-C 
 
 wall sheathing. 408-H 
 
 Porch: 
 
 flashing. 412-F 
 
 floor, concrete. 406-E 
 
 stringers. . . ;. 406-A 
 
 Porches...;. 309 
 
 Privacy. 304-B 
 
 Radiator, recesses. 406-1 
 
 Rear yards. 205 
 
 Recesses, radiator.. 406-1 
 
 Recreation rooms, light and ven¬ 
 tilation. 301-H 
 
 References. App. C 
 
 Regulations, local. 200-B, 300-B, 401-C 
 
 Residential use. 106 
 
 Ridge boards. 408-E 
 
 Roof: 
 
 covering.. . . . 411 
 
 framing. ; . . . 408-E 
 
 sheathing.... . 408-J 
 
 Rooms: 
 
 basement.. . ... i.. i . 303 
 
 light and ventilation, .. 301-C 
 
 size.» . . * , i . . . 302-C 
 
 Rubber tile: 
 
 floor base.. 408-C 
 
 floors.. ... 415-D 
 
 Safety, heating. 501-B 
 
 Sanitation. 600 
 
 Seeding. 806 
 
 Septic tank . 605-B 
 
 Services. 107, 401-K 
 
 Sewage disposal. 106, 605 
 
 Sewer, house. 603-C 
 
 Sheathing: 
 
 paper or felt. 408-1 
 
 roof. 408-J 
 
 walls. 408-H 
 
 Shields, termite. 409-D • 
 
 Shingles, roof: 
 
 asbestos-cement. 411 -D 
 
 asphalt. 411-B 
 
 slate. 411-F 
 
 tile. 411-E 
 
 wood..- v . 411-C 
 
 Shingles, side wall: 
 
 wood. 410-B 
 
 asbestos-cement. 410-C 
 
 Side yards. 206 
 
 Siding: 
 
 general.. 410 
 
 wood. 410-A 
 
 asbestos-cement. 410-C 
 
 plywood.... 410-B 
 
 Sill construction, wood. 408-F 
 
 Size: . 
 
 footings. 406-D 
 
 foundation walls. 406-F 
 
 garage. . : .. 310 
 
 lumber.. 408-A 
 
 of rooms. . . :. 302-C 
 
 piers . 406-H 
 
 wire....:: . 702 
 
 wood members.App. A 
 
 Slabs on ground. 406-E 
 
 Slate shingles. .. 411-F 
 
 Slope of roof. 411-A 
 
 Sodding. . ? .. 806 
 
 Space requirements. 302 
 
 Spans for wood.App. A 
 
 Special conditions. 401-D 
 
 Special construction. 401-1 
 
 Specifications. App. D 
 
 Stairs: 
 
 general. 307 
 
 wood construction. 408-K 
 
 Standards, references.App. C 
 
 Steel. 407 
 
 Steps: 
 
 outside:. 806 
 
 wood construction. 408-K 
 
 Storage: 
 
 general. .. 302-C 
 
 hot water. . ... .. 502 
 
 kitchen . ... . .. 302-C 
 
 Structural requirements.. 400 
 
 Stucco: 
 
 exterior finish. 410-E 
 
 wall frame. .. 408-F 
 
 Subfloor. 408-C 
 
 Switches, electric. 703-C 
 
 Termites. 409 
 
 Terrace: 
 
 flashing. 412-F 
 
 floor, concrete. 406-E 
 
 Terraces. 309 
 
Thimbles. 406-L 
 
 Tile: 
 
 floors. 415-C 
 
 roofing. 411-E 
 
 walls. 414-B 
 
 Topsoil. 805, 806 
 
 Trim, wood: 
 
 exterior. 410-F 
 
 interior. 414-E 
 
 Types of eligible dwellings. 104 
 
 Utility room, light and ventila¬ 
 tion . 301-1 
 
 Valley: 
 
 flashing. 412-D 
 
 rafters. 408-E 
 
 Vapor barriers. 402-B 
 
 Veneer, masonry. 406-J 
 
 Ventilation. 301 
 
 Vents, size... 503-A 
 
 Vents and flues, general. 501-B 
 
 Walks. 800,806 
 
 concrete construction. 406-E 
 
 Walls: 
 
 curtain. 406-H 
 
 exterior finish. 410 
 
 exterior masonry. 406-1 
 
 foundation.. 406-F 
 
 interior finish.! . 414 
 
 interior masonry. 406-K 
 
 Walls—Continued 
 
 
 lot line. 
 
 104-B, 406-K 
 
 party. 
 
 104-B, 406-K 
 
 retaining. 
 
 . 801,806 
 
 sheathing. 
 
 . 408-H 
 
 wood exterior, framing. 
 
 . 408-F 
 
 Water. 
 
 .107, 604 
 
 Water, hot. 
 
 . 502 
 
 Water closet compartments, light 
 
 and ventilation. 
 
 . 301-F 
 
 Waterproofing. 
 
 406-G, 417-A 
 
 Water supply. 
 
 . 604 
 
 Wells. 
 
 . 604 
 
 Window: 
 
 412 
 
 flashing. 
 
 . 412 
 
 glass. 
 
 . 416 
 
 framing. 
 
 . 408-F 
 
 Wire fabric. 
 
 . 414-A 
 
 size, electric. 
 
 . 702 
 
 Wood construction:. 
 
 . 408 
 
 floors. 
 
 . 415-B 
 
 shingles, roof. 
 
 . 411-C 
 
 siding. 
 
 . 410-A 
 
 spans. 
 
 . App. A 
 
 trim, exterior. 
 
 . 410-F 
 
 trim, interior. 
 
 . 414-E 
 
 Workmanship. 
 
 . 401-G 
 
 Yards. 
 
 . 203 
 
 Zoning. 
 
 . 200-B 
 
 U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 0—1947 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ' 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ■ 
 
 
 / 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 . 
 
 
 ' 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
V 
 
 
1 
 
 ( 
 
 I 
 
UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS-URBANA 
 
 30 
 
 12 04893872 
 
 ■ 
 
 
 
 
 
 w 
 
 ■ S / 
 
 V'*«y 
 
 
 U&‘4L. 
 
 ■vVV 
 
 • *',.v 
 
 
 
 
 r 
 
 
 
 
 Mur*- 
 
 IJS® 
 
 'jymz 
 
 i